ORGANIZATIONS & NETWORKS BIBLIOGRAPHY
Abolafia, Mitchell. 1996. Making Markets: Opportunism and Restraint on Wall Street.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Abraham, Katharine G. 1990. “Restructuring the Employment Relationship: The Growth of
Market-Mediated Work Arrangements.” Pp. 85-119 in New Developments in the Labor Market:
Toward a New Institutional Paradigm, edited by Katherine G. Abraham and Robert B. McKersie.
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Abraham, Katherine G. and Robert B. McKersie (eds.). 1990. New Developments in the Labor
Market: Toward a New Institutional Paradigm. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Abrahamson, E. and C.J. Fombrun. 1992. “Forging the Iron Cage: Interorganizational Networks
and the Production of Macro-Culture.” Journal of Management Studies 29:175-194.
Abrahamson, E., and Rosenkopf, L. 1997. “Social Network Effects on the Extent of Innovation
Diffusion: A Computer Simulation.” Organization Science 8:289-309.
Acemoglu, Daron. Forthcoming. “Technical Change, Inequality, and the Labor Market.” Journal
of Economic Literature.
Acemoglu, Daron and Jörn-Steffen Pischke. 1998. “Why Do Firms Train? Theory and
Evidence.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 113:79-119.
Acemoglu, Daron and Jörn-Steffen Pischke. 1999. “Beyond Becker: Training in Imperfect Labor
Markets.” Economic Journal 109:F112-142.
Acemoglu, Daron and Jörn-Steffen Pischke. 1999. “The Structure of Wages and Investment in
General Training.” Journal of Political Economy 107:539-572.
Acemoglu, Daron and Fabrizio Zilibotti. 2001. “Productivity Differences.” Quarterly Journal of
Economics 116:563-606.
Acs, Zoltan J., Bo Carlsson and Charlie Karlsson (eds.). 1999. Entrepreneurship, Small and
Medium-Sized Enterprises and the Macroeconomy. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Adams, James D. 1999. “The Structure of Firm R&D, the Factor Intensity of Production, and
Skill Bias.” Review of Economics and Statistics 81:499-510.
Adler, Paul S. 1986. “New Technologies, New Skills.” California Management Review
29(Fall):9-28.
Adler, Paul S. (ed.). 1992. Technology and the Future of Work. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Adler, Paul S. 1993. “The ‘Learning Bureaucracy’: New United Motor Manufacturing, Inc.”
Research in Organizational Behavior 15:111-194.
Adler, Paul S. 1993. “Time and Motion Regained.” Harvard Business Review (Jan.-Feb.):.
Adler, Paul S. and Bryan Borys. 1996. “Two Types of Bureaucracy: Enabling and Coercive.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 41:61-89.
Adler, Paul S., Thomas A. Kochan, John Paul MacDuffie, Frits K. Pil and Saul Rubinstein. 1997.
“United States: Variations on a Theme.” Pp. 61-83 in After Lean Production: Evolving
Employment Practices in the World Auto Industry, edited by Thomas A. Kochan, Russell D.
Lansbury, John Paul MacDuffie. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.
Aghion, Philippe and Jean Tirole. 1997. “Formal and Real Authority in Organizations.” Journal
of Political Economy 105:1-29.
Ahuja, Gautam. 2000. “Collaborative Networks, Structural Holes, and Innovation: A
Longitudinal Study.” Administrative Science Quarterly 45:425-455.
Ahuja, Gautam. 2000. “The Duality of Collaboration: Inducements and Opportunities in the
Formation of Interfirm Linkages.” Strategic Management Journal 21:317-343.
Ahuja, Manju K. 1999. “Network structure in virtual organizations.” Organization Science
10:741-.
Aiges, Scott. 1987. Wire service report from Washington by State News Service. June 1.
Akard, Patrick J. 1992. “Corporate Mobilization and Political Power: The Transformation of
U.S. Economic Policy in the 1970s.” American Sociological Review 57:597-615.
Akhigbe, Aigbe, Jeff Madura and Alan L. Tucker. 1997. “Long-term valuation effects of
shareholder activism.” Applied Financial Economics 7:567-573.
Aiken, Michael and Jerald Hage. 1968. “Organizational Interdependence and Intraorganizational
Structure.” American Sociological Review 33:912-930.
Albrecht, T. L., and Ropp, V. A. 1982. “The Study of Network Structuring in Organizations
Through the Use of Method Triangulation.” Western Journal of Speech Communication 46:162178.
Alchian, Armen A. and Harold Demsetz. 1972. “Production, Information Costs, and Economic
Organization.” American Economic Review 62:777-795.
Aldrich, Howard E. 1972. “Technology and Organization Structure: A Reexamination of the
Findings of the Aston Group.” Administrative Science Quarterly 17:26-43.
Aldrich, Howard E. 1979. Organizations and Environments. Englewood Cliffs, NJ:
Prentice-Hall.
Aldrich, Howard E. 1989. “Networking Among Women Entrepreneurs.” Pp. 13-32 in WomenOwned Businesses, edited by Oliver Hagen, Carol Rivchun and Donald Sexton. New York:
Praeger.
Aldrich, Howard E. 1999. Organizations Evolving. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
*Aldrich, Howard E. and Ellen Auster. 1986. “Even Dwarfs Started Small: Liabilities of Age and
Size and Their Strategic Implications.” Pp. 33-66 in The Evolution and Adaptation of
Organizations, edited by L.L. Cummings and Barry Staw. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
*Aldrich, Howard E. and C. Marlene Fiol. 1994. “Fools Rush In? The Institutional Context of
Industry Creation.” Academy of Management Review 19:645-70.
Aldrich, Howard E. and Peter V. Marsden. 1988. “Environments and Organizations.” Pp. 361-92
in Handbook of Sociology, edited by Neil Smelser. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Aldrich, Howard E. and S. Mueller. 1982. “The Evolution of Organizational Forms: Technology,
Coordination and Control.” Research in Organizational Behavior 4:33-87.
Aldrich, Howard E. and Jeffrey Pfeffer. 1976. “Environments of Organizations.” Annual Review
of Sociology 2:79-105.
Aldrich, Howard E. and Udo Staber. 1988. “Organizing Business Interests: Patterns of Trade
Association Foundings, Transformations, and Death.” Pp. 111-126 in Ecological Models of
Organizations, edited by Glenn Carroll. New York: Ballinger.
Aldrich, Howard E., Udo Staber, Catherine Zimmer and John J. Beggs. 1990. “Minimalism and
Organizational Mortality: Patterns of Disbanding Among U.S. Trade Associations, 1900-1983.”
Pp. 21-52 in Organizational Evolution: New Directions, edited by Jitendra V. Singh. Newbury
Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Aldrich, Howard E., Udo Staber, Catherine Zimmer and John J. Beggs. 1994. “Minimalism,
Mutualism, and Maturity: The Evolution of the American Trade Association Population in the
Twentieth Century.” Pp. 223-238 in Evolutionary Dynamics of Organizations, edited by Joel
A.C. Baum and Jitendra V. Singh. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Aldrich, Howard E. and David Whetten. 1981. “Organization-sets, Action-sets, and Networks:
Making the Most of Simplicity.” Pp. 385-408 in Handbook of Organizational Design, volume 1,
edited by Paul C. Nystrom and William H. Starbuck. NewYork: Oxford University Press.
*Aldrich, Howard E. and Gabriele Wiedenmayer. 1993. “From Traits to Rates: An Ecological
Perspective on Organizational Foundings.” Advances in Entrepreneurship, Firm Emergence, and
Growth 1:145-195.
Aldrich, Howard E. and Catherine Zimmer. 1986. “Entrepreneurship Through Social Networks.”
Pp. 3-23 in The Art and Science of Entrepreneurship, edited by Donald Sexton and Raymond
Smiler. New York: Ballinger.
Aldrich, Mark. 1997. Safety First: Technology, Labor, and Business in the Building of American
Work Safety, 1870-1939. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press.
Alford, Andrew, Paul Healy and Ng Kah Hwa. 1998. “The Performance of International Joint
Ventures: A Study of the Merchant Banking Industry in Singapore.” Journal of Corporate
Finance 4:31-52.
Alford, Robert P. and Roger Friedland. 1985. Powers of Theory: Capitalism, the State, and
Democracy. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Allen, Thomas J. and Michael S. Scott Morton (eds). 1994. Information Technology and the
Corporation in the 1990s: Research Studies.
Allison, Paul D. 1984. Event History Analysis. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.
Alm, Alvin L. and Robert J. Weiner (eds.). 1984. Oil Shock: Policy Response and
Implementation. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.
Alter, Catherine and Jerald Hage. 1993. Organizations Working Together. Newbury Park CA:
Sage Publications.
Althauser, Robert P. 1989. “Internal Labor Markets.” Annual Review of Sociology 15:143-161.
Althauser, Robert P. and Arne L. Kalleberg. 1981. “Firms, Occupations, and the Structure of
Labor Markets: A Conceptual Analysis.” Pp. 119-149 in Sociological Perspectives on Labor
Markets, edited by Ivar Berg. New York: Academic Press.
Amburgey, Terry L., D Kelly and William P. Barnett. 1993. “Resetting the Clock: The Dynamics
of Organizational Failure.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:51-73.
Amburgey, Terry L. and Hayagreeva Rao. 1996. “Organizational Ecology: Past, Present, and
Future Directions.” Academy of Management Journal 39:1265-1286.
American Electronics Association. 2000. “About AEA.”
< http://www.aeanet.org/aeanet/public/about/index.html> (May 16, 2000)
Anheier, Helmut K., Jurgen Gerhards, and Frank P. Romo. 1995. “Forms of Capital and Social
Structure in Cultural Fields: Examining Bourdieu's Social Topography.” American Journal of
Sociology 100: 859-903.
Amin, Ash. 1989. “A Model of the Small Firm in Italy.” Pp. 111-122 in Small Firms and
Industrial Districts in Italy, edited by Edward Goodman and Julia Bamford. London: Routledge
and Kegan Paul.
Amin, Ash. 1993. “The Globalization of the Economy: An Erosion of Regional Networks?” Pp.
278-295 in The Embedded Firm: On the Socio-economics of Industrial Networks, edited by
Gernot Grabher. London:Routledge.
Amin, Ash and Nigel Thrift (eds.). 1994. Globalization, Institutions, and Regional Development
in Europe. New York: Oxford University Press.
Anand, Bharat N. and Tarun Khanna. 2000. “Do Firms Learn to Create Value? The Case of
Alliances.” Strategic Management Journal 21:295-315.
Ancona, D. G., and Caldwell, D. F. 1992. “Bridging the Boundary: External Activity and
Performance in Organizational Teams.” Administrative Science Quarterly 37:634Anderson, Kay E., Philip M. Doyle and Albert E. Schewnk. 1990. “Measuring Union-Nonunion
Earnings Differences.” Monthly Labor Review 113:26-38.
Anderson, Philip. 1999. “Collective Interpretation and Collective Action in Population-Level
Learning: Technological Choice in the American Cement Industry.” Advances in Strategic
Management 16:277-307.
Anderson, Philip and Michael Tushman. 1990. “Technological Discontinuities and Dominant
Designs: A Cyclical Model of Technological Change.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:604633.
Andersson, Ulf. 2001. “Subsidiary embeddedness and competence development in MNCs : A
multi-level analysis.” Organization Studies 22:1013-1034.
Andress, Hans-Jürgen. 1989. “Recurrent Unemployment—The West German Experience: An
Exploratory Analysis Using Count Data Models with Panel Data.” European Sociological
Review 5:275-297.
Andrews, Kenneth R. 1971. The Concept of Corporate Strategy. Homewood, Ill: Dow-Jones
Irwin.
Angle, John. 1979. “Work and Earnings: Cumulative Experience Method of Analysis of
Longitudinal Surveys.” Sociological Methods and Research 8:209-232.
Ansell, Chris. 2000. “The Networked Polity: Regional Development in Western Europe.”
Governance 13:303-333.
Antel, John J. 1986. “Human Capital Investment Specialization and the Wage Effects of
Voluntary Labor Mobility.” Review of Economics and Statistics 68:477-83
Antonelli, Cristiano (ed.). 1992. The Economics of Information Networks. Amsterdam: North
Holland.
Aoki, Masahiko. 1990. “The Participatory Generation of Information Rents and the Theory of the
Firm.” Pp. 26-52 in The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, edited by Masahiko Aoki, Bo Gustafson
and Oliver Williamson. London: Sage Publications.
Aoki, Masahiko, Bo Gustafson and Oliver Williamson (eds.). 1990. The Firm as a Nexus of
Treaties. London: Sage Publications.
Applebaum, Eileen. 1992. “Structural Change and the Growth of Part-Time and Temporary
Work.” Pp. 1-14 in New Policies for the Part-Time and Contingent Workforce. Armonk, NY:
M.E. Sharpe.
Applebaum, Eileen, Thomas Bailey, Peter Berg and Arne L. Kalleberg. 2000. Manufacturing
Advantage: Why High-Performance Work Systems Pay Off. Ithaca and London: Cornell
University Press, ILR Press.
Applebaum, Eileen and Rosemary Batt. 1994. The New American Workplace: Transforming
Work Systems in the United States. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.
*Appold, Stephen J. 1998. “Agglomeration, Interorganizational Networks, and Competitive
Performance in the U.S. Metalworking Sector.” Economic Geography 71:27-54.
Argote, Linda. 1999. Organizational Learning: Creating, Retaining, and Transferring Knowledge.
Boston, MA: Kluwer Academic.
Argote, Linda, Sara L. Beckman, and Dennis Epple. 1990. “The Persistence and Transfer of
Learning in Industrial Settings.” Management Science 36:140-154.
Argote, Linda and Ron Ophir. 2002. “Intraorganizational Learning.” Pp. 181-207 in The
Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A. C. Baum. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
Argyris, Chris and Donald Schön. 1978. Organizational Learning: A Theory of Action
Perspective. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Argyris, Chris, and Donald A. Schon. 1996. Organizational Learning II: Theory, Method, and
Practice. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Armour, H.O. and David J. Teece. 1978. “Organization Structure and Economic Performance: A
Test of the Multidivisional Hypothesis.” Bell Journal of Economics 9:106-122.
Arnold Corinna and Kerry Breen. 1997. “Investor Activism Goes Worldwide.” Corporate Board
18(103):7.
Arora, Ashish and Alfonso Gambardella. 1990. “Complementarity and External Linkages: The
Strategies of Large Firms in Biotechnology.” Journal of Industrial Economics 38:361-379.
Arrighetti, A., R. Bachmann and S. Deakin. 1997. “Contract Law, Social Norms and Inter-firms
Cooperation.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 21(2):171-195.
Arthur, W. Brian. 1989. “Competing Technologies, Increasing Returns and Lock-in by Historical
Events.” Economic Journal 99:116-131.
Arthur, Jeffrey B. 1994. “Effects of Human Resource Systems on Manufacturing Performance
and Turnover.” Academy of Management Journal 37:670-687.
Arthur, Jeffrey B. and Gregory S. Jelf. 1999. “The Effects of Gainsharing on Grievance Rates
and Absenteeism over Time.” Journal of Labor Research 20:133-145.
Arthur, Michael B. and Denise M. Rousseau (eds.). 1996. Boundaryless Career: A New
Employment Principle for a New Organizational Era. New York: Oxford University Press.
Ashkanasy, Neal M., Celeste P. M.Wilderom and Mark F. Peterson (eds.). 2000. Handbook of
Organizational Culture and Climate. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Ashkenas, R., D. Ulrich, T. Jick and S. Kerr. 1995. The Boundaryless Organization: Breaking the
Chains of Organizational Structure. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Asquith, Daniel and J. Fred Weston.1994. “Small Business, Growth Patterns and Jobs.” Business
Economics 29(3):31-34.
Astley, W. G. and Brahm, R. A. 1989. “Organizational designs for postindustrial strategies, the
role of interorganizational collaboration”, In. C. C. Snow (Ed.), Strategy, Organization Design
and Human Resource Management, pp. 233-270, JAI Press, Greenwich CT.
Astley, W. G. and Fombrun, C. J. (1983), “Collective strategy, social ecology of organizational
environments”, Academy of Management Review, Vol. 8, pp. 576-587.
Astley, Graham and Andrew Van de Ven. 1983. “Central Perspectives and Debates in
Organizational Theory.” Administrative Science Quarterly 28:245-73.
Atkinson, Michael M. and William D. Coleman. 1985. “Corporatism and Industrial Policy.” Pp.
in Organized Interests and the State: Studies in Meso-Corporatism, edited by Alan Cawson.
London: Sage Publications.
Atkinson, Michael M. and William D. Coleman. 1989. “Strong States and Weak States: Sectoral
Policy Networks in Advanced Capitalist Economies.” British Journal of Political Science 19:4767.
Atkinson, Michael M. and William D. Coleman. 1992. “Policy Networks, Policy Communities
and the Problems of Governance.” Governance 5(2):154-180.
*Audretsch, David B. 1989. “The Determinants of Conglomerate Mergers.” American
Economist 33:52-60.
Audretsch, David B. 1999. “Entrepreneurship and Economic Restructuring: An Evolutionary
View.” Pp. 79-96 in Entrepreneurship, Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises and the
Macroeconomy, edited by Zoltan J. Acs, Bo Carlsson and Charlie Karlsson. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press.
Audretsch, David B. and Maryann P. Feldman. 1996. “Innovative Clusters and the Industry Life
Cycle.” Review of Industrial Organization 11:253-273.
Audretsch, David B. and Paula Stephan. 1996. “Company-Scientist Locational Links: The Case
of Biotechnology.” American Economic Review 86:641-652.
Auerbach, Alan J. (ed.) 1988. Mergers and Acquisitions. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Auerbach, Alan J. (ed.) 1988. Corporate Takeovers: Causes and Consequences. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Auerbach, John G. and Ross Kerber. 1998. “Despite Digital Deal, Massaxhusetts Rises Again.”
Wall Street Journal January 30:A2.
*Aulakh, Preet S., Masaaki Kotabe and Aarvind Sahay. 1996. “Trust and Performance in CrossBorder Marketing Partnerships: A Behavioral Approach.” Journal of International Business
Studies 27:1005-1032.
Auletta, Ken. 1997. The Highway Men: Warriors of the Information Superhighway. New York:
Random House.
*Auletta, Ken. 1997. “American Keiretsu.” New Yorker October 20-27:225-227.
Austen-Smith, David. 1995. “Campaign Contributions and Access.” American Political Science
Review 89:566-581.
Auster, Ellen R. 1990. “The Interorganizational Environment: Network Theory, Tools and
Applications.” Pp. 63-89 in Technology Transfer: A Communcation Perspective, edited by
Frederick Williams and David Gibson. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Auster, Ellen R. 1994. “Macro and Strategic Perspectives on Interorganizational Linkages: A
Comparative Analysis and Review with Suggestions for Reorientation.” Advances in Strategic
Management 10B:3-40.
Autry, R. and M.M. Colodny. 1990. “The Fortune 500: Hangig Tough in a Rough Year.” Fortune
121(April):338-345.
Axelsson, Björn and Geoffrey Easton (eds.). 1992. Industrial Networks: A New View of Reality.
London: Routledge.
Badaracco, Joseph L. 1991. The Knowledge Link: How Firms Compete Through Strategic
Alliances. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Baggott, Rob. 1995. Pressure Groups Today. New York: St. Martin’s Press.
Bailey, Thomas. 1990. Changes in the Nature and Structure of Work: Implications for Skill
Requirements and Skill Formation. Berkeley, CA: National Center for Research in Vocational
Education.
*Bailey, William R. and Albert E. Schwenk. 1980. “Wage Rate Variation by Size of
Establishment.” Industrial Relations 19:192-198.
Baily, Martin N., Eric J. Bartelsman and John Haltiwanger. 1994. “Downsizing and Productivity
Growth: Myth of Reality?” Washington: Bureau of the Census Center for Economic Studies
Working Paper 94-4.
Bailyn, Lotte. 1992. “Changing the Conditions of Work: Responding to Increasing Work Force
Diversity and New Family Patterns.” Pp. 188-201 in Transforming Organizations, edited by
Thomas A. Kochan and Michael Useem. New York: Oxford University Press.
Bainbridge, Stephen M. 1996. “Participatory Management Within a Theory of the Firm.” Iowa
Journal of Corporation Law 21:657-730.
Baker, Wayne E. 1984. “The Social Structure of a National Securities Market.” American
Journal of Sociology 89:775-811.
Baker, Wayne E. 1990. “Market Networks and Corporate Behavior.” American Journal of
Sociology 96:589-625.
*Baker, Wayne E. 1992. “The Network Organization in Theory and Practice.” Pp. 397-429 in
Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form and Action, edited by Nitin Nohria and Robert G.
Eccles. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Baker, Wayne E. 1994. Networking Smart: How to Build Relationships for Personal and
Organizational Success. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Baker, Wayne E. and Robert R. Faulkner. 1991. “Strategies for Managing Suppliers of
Professional Services.” California Management Review 33(4):33-45.
Baker, Wayne E. and Robert R. Faulkner. 1991. “Role as Resource in the Hollywood Film
Industry.” American Journal of Sociology 97:279-309.
Baker, Wayne E. and Robert R. Faulkner. 1993. “The Social Organization of Conspiracy: Illegal
Networks in the Heavy Electrical Equipment Industry.” American Sociological Review 58:837860.
Baker, Wayne E. and Robert R. Faulkner. 2002. “Interorganizational Networks.” Pp. 520-540 in
The Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A. C. Baum. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
Baker, Wayne E, Robert R. Faulkner and Gene A. Fisher. 1998. “Hazards of the Market:
Continuity and Dissolution of Interorganizational Market Relationships.” American Sociological
Review 63:147-177.
Balakrishan, Srinivasan and Mitchell P. Koza. 1993. “Information Asymmetry, Adverse
Selection and Joint-Ventures: Theory and Evidence.” Journal of Economic Behavior and
Organization 20:99-117.
Baldwin, Fred D. 1984. Conflicting Interests: Corporate-Governance Controversies. Lexington,
MA: D.C. Heath.
Baldwin, John R., Timothy Dunne, and John Haltiwanger. 1994. “Job Change in the
Manufacturing Sectors of Canada and the United States,” forthcoming in The Dynamics of
Industrial Competition edited by John R. Baldwin. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Baldwin, John, Timothy Dunne and John Haltiwanger. 1994. “A Comparison of Job Creation and
Job Destruction in Canada and the United States.” Washington: U.S. Census Bureau Center for
Economic Studies 94-2.
Balling, Morten, Elizabeth Hennessy and Richard O’Brien (eds.). 1998. Corporate Governance,
Financial Markets and Global Convergence. Dordrecht, Netheralnds: Kluwer Academic
Publishers.
Bane, Mary Jo and David T. Ellwood. 1986. “Slipping Into and Out of Poverty: The Dynamics of
Spells.” Journal of Human Resources 21:1-23.
Barboza, David. 1999. “Heinz to Shed Units and Jobs In an Overhaul.” New York Times
February 18:C1.
Barkema, Harry G., Oded Shenkar, Freek Vermeulen and John H. J. Bell. 1997. “Working
Abroad, Working with Others: How Firms Learn to Operate International Joint Ventures.”
Academy of Management Journal 40:426-442.
Barker, James R. 1993. “Tightening the Iron Cage: Concertive Control in Self-Managing
Teams.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:408-37.
Barker, James R. 1999. The Discipline of Teamwork: Participation and Concertive Control.
Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Barker, Kathleen and Kathleen Christensen (eds.). 1998. Contingent Work: American
Employment Relations in Transition. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.
Barkey, Karen and Ronan Van Rossem. 1997. “Networks of Contention: Villages and Regional
Structure in the Seventeenth Century Ottoman Empire.” American Journal of Sociology
102:1345-1382.
Barkman, Joseph. 1994. “The Structure of Silicion Valley Start-Ups.” UCLA Law Review
41:1737-1768.
*Barley, Stephen R. 1990. “The Alignment of Technology and Structure Through Roles and
Networks.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:61-103.
Barley, Stephen R. 1992. “The New Crafts: The Rise of the Technical Labor Force and its
Implication for the Organization of Work.” Philadelphia: National Center on the Educational
Quality of the Workforce.
Barley, Stephen R., John Freeman and R.C. Hybels. 1992. “Strategic Alliances in Commercial
Biotechnology.” Pp. 311-47 in Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form and Action, edited
by Nitin Nohria and Robert G. Eccles. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Barley, Stephen R. and Pamela Tolbart. (1997). Institutionalization and Structuration: Studying
the Links between Action and Institution. Organization Studies, 18(1), 93-117.
Barnard, Chester L. 1938. The Functions of the Executive. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Barnes, Roy C. and Emily R. Ritter. 2001. “Networks of Corporate Interlocking: 1962-1995.”
Critical Sociology 27(2):192-220.
Barnett, George A. 2001. “A Longitudinal Analysis of the International Telecommuncation
Network, 1978-1996.”American Behavioral Scientist 44(10):1638-1655.
Barnett, Tim, Daniel S.Cochran and G. Stephen Taylor. 1993. “The Internal Disclosure Policies
of Private-sector Employers: An Initial Look at Their Relationship to Employee
Whistleblowing.” Journal of Business Ethics 12:127-36.
Barnett, William P. 1990. “The Organizational Ecology of a Technological System.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 35:31-60.
Barnett William P. and R. A. Burgelman. 1996. “Evolutionary Perspectives on Strategy.”
Strategic Management Journal 17:5-19.
Barnett, William P. and M.T. Hansen. 1996. “The Red Queen in Organizational Evolution.”
Strategic Management Journal 17:139-157.
Barnett William P., Henrich R. Greve and D. Park. 1994. “An Evolutionary Model of
Organizational Performance.” Strategic Management Journal 15:11-28.
*Barnett, William P. and Glenn R. Carroll. 1995. “Modeling Internal Organizational Change.”
Annual Review of Sociology 21:217-36.
Barney, Jay. B. 1986. “Strategic Factor Markets: Expectations, Luck, and Business Strategy.”
Management Science 32:1231-1241.
Barney J.B., 1990, The Debate Between Traditional Management Theory and Organizational
Economics: Substantive Difference or Intergroup Conflict?, Academy of Management Review,
15: 382-393.
Barney, Jay B. 1991. “Firm Resources and Sustained Competitive Advantage.” Journal of
Management 17:99-120.
Barney, Jay B. 1992. “Integrating Organizational Behavior and Strategy Formulation Research: A
Resource-Based Analysis.” Advances in Strategic Management 8:39-61.
Barney, Jay B. 1997. Gaining and Sustaining Competitive Advantage. Reading, MA: Addison
Wesley.
Barney, Jay B. and M.J. Hansen. 1994. “Trustworthiness as a Source of Competitive Advantage.”
Strategic Management Journal 17:175-190.
Barney J.B. and Ouchi W.G. (Eds.), 1986, Organizational Economics, San Francisco: JosseyBass.
BarNir, Anat and Ken A. Smith. 2002. “Interfirm Alliances in the Small Business: The Role of
Social Networks.” Journal of Small Business Management 40:219-232.
Baron, James N. 1984. “Organizational Perspectives on Stratification.” Annual Review of
Sociology 10:37-69.
Baron, James N. and William T. Bielby. 1980. “Bringing Firms Back In: Stratification,
Segmentation, and the Organization of Work.” American Sociological Review 45:737-765.
Baron, James N. and William T. Bielby. 1984. “The Organization of Work in a Segmented
Economy.” American Sociological Review 49:454-473.
Baron, James N., Frank R. Dobbin and P. Devereux Jennings. 1986. “War and Peace: The
Evolution of Modern Personnel Administration in U.S. Industry.” American Journal of Sociology
92:350-383.
Baron, James N. and David M. Kreps. 1999. “Consistent Human Resource Practices.” California
Management Review 41(3):29-53.
Barrett, Alan and Philip J. O’Connell. 2001. “Does Training Generally Work? The Returns to InCompany Training.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 54:647-662.
Barron, David N., Elizabeth West and Michael T. Hannan. 1994. “A Time to Grow and a Time
to Die: Growth and Mortality of Credit Unions in New York City, 1914-1990.” American
Journal of Sociology 100:381-421.
Barron, John M., Mark C. Berger and Dan A Black. 1999. “Do Workers Pay for On-the-Job
Training?” Journal of Human Resources 34:235-252.
Barron, John M. and John Bishop. 1985. “Extensive Search, Intensive Search, and Hiring Costs:
New Evidence on Employer Hiring Activity.” Economic Inquiry 23:363-382.
Barron, John M., John Bishop and William C. Dunkelberg. 1985. “Employer Search: The
Interviewing and Hiring of New Employees.” Review of Economic and Statistics 67:43-52.
Barry, C.B. 1994 “New Directions in Research on Venture Capital Fiannce.” Financial
Management 23:3-15.
Bartel, Ann P. 1995. “Training, Wage Growth and Job Performance: Evidence from a Company
Database.” Journal of Labor Economics 13:401-425.
Bartel, Ann P. 1994. “Productivity Gains from Implementation of Employee Training Programs.”
Industrial Relations 33:411-25.
Bartlett, Christopher A. and Sumantra Ghoshal. 1989. Managing Across Borders: The
Transnational Solution. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Bartlett, Christopher A. and Sumantra Ghoshal. 1995. “Changing the Role of Top Management:
Beyond Structure to Process.” Harvard Business Review Jan.-Feb. 86-96.
Bartlett, Christopher A. and Sumantra Ghoshal. 1995. “Changing the Role of Top Management:
Beyond Systems to People.” Harvard Business Review May-June 132-42.
Barton, Sidney L. and Paul J. Gordon. 1987. “Corporate Strategy: Useful Perspective for the
Study of Capital Structure?” Academy of Management Review 12(1):67-75.
Barzel, Yoram. 1989. Economic Analysis of Property Rights. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
*Bassi, Laurie J. 1995. “Upgrading the U.S. Workplace: Do Reorganization, Education Help?”
Monthly Labor Review 118(5):37-47.
Bassi, Laurie J. and Jens Ludwig. 2000. “School-to-Work Programs in the United States: A
Multi-firm Case Study of Training, Benefits, and Costs.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review
53:219-239.
Batagelj, Vladimir and Andrej Mrvar. 1998. “Pajek: Program for Large Network Analysis.”
Connections 21:47-57.
Bate, Paul. 2000. “Changing the Culture of a Hospital: From Hierarchy to Networked
Community.” Public Administration 78:485-512.
Bates, James. 1994. “Eisner Earns $203 Million But No Bonus.” Los Angeles Times January
4:D1.
Bates, James. 2000. “No Bonuses for Eisner, 3 Other Disney Execs.” Los Angeles Times January
20:C1.
Bates, R. H. 1988 “Contra Contractarianism – Some Reflections on the New Institutionalism.”
Politics and Society 16:387-401.
Batt, Rosemary. 1999. “Work Organization, Technology, and Performance in Customer Service
and Sales.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 52:539-563.
Battelle Memorial Institute. 2000. “Forecast Predicts Significant Increase in R&D Spending for
Year 2000.”
*Batten, David F. 1995. “Network Cities: Creative Agglomerations for the 21st Century.” Urban
Studies 32:313-327.
Baum, Joel A. C. 1996. “Organizational Ecology.” Pp. 76-114 in The Handbook of Organization
Studies, edited by Stewart R. Clegg, Cynthia Hardy and Walter R. Nord. London: Sage
Publications.
Baum, Joel A. C. 2002. The Blackwell Companion to Organizations. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
Baum, Joel A. C., Tony Calabrese and Brian S. Silverman. 2000. “Don’t Go It Alone: Alliance
Network Composition and Startups’ Performance in Canadian Biotechnology.” Strategic
Management Journal 21:267-294.
Baum, Joel C. and Jane E. Dutton. 1996. “Introduction: The Embeddedness of Strategy.”
Advances in Strategic Management 13:1-15.
Baum, Joel A. C. and Jane E. Dutton 1996. “The Embeddedness of Strategy.” Pp. 1-15 in
Advances in Strategic Management, Vol. 13 edited by Paul Shrivastava, Anne S. Huff and Jane
E. Dutton. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Baum, Joel A. C. and Heather A. Haveman. 1997. “Love Thy Neighbor? Differentiation and
Agglomeration in the Manhattan Hotel Industry, 1898-1990.” Administrative Science Quarterly
42:304-338.
Baum, Joel A.C. and Paul Ingram. 1998. “Survival-Enhancing Learning in the Manhattan Hotel
Industry, 1989-1980.” Management Science 44:996-1016.
Baum, Joel A.C. and Christine Oliver. 1991. “Institutional Linkages and Organizational
Mortality.” Administrative Science Quarterly 36:187-218.
Baum, Joel A.C. and Christine Oliver. 1992. “Institutional Embeddedness and the Dynamics of
Organizational Populations.” American Sociological Review 57:540-559.
Baum, Joel A. C. and Christine Oliver. 1996. “Toward an Institutional Ecology of Organizational
Founding.” Academy of Management Journal 39:1378-1427.
Baum, Joel A. C. and Jitendra V. Singh. 1994. “Organizational Niche Overlap and the Dynamics
of Organizational Mortality.” American Journal of Sociology 100: 346-380.
Baum, Joel A. C. and Jitendra V. Singh. 1996. “Dynamics of Organizational Response to
Competition.” Social Forces 74:1261-1297.
Baum, Joel A.C. and Walter W. Powell. 1995. “Cultivating an Institutional Ecology of
Organizations.” American Sociological Review 60:529-538.
Baum, Joel A.C. and Jitendra V. Singh. 1994. Evolutionary Dynamics of Organizations. New
York: Oxord University Press.
Baum, Joel A.C. and Jitendra V. Singh. 1994. “Organizational Hierarchies and Evolutionary
Processes: Some Reflections on a Theory of Organizational Evolution.” Pp. 3-20 in Evolutionary
Dynamics of Organizations, edited by Joel A.C. Baum and Jitendra V. Singh. New York: Oxord
University Press.
Baum, Joel A.C. and Jitendra V. Singh. 1994. “Organization-Environment Coevolution.” Pp.
379-401 in Organizational Evolution: New Directions, edited by Jitendra V. Singh. Newbury
Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Baumgartner, Frank R. 1996. “Public Interest Groups in France and the United States.”
Governance 9:1-22.
Baumgartner, Frank and Bryan Jones. 1993. Agendas and Instability in American Politics.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Baumgartner, Frank R. and Beth L. Leech. 1998. Basic Interests: The Importance of Groups in
Politics and in Political Science. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
*Baumgartner, Frank R. and Jack L. Walker. 1989. “Educational Policymaking and the Interest
Group Structure in France and the United States.” Comparative Politics 21:273-288.
Baumol, William J., Sue Anne Batey Blackman and Edward N. Wolff. 1989. Productivity and
American Leadership: The Long View. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Baumol, William J. and Kenneth McLennan (eds.). 1985. Productivity, Growth, and U.S.
Competitiveness. New York: Oxford University Press.
Baysinger, Barry and Robert E. Hoskisson. 1990. “The Composition of Boards of Directors and
Strategic Control: Effects on Corporate Strategy.” Academy of Management Review 15:72-87.
Bearman, Peter. 1997. “Generalized Exchange.” American Journal of Sociology 102:1383-1415.
Beatty, Randolph P. and Edward J. Zajac. 1994. “Managerial Incentives, Monitoring and Risk
bearing: A Study of Compensation, Ownership, and Board Structure in Intitial Public Offerings.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 39:313-335.
Becattini, Giacomo. 1990. “The Marshallian Industrial District as a Socioeconomic Notion.” Pp.
XXX in Industrial Districts and Inter-Firm Co-operation in Italy, edited by Frank Pyke, G.
Becattini and W. Sengenberger (eds.). Geneva: International Labor Office.
Becattini, Giacomo. 1989. “Sectors and.or Districts: Some Remarks on the Conceptual
Foundations of Industrial Districts.” Pp. 123-135 in Small Firms and Industrial Districts in Italy,
edited by Edward Goodman and Julia Bamford. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Beck, E. M., Patrick Horan and Charles Tolbert. 1980. “Industrial Segmentation and Labor
Market Problems.” Social Problems 28:113-130.
Becker, Brian E. and Mark A. Huselid. 1998. “High Performance Work Systems and Firm
Performance: A Synthesis of Research and Managerial Implications.” Research in Personnel and
Human Resources Management 16:53-101.
Becker, Gary S. 1962. “Investment in Human Capital: A Theoretical Analysis.” Journal of
Political Economy 70(5):9-49.
Becker, Gary S. 1964. Human Capital: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis with Special
Reference to Education. New York: National Bureau of Economic Research.
Becker, Gary S. 1975. Human Capital Capital: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis with
Special Reference to Education. 2nd Ed. New York: National Bureau of Economic Research.
Becker, Gary S. 1993. Human Capital Capital: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis with
Special Reference to Education. 3nd Ed.Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Becker, Gary S. and Guity Nashat Becker. 1997. The Economics of Life: From Baseball to
Affirmative Action to Immigration, How Real-World Issues Affect Our Everyday Life. New
York: McGraw-Hill.
Beckert, Jens. 1996. “What Is Sociological about Economic Sociology? Uncertainty and the
Embeddedness of Economic Action.” Theory and Society 25:803-840.
Beckman, Christine M. and Pamela Haunschild. 2002. “Network Learning: The Effects of
Partners’ Heterogeneity of Experience on Corporate Acquisitions.” Administrative Science
Quarterly 47:92-124.
Beckman, Sara L. 1996. “Evolution of Management Roles in a Networked Organization: An
Insider’s View of the Hewlett-Packard Company.” Pp. 155-184 in Broken Ladders: Managerial
Careers in the New Economy, edited by Paul Osterman. New York: Oxford University Press.
Beggs, John J. and Jeanne S.Hurlbert. 1997. “The Social Context of Men’s and Women’s Job
Search Ties: Membership in Voluntary Organizations, Social Resources, and Job Search
Outcomes.” Sociological Perspectives 40:601-622.
Belderbos, Rene A. 1998. Japanese Electronics Multinationals and Strategic Trade Policies. New
York: Oxford University Press.
Bellandi, Marco. 1989. “The Industrial District in Marshall.” Pp. 136-152 in Small Firms and
Industrial Districts in Italy, edited by Edward Goodman and Julia Bamford. London: Routledge
and Kegan Paul.
*Belliveau, Maura A., Charles A. O’Reilly and James B. Wade. 1996. “Social Capital at the Top:
Effects of Social Similarity and Status on CEO Compensation.” Academy of Management
Journal 39:1568-1593.
Belous, Richard S. 1989. The Contingent Economy: The Growth of the Temporary, Part-time,
and Subcontracted Workforce. Washington: National Planning Association.
Belussi, Fiorenza. 1989. “Benetton Italy: Beyond Fordism and Flexible Specialization to the
Evolution of the Network Firm Model.” Pp. 73-91 in Computer-aided Manufacturing and
Women’s Employment: The Clothing Industry in Four EC Countries, edited by Swasti Mitter.
New York: Springer-Verlag.
Benassi, Mario. 1993. “Organizational Perspectives of Strategic Alliances: External Growth in
the Computer Industry.” Pp. 95-115 in The Embedded Firm: On the Socioeconomics of
Industrial Networks, edited by Gernot Grabher. New York: Routledge.
Benassi, Mario. 1995. “Governance Factors in a Network Process Approach.” Scandinavian
Management Journal 11:269-281.
Benford, Robert D. and David A. Snow. 2000. “Framing Processes and Social Movements: An
Overview and Assessment.” Annual Review of Sociology 26.611-639.
Ben-Ner, Avner and Benedetto Gui (eds.). 1993. The Nonprofit Sector in the Mixed Economy.
Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press.
Ben-Porath, Yoram. 1967. “The Production of Human Capital and the Life-Cycle of Earnings.”
Journal of Political Economy 75:352-365.
Ben-Porath, Yoram. 1980. “The F-Connection: Families, Friends, and Firms and the
Organization of Exchange.” Population and Development Review 6:1-29.
Bensaou, M. and N. Venkatraman. 1995. “Configurations of Interorganizational Relationships: A
Comparison Between Japanese and U.S. Automakers.” Management Science 41:1471-1492.
Benz, Arthur. 1995. “Politiknetzwerke in der horizontalen Politikverflechtung.” Pp. 185-204 in
Netzwerke und Politikproduktion: Konzepte, Methoden, Perspektiven, edited by Dorothea Jansen
and Klaus Schubert. Marburg, Germany: Schüren.
Benz, Arthur and Burkard Eberlein. 1999. “The Europeanization of Regional Policies: Patterns
of Multi-level Governance.” Journal of European Public Policy 6:329-348.
Berenbeim, R.E. 1986. Company Progroms to Ease the Impact of Shutdowns. New York:
Conference Board.
Berger, J., N.G. Noorderhaven and B. Nooteboom. 1995. “Determinants of Supplier
Dependendence.” Pp. XXX in On Economic Institutions, edited by J. Groeneweyen, C. Pitelis
and S.E. Sjostrand. Aldershot, UK: Edward Elgar.
Berger, Mark C. 1988. “Predicted Future Earnings and Choice of College Major.” Industrial and
Labor Relations Review 41:418-429.
Bergesen, Albert and John Sonnett. 2001. “The Global 500: Mapping the World Economy at
Century’s End.” American Behavioral Scientist 44(10):1602-1615.
Bergquist, William H. 1995. Building Strategic Alliances: How to Extend Your Organization’s
Reach Through Partnerships, Alliances, and Joint Ventures. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Berk, Richard A. 1983. “An Introduction to Sample Selection Bias in Sociological Data.”
American Sociological Review 48:386-398.
Berkowitz, S. D. 1982. An Introduction to Structural Analysis: The Network Approach to Social
Research. Toronto: Butterworths.
Berle, Adolf Jr. and Gardiner C. Means. 1932. The Modern Corporation and Private Property.
New York: Macmillan.
Berman, Eli, John Bound and Stephen Machin. 1997. “Implications of Skill-Biased
Technological Change: International Evidence.” London School of Economics, Center for
Economic Performance Discussion Paper No. 367.
Bernstein, Irving. 1971. The Turbulent Years. New York: Houghton-Mifflin.
Bernstein, Jules. 1980. “Union-Busting: From Benign Neglect to Malignant Growth.” University
of California, Davis Law Review 3:17-36.
Bernstein, Michael A. and David E. Adler (eds.). 1994. Understanding American Economic
Decline. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Bernstein, Susan R. 1991. Managing Contracted Services: Administrating Ethical and Political
Issues in Nonprofit Agencies. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, (paperback).
Berry, Jeffrey M. 1977. Lobbying for the People: The Political Behavior of Public Interest Groups.
Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Berry, Jeffrey M. 1984. The Interest Group Society. Boston: Little, Brown.
Best, Michael. 1990. The New Competition: Institutions of Industrial Restructuring. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Bhagat, Sanjai and Bernard Black. 1999. “The Uncertain Relationship Between Board
Composition and Firm Performance.” The Business Lawyer 54:921-963
Bhagat, Sanjai, Dennis C.Carey and Charles M. Elson. 1999. “Director Ownership, Corporate
Performance, and Management Turnover.” The Business Lawyer 54:885-919.
Bhagat, Sanjai, Andrei Shleifer and Robert W. Vishny. 1990. “Hostile Takeovers in the 1980s:
The Return to Corporate Specialization.” Pp. 1-84 in Brookings Papers on Economic Activity:
Microeconomics 1990, edited by M. N. Baily and C. Winston. Washington: Brookings
Institution.
Bian, Yanjie. 1997. “Getting a Job Through a Network of Guanxi in China.” In Networks in the
Global Village, edited by Barry Wellman. Boulder, CO: Westview.
Bian, Yanjie. 1997. “Bringing Strong Ties Back In: Indirect Ties, Bridges, and Job Search in
China.” American Sociological Review 62:366-385.
Bian, Yanjie and Soon Ang. 1997. “Guanxi Networks and Job Mobility in China and Singapore.”
Social Forces 75:981-1005.
Bien, W., J. Marbach and F Neyer. 1991). “Using Egocentered Networks in Survey Research: A
Methodological Preview on an Application of Social Network Analysis in the Area of Family
Research. Social Networks 13:75-90.
Bidault, F., and Cummings, Th. 1994. Innovating through alliances: Expectations and limitations.
RandD Management, 24 (1): 33-45.
Biddle, Frederic M. 1998. “British Airways Moves Closer to Being ‘Virtual Airline.’” Wall Street
Journal June 25:B4.
Bielby, William T. and Denise D. Bielby. 1999. “Organizational mediation of project-based labor
markets: Talent agencies and the careers of screenwriters.”American Sociological Review 64:
64-85.
Bielby, William T. and James N. Baron. 1986. “Men and Women at Work: Sex Segregation and
Statistical Discrimination.” American Journal of Sociology 91:759-799.
Bielby, D.D. 1992. “Commitment to Work and Family.” Annual Review of Sociology 18:281302.
Biemans, Wim G. 1992. Marketing Innovations Within Networks. London: Routledge.
Biewener, Judith. 1997. “Downsizing and the New American Workplace: Rethinking the High
Performance Paradigm.” Review of Radical Political Economics 29:1-22.
Bigarelli, D. and P. Crestanello. 1994. “An Analysis of the Changes in the Knitwear/Clothing
District of Capi During the 1980s.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 6:127-144.
Biggart, Nicole Woolsey and Mauro Guillén 1999. “Developing Difference: Social Organization
and the Rise of the Automotive Industry in Taiwan, South Korea, Spain and Argentina.”
American Sociological Review 64:722-747.
Birch, David L. 1987. Job Creation in America: How Our Smallest Companies Put the Most
People to Work. New York: Free Press.
Birch, David L. 1989. “Change, Innovation, and Job Generation.” Journal of Labor Research
10:33-38.
Birch, David L., A. Haggerty and Wayne Parsons. 1993. Who’s Creating Jobs? Cambridge, MA:
Cognetics Inc.
Birkland, Thomas A. 1997. After Disaster: Agenda Setting, Public Policy, and Focusing Events.
Washington: Georgetown University Press.
Birkland, Thomas A. 1998. “Focusing Events, Mobilization, and Agenda Setting.” Journal of
Public Policy 18(3):53-74.
Bills, David B. 1987. “Costs, Commitment, and Rewards: Factors Influencing the Design and
Implementation of Internal Labor Markets.” Administrative Science Quarterly 32:202-221.
Birley, Sue. 1985. “The Role of Networks in the Entrepreneurial Process.” Journal of Business
Venturing 6:107-118.
Birley, S., S. Cromie and A. Myers. 1991. “Entrepreneurial Networks: Their Emergence in
Ireland and Overseas.” Internal Small Business Journal 13:11-34.
Bishop, John H. “Job Performance, Turnover, and Wage Growth.” Journal of Labor Economics
8:363-386.
Björklund and Robert Moffitt. 1987. “The Estimation of Wage Gains and Welfare Gains in SelfSelection Models.” Review of Economics and Statistics 69:42-49.
Black, Bernard S. 1998. “Does Shareholder Activism Improve Corporate Performance?”
Corporate Board 19(109):1.
Black, Sandra E. and Lisa M. Lynch. 1996. “Human-Capital Investments and Productivity.”
American Economic Association 86:263-267.
Blair, Margaret M. (ed.) 1993. The Deal Decade: What Takeovers and Leveraged Buyouts Mean
for Corporate Governance. Washington: Brookings Institution.
Blair, Margaret M. 1995. Ownership and Control: Rethinking Corporate Governance for the
Twenty-First Century. Washington: Brookings Institution.
*Blair, Margaret M. 1998. “Whose Interests Should Corporations Serve?” Pp. 47-69 in The
Corporation and Its Stakeholders: Classic and Contemporary Readings, edited by Max B.E.
Clarkson. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
Blair, Margaret M. and Thomas A., Kochan (eds.). 2000. The new relationship: Human capital in
the American corporation. Washington, D.C.: Brookings Institution Press
Blasi, Joseph, Michael Conte and Douglas Kruse. 1996. “Employee Stock Ownership and
Corporate Performance among Public Companies.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review
50:60-79.
Blau, Francine D. and Andrea H. Beller. 1988. “Trends in Earnings Differentials by Gender,
1971-1981.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 41:513-529.
Blau, Judith R. 1993. Social Contracts and Economic Markets. New York: Plenum.
Blau, Judith R. and Richard D. Alba. 1982. “Empowering Nets of Participation.” Administrative
Science Quarterly 27:363-379.
Blau, Peter M. 1964. Exchange and Power in Social Life. New York: Wiley.
Blau, Peter M. 1977. Inequality and Heterogeneity: A Primitive Theory of Social Structure. New
York: Free Press.
Blau, Peter M. and Otis Dudley Duncan. 1967. The American Occupational Structure. New
York: Wiley.
Blau, Peter M. and Richard Schoenherr. 1971. The Structure of Organizations. New York: Basic
Books.
Blaug, Mark. 1976. “Human Capital Theory: A Slightly Jaundiced Survey.” Journal of Economic
Literature 14:827-855.
*Bleeke, Joel and David Ernst. 1995. “Is Your Strategic Alliance Really a Sale?” Harvard
Business Review 73(January):97-105.
Bleeke, Joel and David Ernst. 1991. “The Way to Win in Cross-Border Alliances.” Harvard
Business Review 69(6):127-135.
Bleeke, Joel and David Ernst (eds.). 1993. Collaborating to Compete: Using Strategic Alliances
and Acquisitions in the Global Marketplace. New York: Wiley.
Bleeke, Joel and David Ernst. 1993. “The Way to Win in Cross-Border Alliances.” Pp. 17-34 in
Collaborating to Compete: Using Strategic Alliances and Acquisitions in the Global
Marketplace, edited by Joel Bleek and David Ernst. New York: Wiley.
Blinder, Alan S. 1976. “On Dogmatism in Human Capital Theory.” Journal of Human Resources
11:8-22.
Blinder, Alan S. and Yoram Weiss. 1976. “Human Capital and Labor Supply: A Synthesis.”
Journal of Political Economy 84:449-472.
Block, Fred. 1977. “The Ruling Class Does Not Rule: Notes on the Marxist Theory of the State.”
Socialist Revolution 7:6-28.
Blois, K.J. “Vertical Quasi-Integration.” Journal of Industrial Economics 20(3):253-272.
Bloom, David E. and Richard B. Freeman. 1992. “The Fall of Private Pension Coverage in the
United States.” American Economic Review 82:539-545.
Blomfield, Brian P., Rod Coombs, David Knights and Dale Littler. 1997. Information
Technology and Organizations: Strategies, Networks, and Integration. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Blommestein, Hans J. 1997. Institutional Investors, Pension Reform and Emerging Securities
Markets. Paris: OECD.
Blommestein, Hans J. 1998. “Impact of Institutional Investors on Financial Markets.” Pp. 29-106
in OECD Proceedings Institutional Investors in the New Financial Landscape. Paris:
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.
Bluedorn, Allen C. and Earl F. Lundgren. 1993. “A Culture-Match Perspective for Strategic
Change.” Research in Organizational Change and Development 7:137-79.
Blum, Hunter C. 1997. “ESOP’s Fables: Leveraged ESOPs and Their Effect on Managerial
Slack, Employee Risk and Motivation in the Public Corporation.” University of Richmond Law
Review 31:1539-1570..
Boies, John and Harland Prechel. 1998. “Capital Dependence, Business Political Behavior and
Change to the Multilayered Subsidiary Form: A Response to Global Competition.” San
Francisco: Paper presented to the American Sociological Association meetings.
Boiset, Max H. 1986. “Markets and Hierarchies in a Cultural Perspective.” Organization Studies
7:135-138.
Boje, David M. and David A. Whetten. 1981. “Effects of Organizational Strategies and
Contextual Constraints on Centrality and Attributions of Influence in Interorganizational
Networks.” Administrative Science Quarterly 26:378-395.
Bok, Derek Curtis. 1993. The Cost of Talent: How Executives and Professionals Are Paid and
How It Affects America. New York: Free Press.
Bolland, Eric J. and Charles W. Hofer. 1998. Future Firms: How America’s High Technology
Companies Work. New York: Oxford University Press.
Bollier, David. 1998. Work and Future Society: Where Are the Economy and Technology Taking
Us? Washington: Aspen Institute.
Bolton, Michele Kremen. 1993. “Organizational Innovation and Substandard Performance:
When Is Necessity the Mother of Innovation?” Organization Science 4:57-75.
Bolton, P., and Dewatripont, M. 1994. “The Firm as a Communication Network.” Quarterly
Journal of Economics 109:809-839.
Bonacich, Philip. 1987. “Power and Centrality: A Family of Measures.” American Journal of
Sociology 92:1170-1182.
Boorman Scott A. and Harrison White C. 1976. “Social Structure from Multiple Networks, II:
Role Structures.” American Journal of Sociology 81:1384-1446.
Bordieu, Pierre. 1980. “Le Capital Social: Notes Provisoires.” Actes de la Recherche en Sciences
Sociales 3:2-3.
Bordieu, Pierre. 1986. “The Forms of Capital.” Pp. 241-258 in Handbook of Theory and
Research for the Sociology of Education, edited by John G. Richardson. Westport, CT:
Greenwood Press.
Borgatti, Steven P. 1998. “Structural Holes: Unpacking Burt’s Redundancy Measures.”
Connections 20(1):35-38.
Borgatti, Stephen P. and Martin G. Everett. 1992. “The Notion of Position in Social Network
Analysis.” Sociological Methodology 22:1-35.
Borgatti, Stephen P. and Martin G. Everett. 1999. “Models of Core/Periphery Structures.” Social
Networks 21:375-395.
Borgatti, Stephen P. and Martin G. Everett. 2002. “Models of Core/Periphery Structure.”
<www.analytictech.com/borgatti/CP_Structure.doc> (July 15, 2002)
Borgatti, Stephen P. and Martin G. Everett. 1991. “Notions of Position in Social Network
Analysis.” Sociological Methodology 22:1-35.
Borgatti, Stephen P., Martin Everett and Linton C. Freeman. 1992. UCINET IV Version 1.0.
Columbia, SC: Analytic Technologies.
Borgatti, Stephen P., Candace Jones and Everett, Martin G. 1998. “Network Measures of Social
Capital.” Connections 21(2):27-36.
Borjas, George J. 1979. “Job Satisfaction, Wages, and Unions.” Journal of Human Resources
14:21-40.
Börzel, Tanja A. 1998. “Organizing Babylon: On the Different Conceptions of Policy Networks.”
Public Administration 76:253-273.
*Borys, Bryan and David B. Jemison. 1989. “Hybrid Arrangements as Strategic Alliances:
Theoretical Issues in Organizational Combinations.” Academy of Management Review 14:234249.
Borsch, O. 1994. “The Process of Relational Contracting: Developing Trust-Based Strategic
Alliances Among Small Business Enterprises.” Advances in Strategic Management 10:113-136.
*Boschen, John F. and Kimberly J. Smith. 1995. “You Can Pay Me Now and You Can Pay Me
Later: The Dynamic Response of Executive Compensation to Fim Performance.” Journal of
Business 68:577-608.
Börzel, Tanja A. 1998. “Organizing Babylon: On the Difference Conceptions of Policy
Networks.” Public Administration 76:253-273.
Boston, Thomas D. 1990. “Segmented Labor Markets: New Evidence from a Study of Four
Race-Gender Groups.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 44:99-115.
Bott, Elizabeth. 1957. Family and Social Network: Roles, Norms, and External Relationships in
Ordinary Urban Families. London: Tavistock.
Bound, John and George Johnson. 1992. “Changes in the Structure of Wages in the 1980s: An
Evaluation of Alternative Explanations.” American Economic Review, Vol. 82, No. 3 (June), pp.
371-92.
Bovasso, G. 1992. “A Structural Analysis of the Formation of a Network Organization.” Group
and Organization Management 17:86-106.
Bowie, Norman E. and R. Edward Freeman (eds.). 1992. Ethics and Agency Theory: An
Introduction. New York: Oxford University Press.
Bowles, Samuel. 1985. “The Production Process in a Competitive Economy: Walrasian, NeoHobbesian, and Marxian Models.” American Economic Review 75:16-36.
Boyd, John P. 1990. Social Semigroups: A Unified Theory of Scaling and Blockmodeling as
Applied to Social Networks. Fairfax, VA: George Mason University Press.
Boyd, John P. 1992. “Relational Homomorphisms.” Social Networks 14:163-186.
Boyd, John P. 2000. “Social Networks and Semigroups.” Politica y Sociedad 33:105-112
Boyett, Joseph H. and Henry P. Conn. 1991. Workplace 2000: The Revolution Reshaping
American Business. New York: Dutton.
Boyett, Joseph H. with Jimmie T. Boyett. 1995. Beyond Workplace 2000: Essential Strategies for
the New American Corporation. New York: Dutton.
Boyett, Joseph H., Stephen Schwartz, Laurence Osterwise and Roy Bauer. 1993. The Quality
Journey: How Winning the Baldrige Sparked the Remaking of IBM. New York: Dutton.
Boxman, Ed A.W., Nan Dirk De Graaf and Hendrik Derk Flap. 1991. “The Impact of Social and
Human Capital on the Income Attainment of Dutch Managers.” Social Networks 13:51-73.
Bradach, Jeffrey L. and Robert G. Eccles. 1989. “Price, Authority, and Trust: From Ideal Types
to Plural Forms.” Annual Review of Sociology 15:97-118.
Bradsher, Keith. 1999. “ Labor’s Peace With G.M. Unraveling at Saturn.” New York Times July
22:A1.
Brajkovich, Leo F. 1994. “Sources of Social Structure in a Start-Up Organization: Work
Networks, Work Activities, and Job Status.” Social Networks 16:191-212.
Brancato, Carolyn Kay. 1996. Institutional Investors and Corporate Governance. New York:
Conference Board.
Brandenburger, A. M. and B. J. Nalebuff 1996. Coopetition. New York: Doubleday.
Brandes, Ulrik, Patrick Kenis, Jörg Raab, Volker Schneider, and Dorothea Wagner. 1999.
“Explorations into the Visualization of Policy Networks.” Journal of Theoretical Politics 11:75106.
Brandes, Ulrik, Jörg Raab and Dorothea Wagner. 2001. “Exploratory Network Visualization:
Simultaneous Display of Actor Status and Connections.” Journal of Social Structure 2(4).
<http://www.inf.uni-konstanz.de/~brandes/publications/brw-envsd-01.pdf>
Brass, Daniel J. 1981. “Structural Relationships, Job Characteristics, and Worker Satisfaction
and Performance.” Administrative Science Quarterly 26:331-348.
Brass, Daniel J. 1984. “Being in the Right Place: A Structural Analysis of Individual Influence in
an Organization.” Administrative Science Quarterly 29:519-539.
*Brass, Daniel J. 1985. “Men’s and Women’s Networks: A Study of Interaction Patterns and
Influence in an Organization.” Academy of Management Journal 28:327-343.
Brass, Daniel J. 1992. “Power in Organizations: A Social Network Perspective.” Research in
Politics and Society 4:295-323.
*Brass, Daniel J. 1995. “A Social Network Perspective on Human Resources Management.”
Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management 13:39-79.
Brass, Daniel J. 1995. “Creativity: It’s All in Your Social Network.” Pp. 94-99 in Creativity
Action in Organizations, edited by C.M. Ford and D.A. Gioia. London: Sage Publications.
Brass, Daniel J. 2002. “Intraorganizational Power and Dependence.” Pp. 138-157 in The
Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A. C. Baum. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
*Brass, Daniel J. and Marlene E. Burkhardt. 1992. “Centrality and Power in Organizations.” Pp.
191-215 in Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form and Action, edited by Nitin Nohria and
Robert G. Eccles. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Brass, Daniel J. and Marlene E. Burkhardt. 1993. “Potential Power and Power Use: An
Investigation of Structure and Behavior.” Academy of Management Journal 36:441-470.
Brass, Daniel J., Kenneth D. Butterfield, and Bruce C. Skaggs. 1998. “Relationships and
Unethical Behavior: A Social Network Perspective.” Academy of Management Review 23:1431.
Brass, Daniel J. and David Krackhardt. 1999. “The Social Capital of 21st Century Leaders.” Pp.
179-194 in Out-of-the-Box Leadership, eidted by J.G. Hunt, G.E. Dodge, and L. Wong.
Stamford, CT: JAI Press.
Bratton, William W. 1989. “The New Economic Theory of the Firm: Critical Perspectives From
History.” Stanford Law Review 41:1471-1527.
Braun, Denny. 1991. The Rich Get Richer: The Rise of Income Inequality in the United States
and the World. Chicago: Nelson-Hall.
Braverman, Harry. 1974. Labor and Monopoly Capital: The Degradation of Work in the
Twentieth Century. New York: Monthly Review Press.
Brehm, J. and W. Rahn. 1997. “Individual-Level Evidence for the Causes and Consequences of
Social Capital.” American Journal of Political Science 41(3):999-1023.
Breggren, Christian. 1992. Alternatives to Lean Production: Work in the Swedish Auto Industry.
Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.
Breiger, Ronald L. 1976. “Career Attributes and Network Structure: A Blockmodel Study of
Biomedical Research Specialty.” American Sociological Review 41:117-135.
Breiger, Ronald L. 1981. “Structures of Economic Interdependence Among Nations.” Chapter 12
in Continuities in Structural Inquiry, edited by Peter Blau and Robert Merton. New York: Free
Press.
Breiger, Ronald L. 1995. “Social Structure and the Phenomenology of Attainment.” Annual
Review Sociology 21:115-136.
Breiger, Ronald L. 2002. “The Analysis of Social Networks.” Forthcoming in Handbook of Data
Analysis, edited by Melissa Hard and Alan Bryman. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Breiger, Ronald L. and James G. Ennis. 1997. “Generalized Exchange in Social Networks:
Statistics and Structure.” L’Annee sociologique 47:73-88.
Breiger, Ronald L. and Philippa E. Pattison. 1978. “The Joint Role Structure of Two
Communities’ Elites.” Sociological Methods & Research 7:213-226.
Breiger, Ronald L. and John M. Roberts, Jr. 1998. “Solidarity and Social Networks.” Pp. 239262 in The Problem of Solidarity: Theory and Models, edited by Patrick Doreian and Thomas
Fararo. Amsterdam: Gordon and Breach.
Bresnahan, Timothy F., Erik Brynjolfsson and Lorin M. Hitt. 1999. “Information Technology,
Workplace Organization, and the Demand for Skilled Labor: Firm-Level Evidence.” National
Bureau of Economic Research Working Paper: 7136
Bresser, R. K. F. (1988), “Matching collective and competitive strategies”, Strategic
Management Journal, Vol. 9, pp. 375-385.
Bresser, R. K. F., and Harl, J. E. 1986. Collective strategy: Vice or virtue? Academy of
Management Review, 11: 408-427.
Brett, Jeanne M. and Linda K. Stroh. 1997. “Jymping Ship: Who Benefits from an External
Labor Market Career Strategy.” Journal of Applied Psychology 82:331-341.
Bridges, William P. and Wayne J. Villemez. 1986. “Informal Hiring and Income in the Labor
Market.” American Sociological Review 51:574-582.
Bridges, William P. and Wayne J. Villemez. 1991. “Employment Relations and the Labor
Market: Integrating Institutional and Market Perspectives.” American Sociological Review
56:748-764.
Bridges, William P. and Wayne J. Villemez. 1994. The Employment Relationship: Causes and
Consequences of Modern Personnel Administration. New York: Plenum.
Briggs, Thomas W. 1994. “Shareholder Activism and Insurgency Under the New Proxy Rules.”
Business Lawyer 50:99-149.
Brines, Julie. 1994. “Economic Dependency, Gender, and the Division of Labor at Home.”
American Journal of Sociology 100:652-88.
Brinton, Mary C. and Victor Nee. 1998. The New Institutionalism in Sociology. New York:
Russell Sage Foundation.
Broad William J. 1985. “The Secret Behind Star Wars.” New York Times. August 11: 6:32.
Brockner, Joel, Steven Grover, Michael N. O’Malley, Thomas F. Reed, and Mary Ann Glynn.
1993. “Threat of Future Layoffs, Self-Esteem and Survivors’ Reactions: Evidence from the
Laboratory and the Field.” Strategic Management Journal 14:153-66.
Bromiley, Philip and Lawrence L. Cummings. 1995. “Transaction Costs in Organizations with
Trust.” Research on Negotiations in Organizations 5:19-247.
*Bronfenbrenner, Kate. 1997. “The Role of Union Strategies in NLRB Certification Elections.”
Industrial and Labor Relations Review 50:195-212.
Brousseau, Eric and Bertrand Quelin. 1996. “Asset Specificity and Organizational Arrangements:
The Case of the New Telecommunications Services Market.” Industrial and Corporate Change
5:1205-1230.
*Brostek, Micahel. 1997. “Alternative Dispute Resolution: Employers’ Experiences with ADR in
the Workplace.” Washington: Government Accounting Office Report GAO/GGD-97-157.
Brown, C., M Reich and D Stern. 1993. “Becoming a High-Performance Work Organization:
The Role of Security, Employee Involvement and Trainging.” International Journal of Human
Resource Management 4(2):247-275
Brown, Charles, James Hamilton and James Medoff. 1990. Employers Large and Small.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Brown, Clair and Ben Campbell. 2001. “Technical Change, Wages, and Employment in
Semiconductor Manufacturing.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 54:450-465.
Brown, John S. and Paul Duguid. 1991. “Organizational Learning and Communities-of-Practice:
Toward a Unified View of Working, Learning, and Innovation.” Organization Science 2:40-57.
Brown, Shona and Kathleen M. Eisenhardt. 1997. “The Art of Continuous Change: Linking
Complexity Theory and Time-Paced Evolution in Relentlessly Shifting Organizations.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 42:1-34.
Browne, William P. 1990. “Organized Interests and Their Issue Niches: A Search for Pluralism in a
Policy Domain.” Journal of Politics 52:477-509.
Browne, William P.1998. Groups, Interests, and U.S. Public Policy. Washington: Georgetown
University Press.
*Browning, Larry D., Janice M. Beyer, and Judy C. Shetler. 1995. “Building Cooperation in a
Competitive Industry: SEMATECH and the Semiconductor Industry.” Academy of Management
Journal 38:113-151.
Bruce, M., Leverick, F., Littler, D., and Wilson, D. 1995. “Success Factors for Collaborative
Product Development: A Study of Suppliers of Information and Communication Technology.”
R&D Management 25:33-44.
Bruck, Connie. 1988. The Predators’ Ball: The Junk Bond Raiders and the Men Who Staked
Them. New York: Simon and Schuster.
Brüderl, J. and P. Preisendörfer. 1997. “Network Support and the Success of Newly Founded
Business.” Journal of Small Business Economics 9:1-13.
Bruner, Robert F. 1999. “An Analysis of Value Destruction and Recovery in the Alliance and
Proposed Merger of Volvo and Renault.” Journal of Financial Economics 51:125-166.
Bruno, A.V. and A.C. Cooper. 1982. “Patterns of Development and Acquisition for Silicon
Valley Start-ups.” Technovation 1:15-37.
Brusco, Sabastiano. 1982. “The Emilian Model: Productive Decentralization and Social
Integration.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 6:167-184.
Buskens, Vincent. 1998. “The Social Structure of Trust.” Social Forces 20:265-289.
Buskens, Vincent and Joeren Weesie. 1998. “An Experiment on the Effects of Embeddedness in
Trust Situations: Buying a Used Car.” Rationality and Society 12:227-253.
Buskens, Vincent and Kazuo Yamaguchi. 1999. “A New Model for Information Diffusion in
Heterogeneous Social Networks.” Sociological Methodology 29:281-325.
Butts, Carter T. 2001. “The Complexity of Social Networks: Theoretical and Empirical
Findings.” Social Networks 23:31-71.
Bryman, A., M. Bresnen, A.D. Beardswirth, J. Ford and E.T. Keil. 1987. “The Concept of the
Temporary System: The Case of the Construction Project.” Research in the Sociology of
Organizations 6:253-283.
Buckley, Peter J. and Malcolm Chapman. 1997. “The Perception and Measurement of
Transaction Costs.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 21:127-145.
Budros, Art. 1997. “The New Capitalism and Organizational Rationality: The Adoption of
Downsizing Programs, 1979-1994.” Social Forces 76:229-250.
Buffalo News. 1999. “They Don’t Want Your Input, They Just Want Your Name: Astroturf
Lobbying Creates Phony ‘Grass Roots’.” Buffalo News December 31:F6.
Bulder, B., F. Leeuw and H. Flap. 1996. “Networks and Evaluating Public-Sector Reforms.”
Evaluation 2:261-276.
Buono, Anthony F. and James L. Bowditch. 1989. The Human Side of Mergers and Acquisitions:
Managing Collisions Between People, Cultures, and Organizations. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Burawoy, Michael. 1979. Manufacturing Consent: Changes in the Labor Proces under Monopoly
Capital. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Burawoy, Michael. 1985. The Politics of Production: Factory Regimes Under Capitalism and
Socialism. London: Verso.
Burchell, B. and F. Wilkinson. 1997. “Trust, Business Relationships and the Contractual
Environment.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 21(2):217-237.
Burgelman, Robert A. 1994. “Fading Memories: A Process Theory of Strategic Business Exit in
Dynamic Environments.” Administrative Science Quarterly 39:24-56.
Burgelman, Robert A. 1991. “Intraorganizational Ecology of Strategy Making and Organizational
Adaptation: Theory and Field Research.” Organization Science 2(3):239-62.
Burke, Thomas P. and John D. Morton. 1990. “How Firm Size and Industry Affect Employee
Benefits.” Monthly Labor Review 113,6:35-43.
Burkhardt, Marlene E. and Daniel J. Brass. 1990. “Changing Patterns or Patterns of Change: The
Effects of a Change in Technology on Social Network Structure and Power.” Administrative
Science Quarterly 35:104-27.
Burkins, Glenn. 2000. “Labor Union Membership Increases Second Year in Row to 16.48
Million.” Wall Street Journal January 20:A2.
Burns, Lawton R. and Douglas R. Wholey. 1993. “Adoption and Abandonment of Matrix
Management Programs: Effects of Organizational Characteristics and Interorganizational
Networks.” Academy of Management Journal 36:106-138.
Burns, Tom and George M. Stalker. 1961. The Management of Innovation. London: Tavistock.
Burris, Beverly. 1998. “Computerization of the Workplace.” Annual Review of Sociology 25:
Burris, Val. 1992. “Elite Policy-Planning Networks in the United States.” Research in Politics
and Society 4:111-134.
Burritt, Chris. 1999. “Driver’s License Photo Sales Stir Scrap in S.C.” Atlanta Journal and
Constitution February 25:1B.
Burroughs, Bryan and John Hellyar. 1990. Barbarians at the Gate. New York: Harper and Row.
Burstein, Paul. 1985. Discrimination, Jobs, and Politics: The Struggle for Equal Employmnet
Opportunity in the United States Since the New Deal. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Burstein, Paul. 1991. “Policy Domains: Organization, Culture, and Policy Outcomes.” Annual
Review of Sociology 17:327-350.
Burstein, Paul. 1998. “Interest Organizations, Political Parties and the Study of Democratic
Policies.” Pp. 39-56 in Social Movements and American Political Institutions, edited by Anne
Costain and Andrew McFarland. Boulder, CO: Rowman and Littlefield.
Burstein, Paul and April Linton Eaton. 2000. “The Impact of Political Parties, Interest Groups,
and Social Movement Organizations on Public Policy: Some Recent Evidence and Theoretical
Concerns.” Paper presented to American Sociological Association meetings, Washington, DC.
Burt, Ronald S. 1979. “Disaggregating the Effect on Profits in Manufacturing Industries of
Having Imperfectly Competitive Consumers and Suppliers.” Social Science Research 8:120-143.
Burt, Ronald S. 1976. “Positions in Networks.” Social Forces 55: 93-122.
Burt, Ronald S. 1980. “Autonomy in a Social Topology.” American Journal of Sociology
85:892-925.
Burt, Ronald S. 1980. “Models of Network Structure.” Annual Review of Sociology 6:79-141.
Burt, Ronald S. 1982. Toward a Structural Theory of Action. New York: Academic Press.
Burt, Ronald S. 1983. Corporate Profits and Cooptation. New York: Academic Press.
Burt, Ronald S. 1987. “Social Contagion and Innovation: Cohesion Versus Structural
Equivalent.” American Journal of Sociology 92:1287-1335.
Burt, Ronald S. 1988. “The Stability of American Markets.” American Journal of Sociology
94:356-395.
Burt, Ronald S. 1992. Structural Holes: The Social Structure of Competition. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Burt, Ronald S. 1996. “The Gender of Social Capital.” Pp. XXX in Solidarity and Social
Inequality. Groningen, The Netherlands: University of Groningen.
Burt, Ronald S. 1998. “The Gender of Social Capital.” Rationality and Society 9:5-46.
Burt, Ronald S. 1997. “A Note on Social Capital and Network Content.” Social Networks
19:355-373.
Burt, Ronald S. 1997. “The Contingent Value of Social Capital.” Administrative Science
Quarterly 42:339-365.
Burt, Ronald S. 1998. “Partitioning the American Economy for Organizational Research.”
Chicago: University of Chicago Graduate School of Business and Department of Sociology
manuscript.
Burt, Ronald S. 1999. “Entrepreneurs, Distrust and Third Parties.” Pp. 213-243 in Shared
Cognition in Organizations, edited by Leigh Thompson, John Levine and David Messick.
Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Burt, Ronald S. 1999. “The Social Capital of Opinion Leaders.” Annals 566:37-54.
Burt, Ronald S. 2000. “The Network Structure of Social Capital.” Research in Organizational
Behavior 22:345-423.
Burt, Ronald S. 2001. “Structural Holes versus Network Closure as Social Capital.” Pp. 31-56 in
Social Capital: Theory and Research, edited by Nan Lin, Karen S. Cook, and Ronald S. Burt.
New York: Aldine de Gruyter.
Burt, Ronald S. 2001. “Bandwidth and Echo: Trust, Information, and Gossip in Social
Networks.” Pp. in Networks and Markets: Contributions from Economics and Sociology, edited
by Alessandra Casella and James E. Rauch. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Burt, Ronald S. and N. Celotto. 1992. “The Network Structure of Management Roles in a Large
Matrix Firm.” Evaluation and Program Planning 15:303-326.
Burt, Ronald S., Miguel Guilarte, Holly J. Raider and Yuki Yasuda. 1999. “Competition,
Contingency, and the External Structure of Markets.” Chicago: Univeristy of Chicago Graduate
School of Business and Department of Sociology manuscript.
Burt, Ronald S., Robin M. Hogarth and Claude Michaud. 2000. “The Social Capital of French
and American Managers.” Organization Science 11:123-147.
Burt, Ronald S., Joseph E. Jannotta, and James T. Mahoney. 1998. “Personality Correlates of
Structural Holes.” Social Networks 20:63-87.
Burt, Ronald S. and Marc Knez. 1995. “Kinds of Third-Party Effects on Trust.” Rationality and
Society 7:255-292.
Burt, Ronald S. and Marc Knez. 1996. “Trust and Third-Party Gossip.” Pp. 68-89 in Trust in
Organizations: Frontiers of Theory and Research, edited by Roderick M. Kramer and Tom R.
Tyler. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Burt, Ronald S., Marc Knez and Walter W. Powell. 1997. “Trust and Third-Party Ties.” Chicago:
University of Chicago mimeo.
Burt Ronald S. and Michael J. Minor (eds.). 1983. Applied Network Analysis. Beverly Hills, CA:
Sage Publications.
Burt, Ronald S. and Ilan Talmud 1993. “Market Niche.” Social Networks 15:133-149.
Burtless, Gary. 1994. “Meeting the Skill Demands of the New Economy.” Pp. 59-81 in Labor
Markets, Employment Policy and Job Creation, edited by Lewis C. Solmon and Alec R.
Levenson. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
*Bush, John B., Jr. and Alan L. Frohman. 1991. “Communication in a ‘Network’ Organization.”
Organizational Dynamics 20(2):23-36.
Butcher, Leo. 1988. Accidental Millionaire: The Rise and Fall of Steve Jobs at Apple Computer.
New York: Paragon House.
Buttery, E. and Buttery, A. 1995. The Dynamics of the Network Situation. AusIndustry,
Canberra.
Bygrave, William D. 1988. “The Structure of Investment Networks of Venture Capital Firms.”
Journal of Business Venturing 3:137-157.
Bygrave, William D. 1995. “Mom-and-Pops, High-Potential Startups, and Intrapreneurship: Are
They Part of the Same Entrepreneurship Paradigm?” Advances in Entrepreneurship, Firm
Emergence, and Growth 2:1-19.
Byrne, David. 1998. “Chaos, Complexity and Sociology: Myths, Models and Theories.” British
Journal of Sociology 49:501.
Byrne, Dennis M., Steven C. Myers and Randall H. King. 1991. “Short Term Labour Market
Consequences of Teenage Pregnancy.” Applied Economics 23:1819-1827.
Byrne, John A. 200. “The Best & the Worst Boards.” Business Week January 24:142.
Calavita, K., R. Tillman and H. N. Pontell. 1997. “The Savings and Loan Debacle, Financial
Crime, and the State.” Annual Review of Sociology 23:
Callaghan, Polly and Heidi Hartmann. 1991. Contingent Work: A Chart Book on Part-Time and
Temporary Employment. Washington: Economic Policy Institute.
CalPERS. 1999. Corporate Governance Program. <htttp://www.calpers-governance.org> (April
29, 1999).
Camagni R., 1991, Innovation Networks: Spatial Perspectives, London: Belhaven-Pinter.
Camagni, Roberto. 1993. “Inter-Firm Industrial Networks: The Costs and Benefits of
Cooperative Behaviour.” Journal of Industry Studies 1(1):1-15.
*Cameron, Samuel and Alan Collins. 1997. “Transaction Costs and Partnerships: The Case of
Rock Bands.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 32:171-183.
Campbell, A. J. and D. T. Wilson, 1996, ‘Managed Networks: Creating Strategic Advantage’, in
Networks in Marketing, D. Iacobucci (Ed), Sage Publications, London.
Campbell, Donald T. 1969. “Variation, Selection, and Retention in Sociocultural Systems.”
General Systems 16:69-85.
Campbell, J.L. and L.N. Lindberg. 1990. “Property Rights and the Organization of Economic
Activity by the State.” American Sociological Review 55:634-647.
Campbell John P. and Deirdre J. Knapp (eds.). 2001. Exploring the Limits of Personnel Selection
and Classification. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Cannon, Kimble C. nd Patrick J. Tangney. 1995. “Protection of Minority Shareholder Rights
under Delaware Law: Reinforcing Shareholders as Residual Claimants and Maximizing LongTerm Share Value by Restricting Directorial Discretion.” 1995 Columbia Business Law Review
725-784.
Cappelli, Peter. 1993. “Are Skill Requirements Rising? Evidence from Production and Clerical
Jobs.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 46:515-30.
Cappelli, Peter. 1994. “Forces Driving the Restructuring of Employment.” Looking Ahead 16,23:5-11.
Cappelli, Peter. 1995. “Rethinking Employment.” British Journal of Industrial Relations 33:563602.
Cappelli, Peter. 1999. The New Deal at Work: Managing the Market-Driven Workforce. Boston,
MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Cappelli, Peter Daniel Shapiro, and Nichole Shumanis. 1998. “Employer Participation in Schoolto-Work Programs.” The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 559
(September): 109-124.
Cappelli, Peter and K.C. O’Shaugnessy. 1993. “What’s Behind the Skills Gap?” Industrial
Relations Research Association.
Cappelli, Peter and K.C. O’Shaugnessy. 1993. “Skill and Wage Change in Corporate
Headquarters, 1986-1992.” Philadelphia: National Center on the Educational Quality of the
Workforce (EQW)
Cappelli, Peter, Laurie Bassi, Harry Katz, David Knoke, Paul Osterman and Michael Useem.
1997. Change at Work. New York: Oxford University Press.
Cappelli, Peter and David Neumark. 2001. “Do ‘High Performance’ Work Practices Improve
Establishment-Level Outcomes?” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 54:737-775.
Cappelli, Peter and Nicolai Rogovsky. 1994. “New Work Systems and Skill Requirements.”
International Labor Review 133(2):205-220.
Carbonaro, William J.. 1999. “Opening the Debate on Closure and Schooling Outcomes:
Comment on Morgan and Sorensen.” American Sociological Review, 64:682-686.
Carley, Kathleen M. 1999. “On the Evolution of Social and Organizational Networks.” Research
in the Sociology of Organizations 16:3-30.
Carley, Kathleen M. and John R. Harrald. 1997. “Organizational Learning Under Fire: Theory
and Practice.” American Behavioral Scientist 40(3):313-332.
Carley, Kathleen M. and David Krackhardt. 1996. “Cognitive Inconsistencies and Nonsymmetric Friendship.” Social Networks 18:1-27.
Carley, Kathleen M. and David M. Svoboda. 1996. “Can Organizations Learn If They
Restructure: Complexity in Complexity.” Paper presented to the American Sociological
Association.
Carley, Kathleen M. and David M. Svoboda.1996. “Modeling Organizational Adaptation as a
Simulated Annealing Process.” Sociological Methods and Research 25:138-168.
Carlisle, J.A. and R.C. Parker. 1989. Beyond Negotiation: Customer Supplier Relationships.
London: Wiley.
Carlton, Dennis W. and Jeffrey M. Perloff. 1994. Modern Industrial Organization. Second Ed.
New York: HarperCollins.
Carlton, Dennis W. and Steven C. Salop. 1995. “You Keep On Knocking But You Can’t Come
In: Evaluating Restrictions on Access to Input Joint Ventures.” Working Paper 111. University of
Chicago Center for the Study of the Economy and the State.
Carlton, Jim. 1996. “Apple Posts Big Loss, Plans More Layoffs.” Wall Street Journal April
18:B9.
Carlton, Jim. 1997. Apple. New York: Times Books.
Carnevale, Anthony Patrick. 1991. America and the New Economy: How New Competitive
Standards Are Radically Changing American Workplaces. San Frnacisco: Jossey-Bass.
Carpenter, Mason A. 2001. “The Strategic Context of External Network Ties: Examining the
Impact of Director Appointments on Board Involvement in Strategic Decision Making.”
Academy of Management Journal 44:639-660.
Carree, Martin and Luuk Klomp. 1996. “Small Business and Job Creation: A Comment.” Small
Business Economics 8:317-22.
Carillo, Maria Rosaria and Alberto Zazzaro. 2000. “Innovation, human capital destruction and
firms’ investment in training.” Manchester School v. 68 no3 (June) p. 331-48
Carroll, Glenn. 1984. “Organizational Ecology.” Annual Review of Sociology 10:71-93.
Carroll, Glenn. 1985. “Concentration and Specialization: Dynamics of Niche Width in
Populations of Organizations.” American Journal of Sociology 90:1262-1283.
Carroll, Glenn and Michael T. Hannan. 1989. “Density Dependence in the Evolution of
Populations of Newspaper Organizations.” American Sociological Review 54:524-541.
Carroll, Glenn R. and Michael T. Hannan (eds.). 1995. Organizations in Industry: Strategy,
Structure, and Selection. New York: Oxford University Press.
Carroll, Glenn and Michael T. Hannan. 2000. The Demography of Corporations and Industries.
Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Carroll, Glenn R. and A.C. Teo. 1996. “On the Social Networks of Managers.” Academy of
Management Journal 39:421-440.
Carroll, Paul. 1993. Big Blues: The Unmaking of IBM. New York: Crown.
Carter, A. P. 1989. Knowhow trading as economic exchange. Research Policy, 18: 155-163.
Caruso, R.E. 1992. Mentoring and the Business Environment: Asset of Liability? Vermont:
Dartmouth.
Cassidy, John. 1993. “Who Killed the Middle Class?” New Yorker October 16:113-124.
Cassidy, John. 1998. “The Comeback.” New York Feb 23 & Mar 2, 1998: 122-127.
Casson, Mark and Howard Cox. 1997. “An Economic Model of Inter-firm Networks.” Pp. 174196 in The Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks, edited by Mark Ebers. Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
Castells, Manuel. 1996. The Rise of the Network Society. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.
Castells, Manuel. 2000. “Materials for an Exploratory Theory of the Network Society.” British
Journal of Sociology 51:5-24.
Caver, Paul. 1996. “Employee-Owned Airlines: The Cure for an Ailing Industry?” Journal of Air
Law and Commerce 61:639-681.
Center for Responsive Politics. 1999. Influence Inc.: The Bottom Line on Washington Lobbying.
Washington: Center for Responsive Politics.
*Chaison, Gary N. and Dileep G. Dhavale. 1990. “A Note on the Severity of the Decline in
Union Organizing Activity.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 43:366-373.
Chan, Su Han, John W. Kensinger, Arthur J. Keown and John D. Martin. 1997. “Do Strategic
Alliances Create Value?” Journal of Financial Economics 46:199-221.
Chandler, Alfred D., Jr. 1962. Strategy and Structure: Chapters in the History of Industrial
Enterprise. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Chandler, Alfred D., Jr. 1964. Giant Enterprise: Ford, General Motors, and the Automobile
Industry. New York: Harcourt, Brace and World.
Chandler, Alfred D., Jr. 1977. The Visible Hand: The Managerial Revolution in American
Business. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press.
Chandler, Alfred D., Jr. 1990. Scale and Scope: The Dynamics of Industrial Capitalism.
Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press.
Chandler, Alfred D., Jr., Peter Hagström and Örjan Sövell (eds.). 1998. The Dynamic Firm: The
Role of Regions, Technology, Strategy, and Organization. New York: Oxford University Press.
*Charan, Ram. 1991. “How Networks Reshape Organizations—For Results.” Harvard Business
Review 69 (September-October):104-115.
Chatson, I. 1995. “Danish Technological Institutes SME Sector Networking Model:
Implementing Broker Competencies.” Journal of European Industrial Training 19:10-17.
Chaudhuri, Prabal Ray. 1995. “Technological Asymmetry and Joint Product Development.”
International Journal of Industrial Organization 13:23-39.
Chaves, Mark. 1996. “Ordaining Women: The Diffusion of an Organizational Innovation.”
American Journal of Sociology 101:840-73.
Chen, Zhiqi and Thomas W. Ross. 2000. “Strategic Alliances, Shared Facilities, and Entry
Deterrence.” RAND Journal of Economics 31:326-344.
Cheng, Yu-Ting and Andrew H. Van de Ven. 1996. “Learning the Innovation Journey: Order Out
of Chaos?” Organization Science 7:593-614.
*Chesborough, Henry W. and David J. Teece. 1996. “When is Virtual Virtuous? Organizing for
Innovation.” Harvard Business Review (Jan-Feb): 65-73.
Chiesa, V. and R. Manzini. 1996. “Profiting from the Virtual Organization of Technological
Innovation: Suggestions from an Empirical Study.” Proceedings of the 6th International Forum
on Technology Management 211-227.
Chia R., 1996, Organizational Analysis as Deconstructive Practice, NY: de Gruyter.
Child, John. 1972. “Organization Structure, Environment, and Performance: The Role of
Strategic Choice.” Sociology 6:1-22.
Child, John et al. (eds.). 1993. Societal Change Between Market and Organization. Aldershot.
Child, John and David Faulkner. 1998. Strategies of Cooperation: Managing Alliances, Networks
and Joint Ventures. New York: Oxford University Press.
*Chiles, Todd H. and John F. McMackin. 1996. “Integrating Variable Risk Preferences, Trust
and Transaction Cost Economics.” Academy of Management Review 21:73-99.
Chiplin, Brian and Mike Wright. 1987. The Logic of Mergers: The Competitive Market in
Corporate Control in Theory and Pratice.London: Institute of Economic Affairs.
Chisholm, Donald. 1989. Coordination Without Hierarchy: Informal Structures in
Multiorganizational Systems. Berkeley:
Chisholm, Rupert. 1998. Developing Network Organizations: Learning from Practice and
Theory. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Cho, D.S., S. Nam and L. Tung. 1998. Korean Chaebols. New York: Oxford University Press.
Christensen, Kathleen. 1998. “Countervailing Human Resource Trends in Family-Sensitive
Firms.” Pp. 103-125 in Contingent Work: American Employment Relations in Transition, edited
by Kathleen Barker and Kathleen Christensen. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.
Christopherson, Susan and Michael Storper. 1986. “The City as Studio: The World as a Back
Lot: The Impact of Visual Disintegration on the Location of the Motion Picture Industry.”
Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 4:305-320.
*Christopherson, Susan and Michael Storper. 1989. “The Effects of Flexible Specialization on
Industrial Politics and the Labor Market: The Motion Picture Industry.” Industrial and Labor
Relations Review 42:331-347.
Chung, L.H. and P.T. Gibbons. 1997. “Corporate Entrepreneurship: The Roles of Ideology and
Social Capital.” Group and Organization Management 22:10-30.
Chung, Seungwha (Andy). 1996. “Performance Effects of Cooperative Strategies Among
Investment Banking Firms: A Loglinear Analysis of Organizational Exchange Networks.” Social
Networks 18:121-148.
Cigler, Allan J. and Burdett A. Loomis (eds). 1995. Interest Group Politics. Washington: CQ
Press.
Claggett, E. Taylor. 1991. “Capital Structure: Convergent and Pecking Order Evidence.” Review
of Financial Economics 1 (Fall):35-48.
Clark, Don. 1996. “Software Firm Fights to Remake Business After Ill-Fated Merger.” Wall
Street Journal. January 12:A1.
Clark, Don. 1997. “Intel’s Tumble Underscores the Debate Over Coming Changes in PC
Hardware.” Wall Street Journal August 25:B8.
Clark, Gordon L. 1993. Pensions and Corporate Restructuring in American Industry: A Crisis of
Regulation. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press.
Clark, Robert C. 1991. “Agency Costs Versus Fiduciary Duties.” Pp. 55-79 in Principles and
Agents: The Structure of Business, edited by John W. Pratt and Richard J. Zeckhauser. Boston,
MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Clarke, Arthur C. 1958. Profiles of the Future: An Inquiry into the Limits of the Possible. New
York: Harper & Row.
Clarkson, Max B.E. 1995. “A Stakeholder Framework forAnalyzing and Evaluating Corporate
Social Performance.” Academy of Management Review 20:92-117.
Clarkson, Max B.E. (ed.). 1998. The Corporation and Its Stakeholders: Classic and
Contemporary Readings. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
Clawson, Dan and Alan Neustadtl. 1989. “Interlocks, PACS, and Corporate Conservatism.”
American Journal of Sociology 94:749-773.
Clawson, Dan, Alan Neustadtl and Mark Weller. 1998. Dollars and Votes: How Business
Campaign Contributions Subvert Democracy. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.
Clawson, Dan, Alan Neustadtl and Denise Scott. 1992. Money Talks: Corporate PACs and
Political Influence. New York: Basic Books.
Clawson, J. 1980. “Mentoring in Managerial Careers.” Pp. 144-165 in Work, Family and the
Career, edited by C.B. Derr. New York: Praeger.
Clegg, Stewart R. 1990. Modern Organizations: Organization Studies in the Postmodern World.
London: Sage Publications.
Clegg, Stewart R. 1994. “New Organizational Forms.” Pp. 109-113 in Managing Strategic
Action: Mobilizing Change, Concepts, Readings and Cases, edited by Cynthia Hardy. London:
Sage Publications.
Clegg, Stewart R., Cynthia Hardy and Walter R. Nord (eds.). 1996. The Handbook of
Organization Studies. London: Sage Publications.
Clemens, Elisabeth S. 1993. “Organizational Repertoires and Institutional Change: Women's
Groups and the Transformation of U.S. Politics, 1890-1920.” American Journal of Sociology
98:755-798.
Clemens, Elisabeth S. 1997. The People’s Lobby: Organizational Innovation and the Rise of
Interest Group Politics in the United States, 1890-1925. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Clemens, Elisabeth S. and James M. Cook. 1999. “Politics and Institutionalism: Explaining
Durability and Change.” Annual Review of Sociology 25:441-466.
Clinton, Angela. 1997. “Flexible Labor: Restructuring the American Work Force.” Montly Labor
Review August:3-27.
Coase, Ronald H. 1937. “The Nature of the Firm.” Economica 4:386-405.
Coase, Ronald H. 1952. “The Nature of the Firm.” Pp. 386-405 in Readings in Price Theory,
edited by George J. Stigler and Kenneth E. Boulding. Homewood, IL: Richard D. Irwin.
Coffee, John C. Jr. 1988. “Shareholders Versus Managers: The Strain in the Corporate Web.” Pp.
78-134 in Knights, Raiders, and Targets: The Impact of the Hostile Takeover, edited by John C.
Coffee Jr., Louis Lowenstein and Susan Rose-Ackerman. New York: Oxford University Press.
Coffee, John C. Jr. 1988 “The Uncertain Case for Takeover Reform: An Essay on Stockholders,
Shareholders and Bust-Ups.” Wisconsin Law Review 435.
Coffee, John C. Jr., Louis Lowenstein and Susan Rose-Ackerman (eds.). 1988. Knights, Raiders,
and Targets: The Impact of the Hostile Takeover. New York: Oxford University Press.
Cohan, Peter S. 1997. The Technology Leaders: How America’s Most Profitable High-tech
Companies Innovate Their Way to Success. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Cohany, Sharon R., Steven F. Hipple, Thomas J. Nardone, Anne E. Polivka and Jay C. Stewart.
1998. “Counting the Workers: Results of a First Survey.” Pp. 41-68 in Contingent Work:
American Employment Relations in Transition, edited by Kathleen Barker and Kathleen
Christensen. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.
Cohen, M.D., James G. March and Johan P. Olsen. 1972. “A Garbage Can Model of
Organizational Choice.” Administrative Science Quarterly 17:1-25.
Cohen, Wesley and Daniel Levinthal. 1989. “Innovation and Learning: The Two Faces of R and
D.” Economic Journal 99:569-596.
Cohen, Wesley and Daniel Levinthal. 1990. “Absorptive Capacity: A New Perspective on
Learning and Innovation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:128-152.
Cohen, Wesley M. and Richard C. Levin. 1989. “Empirical Studies of Innovation and Market
Structure.” Pp. 1060-1107 in Handbook of Industrial Organization, vol. II, edited by R.
Schmalensee and R. D. Willig: Elsevier Science Publishers.
Cohen, Wesley. 1995. “Empirical Studies of Innovative Activity.” Pp. 182-264 in Handbook of
the Economics of Innovation and Technological Change, edited by Paul Stoneman. Cambridge,
MA: Blackwell.
Cohen, Yinon and Jeffrey Pfeffer. 1986. “Organizational Hiring Standards.” Administrative
Science Quarterly 31: 1-24.
Cohen, Yinon and Jeffrey Pfeffer. 1984. “Employment Practices in the Dual Economy.”
Industrial Relations 23:58-72.
Cole, Kenneth. 1999. “Lobby Firm is Global: U.S. and Foreign Carmakers Team Up to Tackle
Industry Issues.” Detroit News January 8:B1.
Cole, Robert E. 1999. Managing Quality Fads: How American Business Learned to Play the
Quality Game. New York: Oxford University Press.
Coleman, James S. 1973. “Loss of Power.” American Sociological Review 38:1-17.
Coleman, James S. 1973. The Mathematics of Collective Action. Chicago: Aldine.
Coleman, James S. 1974. Power and the Structure of Society. New York: Norton.
Coleman, James S. 1986. “Social Theory, Social Research, and a Theory of Action.” American
Journal of Sociology 91:1309-1335.
*Coleman, James S. 1986. “Norms as Social Capital.” Pp. 133-155 in Economic Imperialsim:
The Economic Approach Applied Outside the Field of Economics, edited by Gerard Radnitzky
and Peter Bernholz. New York: Paragon House.
Coleman, James S. 1988. “Social Capital in the Creation of Human Capital.” American Journal
of Sociology 94:S95-S121.
Coleman, James S. 1990. “Norm-Generating Structures.” Pp. XX-XX in The Limits of
Rationality, edited by Karen S. Cook and Margaret Levi. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Coleman, James S. 1990. Foundations of Social Theory. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Coleman, James S. 1990. “Social Capital.” Pp. 300-321 in Foundations of Social Theory.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Coleman, James S., Elihu Katz, and Herbert Manzel. 1966. Medical Innovation: A Diffusion
Study. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.
Coll, Steve. 1986. The Deal of the Century: The Breakup of AT&T. New York: Atheneum.
Collins, Randall. 1979. The Credential Society: An Historical Sociology of Educational and
Stratification. New York: Academic Press.
Collins, N. 1983. Professional Women and Their Mentors. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.
Collinson, Simon. 1999. “Knowledge Management Capabilities for Steel Markers: A BritishJapanese Corporate Alliance for Organizational Learning.” Technology Analysis and Strategic
Management 11:337-358.
Collis, David J. 1991. “A Resource Based Analysis of Global Competition.” Strategic
Management Journal 12(1):49-68.
Collis, David J. 1994. “How Valuable are Organizational Capabilities?” Strategic Management
Journal 15:143-152.
Conference Board. 1996. The New Deal in Employment Relationships: A Council Report No.
1162-96-CR. New York: Conference Board.
*Conner, Kathleen. 1991. “A Historical Comparison of Resource-Based Theory and Five
Schools of Thought Within Industrial-Organization Economics: Do We Have a New Theory of
the Firm?” Journal of Management 17(1):121-154.
Conner, Kathleen and C.K. Prahalad. 1991. “A Resource-Based Theory of the Firm: Knowledge
Versus Opportunism.” Organizations Science 7(5):477-501.
Contractor, Farok and Peter Lorange (eds.). 1988. Cooperative Strategies in International
Business: Joint Ventures and Technology Partnerships Between Firms. Lexington, MA:
Lexington Books.
Contractor, F. J. and Lorange, P. (1988), “Why should firms cooperate? The strategy and economic basis for cooperative ventures”, In F. J. Contractor and P. Lorange (Eds.), Cooperative
Strategies in International Business, pp. 3-28, Lexington Books, Lexington MA.
Cook, Anthony E. 1995.Corporate governance : the changing roles of officers, directors and
shareholders. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Law School National Practice Institute.
Cook, Karen S. 1977. “Exchange and Power in Networks of Interorganizational Relations.”
Sociological Quarterly 18:62-82.
Cook, Karen S. (ed.). 2001. Trust in Society. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Cook, Karen S. and Richard M. Emerson. 1984. “Exchange Networks and the Analysis of
Complex Organizations.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 3:1-30.
Cook, Karen S., Richard M. Emerson, Marry R. Gilmore, and Toshio Yamagishi. 1983. “The
Distribution of Power in Exchange Networks: Theory and Experimental Results.” American
Journal of Sociology, 87:275-305.
Cook, Karen S. and Toshio Yamagishi. 1992. “Power in Exchange Networks: A PowerDependence Formulation.” Social Networks 14:245-65.
Cook, Karen S., Toshio Yamagishi and Motoki Watabe. 1998. “Uncertainty, Trust and
Commitment Formation in the U.S. and Japan.” American Journal of Sociology 104: 165-194.
Cooke, Philip and Kevin Morgan. 1993. “The Network Paradigm: New Departures in Corporate
and Regional Development.” Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 11:543-564.
Cooke, Philip and Kevin Morgan. 1994. “Growth Regions Under Duress: Renewal Strategies in
Baden Württemberg and Emilia-Romagna.” Pp. 91-117 in Globalization, Institutions, and
Regional Development in Europe, edited by Ash Amin and Nigel Thrift. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Cooke, Philip and Kevin Morgan. 1998. The Associational Economy: Firms, Regions, and
Innovation. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.
Corcoran, Elizabeth. 1998. “AOL Closes Deal to Buy Netscape for $4.2 Billion.” Washington
Post November 25:A1.
Corcoran, Mary and Greg Duncan. 1979. “Work History, Labor Force Attachment, and Earnings
Differences between the Races and Sexes.” Journal of Human Resources 14:3-20.
Corcoran, Mary, Greg J. Duncan and Michael Ponza. 1983. “A Longitudinal Analysis of White
Women’s Wages.” Journal of Human Resources 18:497-520.
Coriat, B. 1995. “Variety, Routines and Networks: The Metamorphosis of Fordist Firms.”
Industrial and Corporate Change 4:205-228.
Cowhey, Peter F. and Johnathan D. Aronson. 1993. Managing the World Economy: The
Consequences of Corporate Alliances. New York: Council on Foreign Relations Press.
Cox, Andrew. 1988. “Neocorporatism Versus the Corporatist State.” Pp. 27-47 in The Corporate
State: Corporatism and the State Tradition in Western Europe, edited by Andrew Cox and Noel
O’Sullivan. Hants, UK: Edward Elgar.
Cox, Andrew and Noel O’Sullivan (eds.). 1988. The Corporate State: Corporatism and the State
Tradition in Western Europe. Hants, UK: Edward Elgar.
Cox, W. Michael and Richard Alm. 1999. Myths of Rich and Poor: Why We’re Better Off Than
We Think. New York: Basic Books.
Cravens, D., and N. Piercy. 1994. Relationship Marketing and Collaborative Networks InService Organizations. International Journal of Service Industry Management, 5(5), 39-53.
Cravens, D., N. Piercy and S.H. Shipp. 1996. “New Organizational Forms for Competing in
Highly Dynamic Environments: The Network Paradigm.” British Journal of Management 7:203218.
Creedy, John and Vance L. Martin (eds.). 1994. Chaos and Non-linear Models in Economics:
Theory and Applications. Aldershot, UK: Elgar.
Crosby, L.A. and N. Stephens. 1987. “Effects of Relationship Marketing on Satisfaction,
Retention, and Prices in the Life Insurance Industry.” Journal of Marketing Research 24:404-411.
Crozier, Michel. 1964. The Bureaucratic Phenomenon. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Crystal, Graef. 1991. “CEO Compensation: The Case of Michael Eisner.” Pp. 353-365 in
Executive Compensation: A Strategic Guide for the 1990s, edited by Fred K. Foulkes Boston:
Harvard Business School Press.
Crystal, Graef. 1992. In Search of Excess: The Overcompensation of American Executives. New
York: Norton.
Crystal, Graef S. and David Kirkpatrick. 1988. “The Wacky, Wacky World of CEO Pay.”
Fortune 117(12) June 6:68.
Cully, Mark, Andrew O’Reilly, Neil Millward, John Forth, Stephen Woodland, Gill Dix and
Alex Bryson. 1998. The 1998 Workplace Employee Relations Survey: First Findings. London:
Department of Trade and Industry.
Cummings, L.L. and Barry Staw (eds.). 1986. The Evolution and Adaptation of Organizations.
Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Cummings, T.G. 1984. “Transorganizational Development.” Research in Organizational
Behavior 6:367-422.
Curan, J., R. Jarvis, R.A. Blackburn and S. Black. 1993. “Networks and Small Firms: Constructs,
Methodological Strategies and Some Findings.” International Small Business Journal 11:13-16.
Curme, Michael A., Barry T. Hirsch, and David A. MacPherson. 1990. “Union Membership and
Contract Coverage in the United States, 1983-1988.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review
44:5-29.
Curwen, Peter. 1999. “Survival of the Fittest: Formation and Development of International
Alliances in Telecommunications.” Info 1:141-58.
Cusumano, Michael A. and Richard W. Selby. 1995. Microsoft Secrets. New York: Free Press.
Cusumano, Michael A., Yiorgos Mylonadis and Richard S. Rosenbloom. 1992. “Strategic
Maneuvering and Mass-Market Dynamics: The Triumph of VHS over Beta.” Business History
Review 66:51-94.
Cyert, Richard and James G. March. 1963. A Behavioral Theory of the Firm. Englewood Cliffs,
N.J.: Prentice-Hall.
Cyert, Richard and James G. March. 1992. A Behavioral Theory of the Firm. 2nd Ed. New York:
Blackwell.
Dabholkar, Pratibha A., Wesley J. Johnston and Amy S. Cathey. 1994. “The Dynamics of Longterm Business-to-Business Exchange Relationships.” Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science 22(2):130-145.
Dacin, M. Tina, Michael A. Hitt and Edward Levitas. 1997. “Selecting Partners for Successful
InternationalAlliances: Examination of U.S. and Korean Firms.” Journal of World Business 32:316.
Dacin, M.T., Mark J. Ventresca, and B. D. Beal. 1999. “The Embeddedness of Organizations:
Dialogue and Directions.” Journal of Management, 25(3):317-56.
Daft, Richard L. 1995. Organization Theory and Design. Fifth Ed. Minneapolis-St.Paul: West
Publishing.
Daft, Richard L. and Ari Y. Lewin. 1993. “Where Are the Theories for the ‘New’ Organizational
Forms? An Editorial Essay.” Organization Science 4:i-v.
Dahl, Robert. 1956. A Preface to Democratic Theory. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Dalton, D.H. and M.G. Serapio, Jr. 1998. Globalzing Industrial Research and Development.
Washington: U.S. Department of Commerce Technology Administration.
Dalton, Melville. 1959. Men Who Manage. New York: Wiley.
Danziger, Sheldon and Peter Gottschalk. 1993. Uneven Tides: Rising Inequality in America.
New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Das, S., P.K. Sen and S. Sengupta. 1998. “Impact of Strategic Alliances on Firm Evaluation.”
Academy of Management Journal 41:27-41.
Das, T.K. and Bing-Sheng Teng. 1998. “Between Trust and Control: Developing Confidence in
Partner Cooperation in Alliances.” Academy of Management Review 23:491-512.
Das, T.K. and Bing-Sheng Teng. 2002. “Alliance Constellations: A Social Exchange
Perspective.” Academy of Management Review 27:445-456
David, Paul A. 1985. “Clio and the Economics of QWERTY.” American Economic Review,
Papers and Proceedings 75:332-337.
Davids, Ronn S. 1995. “Constituency Statutes: An Appropriate Vehicle for Addressing
Transition Costs?” Columbia Journal of Law and Social Problems 28:145-147.
Davidsson, Per, Leif Lindmark and Christer Olofsson. 1998. “The Extent of Overestimation of
Small Firm Job Creation: An Empirical Examination of the Regression Bias.” Small Business
Economics 11:87-100.
Davidow, William H. and Michael S. Malone. 1992. The Virtual Corporation: Structuring and
Revitalizing the Corporation for the 21st Century. New York: Harper Collins.
Davis, Gerald F. 1991. “Agents Without Principles? The Spread of the Poison Pill Takeover
Defense Through the Intercorporate Network.” Administrative Science Quarterly 36:583-613.
Davis, Gerald F. 1994. “The Corporate Elite and the Politics of Corporate Control.” Current
Perspectives in Social Theory, Supplement 1:215-38.
Davis, Gerald F., Kristina A. Diekmann and Catherine H. Tinsley. 1994. “The Decline and Fall
of the Conglomerate Firm in the 1980s: The Deinstitutionalization of an Organizational Form.”
American Sociological Review 59:547-70.
Davis, Gerald F. and Henrich R. Greve. 1997. “Corporate Elite Networks and Governance
Changes in the 1980s.” American Journal of Sociology 103:1-37.
Davis, Gerald F. and Mark S. Mizruchi. 1999. “The Money Center Cannot Hold: Commercial
Banks in the U.S. System of Corporate Governance.” Administrative Science Quarterly 44:215239.
Davis, Gerald F. and Walter W. Powell. 1992. “Organization-Environment Relations.” Pp. 315375 in Handbook of Industrial and Organizational Psychology Vol. 3, edited by Marvin D.
Dunnette and Leaetta M. Hough. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.
Davis, Gerald F. and Suzanne K. Stout. 1992. “Organization Theory and the Market for
Corporate Control: A Dynamic Analysis of the Characteristics of Large Takeover Targets, 19801990.”Administrative Science Quarterly 37:605-633.
Davis, Gerald F. and Tracy A. Thompson. 1994. “A Social Movement Perspective on Corporate
Control.” Administrative Science Quarterly 39:141-73.
Davis, Steven J. and John Haltiwanger. 1990. “Gross Job Creation and Destruction:
Microeconomic Evidence and Macroeconomic Implications,” NBER Macroeconomics Annual 5,
123-68.
Davis, Steven J. and John Haltiwanger. 1991. “The Distribution of Employees by Establishment
Size: Patterns of Change and Comovement in the United States, 1962-85,” Working Paper.
*Davis, Steven J. and John Haltiwanger. 1992. “Gross Job Creation, Gross Job Destruction, and
Employment Reallocation.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 107:819-63
Davis, Steven J., John Haltiwanger and Scott Schuh. 1990. “Published Versus Sample Statistics
from the ASM: Implications for the LRD.” Proceedings of the American Statistical Association,
Business and Economics Statistics Section: 52-61.
Davis, Steven J., John Haltiwanger and Scott Schuh. 1994. “Small Business and Job Creation:
Dissecting the Myth and Reassessing the Facts.” Pp. 169-199 in Labor Markets, Employment
Policy and Job Creation, edited by Lewis C. Solmon and Alec R. Levenson. Boulder, CO:
Westview Press.
Davis, Steven J., John Haltiwanger and Scott Schuh. 1996. “Small Business and Job Creation:
Dissecting the Myth and Reassessing the Facts.” Small Business Economics 8:297-315.
Davis, Steven J., John Haltiwanger and Scott Schuh. 1994. Job Creation and Job Destruction in
U.S. Manufacturing: 1972-88, U.S. Census Bureau Monograph.
Davis-Blake, Alison and Brian Uzzi. 1993. “Determinants of Employment Externalization: A
Study of Temporary Workers and Independent Contractors.” Administrative Science Quarterly
38:195-223.
Daymont, Thomas and Ronald D’Amico. 1979. Dictionary of Occupational Titles Variables for
1960 Occupational Titles. [MRDF] Columbus, OH: Center for Human Resource Research, Ohio
State University.
Deakin, S. C. Lane and F. Wilkinson. 1994. “Trust of Law: Towards an Integrated Theory of
Contractual Relations Between Firms.” Journal of Law and Society 21(3):329-349.
*DeBresson, Chris and Fernand Amesse. 1991. “Networks of Innovators: A Review and
Introduction to the Issue.” Research Policy 20:363-379.
Dechert, W. Davis (ed.). 1996. Chaos Theory in Economics: Methods, Models and Evidence.
Cheltenham,UK: Elgar.
*Deckop, John R. 1988. “Determinants of Chief Executive Compensation.” Industrial and Labor
Rlations Review 41:215-226.
Deere, Donald R. 1987. “Labor Turnover, Job-Specific Skills, and Efficiency in a Search
Model.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 102:815-833.
Degenne, Alain and Michel Forsé. 1999. Introducing Social Networks. Thousand Oaks, CA:
Sage Publications.
De Graaf, Nan Dirk and Hendrik Derk Flap. 1988. “With a Little Help From My Friends.” Social
Forces 67:452-72.
DeGregori, Thomas R. 1987. “Resources Are Not; They Become: An Institutional Theory.”
Journal of Economic Issues 21(September): 35:1241-1263.
*Dei Ottati, Gabi. 1994. “Trust, Interlinking Transactions and Credit in the Industrial District.”
Cambridge Journal of Economics 18:529-546.
de Laat, Paul B. 1997. “Systemic Innovation and the Virtues of Going Virtual: The Case of the
Digital Video Disc.” Technology Analysis & Strategic Management 11(2):159-180.
de Laat, Paul B. 1997. “Research and Development Alliances: Ensuring Trust by Mutual
Commitments.” Pp. 146-173 in The Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks, edited by Mark
Ebers. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
De Laat, P. B. In press. Dangerous liaisons: Sharing knowledge within research and development
alliances. In Anna Grandori (Ed.), The Game of Network, London: Routledge.
DeLamarter, Richard T. 1986. Big Blue: IBM’s Use and Abuse of Power. New York: Dodd,
Mead.
Deligonul, Z. Seyda and S. Tamer Cavusgil. 1997. “Does the Comparative Advantage Theory of
Competition Really Replace the Neoclassical Theory of Perfect Competition?” Journal of
Marketing 61(October):65-73.
Deming, W. Edwards. 1986. Out of the Crisis. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Demsetz, Harold. 1983. “The Structure of Ownership and the Theory of the Firm.” Journal of
Law and Economics 26:375-390.
Demsetz, Harold. 1982. Economic, Legal and Political Dimensions of Competition. Amsterdam:
North-Holland.
Demsetz, Harold. 1988. Ownership, Control and the Firm. London: Basil Blackwell.
Demsetz, Harold. 1988. “The Theory of the Firm Revisited.” Journal of Law, Economics, and
Organization 4:141-162.
Demsetz, Harold. 1995. The Economics of the Business Firm. New York: Cambridge University
Press.
Demsetz, Harold and Kenneth Lehn. 1985. “The Structure of Corporate Ownership: Causes and
Consequences.” Journal of Political Economy 93:1155-1177.
*Denis, David J. and Diane K. Denis. 1995. “Performance Changes Following Top Management
Dismissals.” Journal of Finance 1:1029-1057.
Denison, Daniel R. 1996. “What is the Difference Between Organizational Culture and
Organizaional Climate? A Native’s Point of View on a Decade of Paradigm Wars.” Academy of
Management Revoew 21:619-654.
Denison, Daniel R. 1997. “Toward a Process-Based Theory of Organizational Design: Can
Organizations be Designed Around Value Chains and Networks?” Advances in Strategic
Management Research 14:1-44.
Dennis, William J., Jr., Bruce D. Phillips and Edward Starr.1994. “Small Business Job Creation:
The Findings and Their Critics.” Business Economics 29(3):23-30.
Dertouzos, Michael L. 1997. What Will Be: How the New World of Information Will Change
Our Lives. San Francisco: HarperEdge.
Dertouzos, Michael L. 1999. “The Future of Computing.” Scientific American August 281:5255.
Dertouzos, Michael, Robert Solow and Richard Lester. 1989. Made in America. Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press.
DeSanctis, G. and J. Fulk (eds.). In Press. Communication Technology and Organizational
Forms. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Dess, Gregory G. 2001. “Voluntary Turnover, Social Capital, and Organizational Performance.”
Academy of Management Review 26:446-456.
Devens, Richard M., Jr. “Gains in job security.” Monthly Labor Review v. 121 no3 (Mar. ‘98) p.
74-5.
Dewar, Helen. 1999. “Civic, Business Leaders Back ‘Soft Money’ Ban.” Washington Post
October 5:A6.
Dewey, John. 1926. “The Historic Background of Corporate Legal Personality” Yale Law
Journal 35:655-678.
DeWitt, Rocki-Lee. 1993. “The Structural Consequences of Downsizing.” Organization Science
4:30-40.
Diamond, Daniel E. and Hrach Bedrosian. 1972. “Job Performance and the New Credentialism.”
California Management Review 14:21-28.
Diani, Mario. 2000. “Social Movement Networks Virtual and Real Information.”
Communication and Society 3:386-401.
Dicken, P., M. Forsgren and A. Malmberg. 1995. “The Local Embeddedness of Transnational
Corporations.” Pp. XXX in Globalization, Institutions, and Regional Development in Europe,
edited by A. Amin ad N. Thrift. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Dickens, William T. and Kevin Lang. 1984. “A Test of Dual Labor Market Theory.” American
Economic Review 74:792-805.
Dickens, William T. and Kevin Lang. 1988. “The Reemergence of Segmented Labor Market
Theory.” American Economic Review 78:129-134.
Dickerson, Marla. 1996. “Baptists Urge Disney Boycott Over Values.” Los Angeles Times June
13:D1.
Dickson, Martin. 1992. “GM’s Revolution Devours Its Creator.” Financial Times October 27:25.
Dickson, Pat H. and K. Mark Weaver. 1997. “Environmental Determinants and Individual-Level
Moderators of Alliance Use.” Academy of Management Journal 40:404-425.
Dickson, Peter. 1996. “The Static and Dynamic Mechanics of Competition: A Comment on Hunt
and Morgan’s Comparative Advantage Theory.” Journal of Marketing 60(October):103-106.
Diebold, Francis X., David Neumark, Daniel Polsky. 1993. “Changes in the Permanence of Jobs
in the United States. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania mimeo.
Dietrich, Michael. 1994. Transaction Cost Economics and Beyond: Towards a New Economics
of the Firm. London: Routledge.
Dimanescu, D. and J. Botkin. 1986. The New Alliance: America’s RandD Consortia. Cambridge,
MA: Ballinger.
DiMaggio, Paul. 1982. “Cultural Capital and School Success: The Impact of Status-Culture
Participation on the Grades of U.S. High School Students.” American Sociological Review
47:189-201.
DiMaggio, Paul. 1983. “State Expansion and Organizational Fields.” Pp. XX-XX in
Organizational Theory and Public Policy, edited by Richard H. Hall and Robert E. Quinn.
Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.
*DiMaggio, Paul. 1986. “Structural Analysis of Organizational Fields: A Blockmodel
Approach.” Research in Organizational Behavior 8:335-370.
DiMaggio, Paul and Helmut K. Anheier. 1990. “The Sociology of Nonprofit Organizations and
Sectors” Annual Review of Sociology 16:137-159.
DiMaggio, Paul and Hugh Louch. 1998. “Socially Embedded Consumer Transactions: For What
Kinds of Purchases do People Most Often Use Networks?” American Sociological Review,
63:619-637
DiMaggio, Paul and Walter Powell. 1983. “The Iron Cage Revisited: Institutional Isomorphism
and Collective Rationality in Organizational Fields.” American Sociological Review 48:147-60.
DiMaggio, Paul and Walter Powell. 1991. “Introduction.” Pp. 1-38 in The New Institutionalism,
edited by Walter Powell and Paul DiMaggio. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
DiNatale, Marisa. 1999. “Characteristics of and Performance for Alternative Work
Arrangements.” Monthly Labor Review v124, n3 (March 2001): 28-49
DiPrete, Thomas A. 1989. The Bureaucratic Labor Market: The Case of the Federal Civil
Service. New York: Plenum.
Dobrzynski, Judith H. 1996. “Small Companies, Big Problems.” New York Times February
6:D1.
Dodd, E. Merrick Jr. 1932. “For Whom are Corporate Managers Trustees?” Harvard Law
Review 45:1145-1148.
Dodgson, Mark. 1993. “Organizational Learning: A Review of Some Literatures.” Organization
Studies 14:375-393.
Dodgson, Mark. 1993. Technological Collaboration in Industry: Strategy, Policy and Internationalization in Innovation. London: Routledge.
Dodgson, Mark. 1993. “Learning, Trust, and Technological Collaboration.” Human Relations
46:77-95.
Dodgson, M.and R. Rothwell (eds.). 1994. The Handbook of Industrial Innovation. Aldershot,
UK: Edward Elgar.
Dollinger, M. J. 1990. “The Evolution of Collective Strategies in Fragmented Industries.”
Academy of Management Review 15:266-285.
*Dollinger, Marc J., Peggy A. Golden and Todd Saxton. 1997. “The Effect of Reputation on the
Decision to Joint Venture.” Strategic Management Journal 18:127-140.
Domberger, Simon. 1998. The Contracting Organization: A Strategic Guide to Outsourcing. New
York: Oxford University Press.
Domhoff, G. William. 1970. The Higher Circles: The Governing Class in America. New York:
Vintage Books.
Domhoff, G. William. 1978. The Powers That Be: Processes of Ruling-Class Domination of
America. New York: Vintage Books.
Domhoff, G. William. 1983. Who Rules America Now? A View for the ‘80s. Englewood Cliffs,
NJ: Prentice Hall.
Domhoff, G. William. 1990. The Power Elite and the State: How Policy is Made in America.
Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.
Domhoff, G. William. 1996. State Autonomy or Class Dominance? Case Studies on Policy
Making in America. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.
Donaldson, T. and L.E. Preston. 1995. “The Stakeholder Theory of the Corporation: Concepts,
Evidence, and Implications.” Academy of Management Review 20:65-91.
Doeringer, Peter and Michael Piore. 1971. Internal Labor Markets and Manpower Analysis.
Lexington, MA: D.C. Heath.
Doeringer, Peter B. (ed.). 1991. Turbulence in the American Workplace. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Donaldson, L. 1990. “The Ethereal Hand: Organization Economics and Management Theory.”
Academy of Management Journal 15(3):369-381.
Donaldson, Thomas and Lee E. Preston. 1995. “The Stakeholder Theory of the Corporation:
Concepts, Evidence, and Implications.” Academy of Management Review 20:65-91.
Dooley, Kevin J. and Andrew H. Van de Ven. 1997. “The Nonlinear Dynamics of Innovation.”
Society for Chaos Theory in Psychology and the Life Sciences 4:3-4.
Dooley, Kevin J. and Andrew H. Van de Ven. 1999. “Explaining Complex Organizational
Dynamics.” Organization Science 3:358-372.
Dooley, Peter C. 1969. “The Interlocking Directorate.” American Economic Review 48:147-160.
Doreian, Patrick. 1999. “Organizational Standing as Corporate Social Capital.” Pp. 134-147 in
Corporate Social Capital and Liability, edited by Leenders, Roger Th. A. J. and Shaul M.
Gabbay. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Doreian, Patrick. 1999. “Local and Global Institutional Processes.” Research in the Sociology of
Organizations 16:83-89.
Doucouliagos, Chris. 1995. “Worker Participation and Productivity in Labor-Managed and
Participatory Capitalist Firms: A Meta-analysis.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 49:5877.
Dowding, Keith. 1995. “Model or Metaphor? A Critical Review of the Network Approach.”
Political Studies 43:136-158.
Downs, Buck. 1999. National Trade and Professional Associations of the United States. 34th
Edition. Washington: Columbia Books.
Doz, Yves L. 1996. “The Evolution of Cooperation in Strategic Alliances: Initial Conditions or
Learning Processes?” Strategic Management Journal 17:55-83.
Doz, Yves L. and Gary Hamel. 1999. Alliance Advantage: The Art of Creating Value Through
Partnering. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Doz, Yves L., Paul M.Olk and Peter Smith Ring. 2000. “Formation Processes of R&D Consortia:
Which Path to Take? Where Does it Lead?” Strategic Management Journal 21:239-266.
Drago, Robert and Mark Wooden. 1991. “The Determinants of Participatory Management.”
British Journal of Industrial Relations 29:177-204.
Dreher, G.F. and R.A. Ash. 1990. “A Comparative Study of Mentoring Among Men and Women
in Managerial, Professional and Technological Positions.” Journal of Applied Psychology
75:539-546.
Drucker, Peter F. 1995. “The Network Society.” Wall Street Journal March 29:A15.
Dubini, P. and Howard E. Aldrich. 1991. “Personal and Extended Networks Are Central to the
Entrepreneurial Process.” Journal of Business Venturing 6:305-313.
Dubois, Anna and Håkan Håkansson. 1997. “Relationships as Activity Links.” Pp. 43-65 in The
Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks, edited by Mark Ebers. Oxford: Oxford University
Press.
Duncan, Greg J. and D. Leigh. 1980. “Wage Determination in the Union and Nonunion Sectors:
A Sample Selectivity Approach.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 34:24-34.
Duncan, Greg J. and Frank P. Stafford. 1980. “Do Union Members Receive Compensating Wage
Differentials?” American Economic Review 70:355-371.
*Dunford, M.F., A. Fernandes, B. Musyck, B. Sadowski, M.R. Cho and S. Tsenkova. 1993. “The
Organization of Production and Territory: Small Firm Systems.” International Journal of Urban
and Regional Research 17:132-136.
Dunlop, John T. 1994. “Organizations and Human Resources: Internal and External Markets.”
Pp. 375-400 in Labor Economics and Industrial Relations: Markets and Institutions, edited by
Clark Kerr and Paul D. Staudohar. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Dunlop, John T. and David Weil. 1996. “Diffusion and Performance of Modular Production in
the U.S. Apparel Industry.” Industrial Relations 35:334-355.
Dunlop, R.G. 1996. “The Tobacco Wars: Wigand’s Credibility.” Lousiville Courier-Journal:
March 28:1A.
Dunn, Lucia F. 1980. “The Effects of Firm and Plant Size on Employee Well-Being.” Pp. 348358 in The Economics of Firm Size, Market Structure, and Social Performance, edited by John J.
Siegfried. Washington: Bureau of Economics, Federal Trade Commission.
Dunn, Lucia F. 1984. “The Effects of Firm Size on Wages, Fringe Benefits, and Work
Disutility.” Pp. 5-58 in The Impact of the Modern Corporation, edited by Betty Bock, Harvey J.
Goldschmid, Ira M. Millstein, and F.M. Scherer. New York: Columbia University Press.
Dunne, Timothy, Mark J. Roberts and Larry Samuelson. 1989. “The Growth and Failure of U.S.
Manufacturing Plants.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 104:671-698.
Dunne, Timothy, Mark J. Roberts and Larry Samuelson. 1989. “Plant Turnover and Gross
Employment Flows in the U.S. Manufacturing Sector.” Journal of Labor Economics 7: 48-71.
Dunning, John H. (ed.). 1997. Governments, Globalization, and International Business. New
York: Oxford University Press.
Dunworth, Terence; Rogers, Joel. 1996. “Corporations in Court: Big Business Litigation in U.S.
Federal Courts, 1971-1991.” Law & Social Inquiry 21:497-592.
Dussauge, Pierre and Bernard Garrette. 1998. “Anticipating the Evolutions and Outcomes of
Strategic Alliances between Rival Firms.” International Studies of Management and
Organization 27(4):104-126.
Dutton, Jane and Joel Baum (eds.). 1996. The Embeddedness of Strategy: Advances in Strategy
Management. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Duve, Christian. 1999. “Dispute Resolution in Globalization Context.” New York Law Journal
April 12:9.
Dwyer, F. Robert, Robert Dahlstrom and Theresa DiNovo. 1995. “Buyer-Seller Relationships:
Theoretical Perspectives.” Pp. 71-109 in Business Marketing: An Interaction and Network
Perspective, edited by Kristian Möller and David Wilson. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Dye, Thomas R. 1995. Who’s Running America?: The Clinton Years. Englewood Cliffs, NJ:
Prentice Hall.
*Dyer, Jeffrey H. 1996. “How Chrysler Created an American Keiretsu.” Harvard Business
Review 74(July-August):42-56.
Dyer, Jeffrey H. 1996. “Specialized Supplier Networks as a Source of Competitive Advantage:
Evidence from the Auto Industry.” Strategic Management Journal 17:271-291.
*Dyer, Jeffrey H. 1997. “Effective Interfirm Collaboration: How Firms Minimize Transaction
Costs and Maximize Transaction Value.” Strategic Mangement Journal 18:535-556.
Dyer, Jeffrey H. and Harbir Singh. 1998. “The Relational View: Cooperative Strategy and
Sources of Interorganizational Competitive Advantage.” Academy of Management Review,
23:660-79.
Egan, Michelle. 1997. “Modes of Business Governance: European Management Styles and
Corporate Cultures.” West European Politics 20(2)1-21.
Earl, Peter E. 1992. “The Evolution of Cooperative Strategies: Three Automotive Industry Case
Studies.” Human Systems Management 11:89-100.
Easterbrook, Frank and Daniel Fischel. 1983. “Voting in Corporate Law.” Journal of Law and
Economics 26:418-26.
Easton, G. and L. Araujo. 1993. “Language, Metaphors and Networks.” Industrial Networks
5:67-85.
Easton, G. and L. Araujo. 1996. “Characterizing Resources as an Organizational Competence:
An Industrial Networks Approach.” Pp. 183-207 in Dynamics of Competence Based
Competition: Theory and Practice in the New Strategic Management, edited by R. Sanchez, A.
Heene and H. Thomas. New York: Pergamon Press.
Easton, George S. and Sherry L. Jarrell. 1998. “The Effects of Total Quality Management on
Corporate Performance: An Empirical Investigation.” Journal of Business 71:253-307.
Easterbrook, Frank H. and Daniel R. Fischel. 1991. The Economic Structure of Corporate Law.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Easterby-Smith, Mark, Luis Araujo and John Burgoyne (eds.). 1999.Organizational Learning and
the Learning Organization: Developments in Theory and Practice. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage
Publications.
Easton, G. 1992. “Industrial Networks: A Review.” Pp. 1-27 in Industrial Networks: A New
View of Reality, edited by B. Axelsson and G. Easton. London: Routledge.
Easton, G. and L. Araujo. 1986. “Networks, Bonding and Relationships in Industrial Markets.”
Industrial Marketing and Purchasing 1:8-25.
Easton, G. and Lundgren, A. (1992), “Changes in industrial networks as flow through nodes”, In
B. Axelsson and G. Easton (Eds.), Industrial Networks. A New View of Reality, pp. 88-104,
Routledge, London.
Ebeling, H. and L. Doorley. 1983. “A Strategic Approach to Acquisitions.” Journal of Business
Strategy 3:44-55.
Ebers, Mark and José Carlos Jarillo. 1998. “The Construction, Forms and Consequences of
Industry Networks.” International Studies in Management and Organization 27(4):3-21.
Ebers, Mark. 1997. “Explaining Inter-organizational Network Formation.” Pp. 3-40 in The
Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks, edited by Mark Ebers. Oxford: Oxford University
Press.
Ebers, Mark (ed.). 1997. The Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks. Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
Eccles, Robert. 1981. “Bureaucratic Versus Craft Administration: The Relationship of Market
Structure to the Construction Firm.” Administrative Science Quarterly 26:449-469.
Eccles, Robert. 1981. “The Quasifirm in the Construction Industry.” Journal of Economic
Behavior and Organization 2:335-357.
Eccles, Robert. 1985. The Transfer Pricing Problem: A Theory for Practice. Lexington, MA:
Lexington Books.
Eccles, Robert G. and Dwight B. Crane. 1988. Doing Deals: Investment Banks at Work. Boston,
MA: Harvard Business School Press.
*Eccles, Robert G. and Dwight B. Crane. 1988. “Managing Through Networks in Investment
Banking.” California Management Review 30(1):176-195.
Eccles, Robert G. and Nitin Nohria with James D. Berkley. 1992. Beyond the Hype:
Rediscovering the Essence of Management. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Eccles, Robert G. and Harrison C. White. 1988. “Price and Authority in Inter-Profit Center
Transactions.” American Journal of Sociology 94:S17-51.
Edelman, Lauren B. 1990. “Legal Enviornments and Organizational Governance: The Expansion
of Due Process in the American Workplace.” American Journal of Sociology 95:1401-1440.
Edelman, Lauren B. 1992. “Legal Ambiguity and Symbolic Stuctures: Organizational Mediation
of Law.”American Journal of Sociology 97:1531-1573.
Edelman, Lauren B., Howard S. Erlanger and J. Lande. 1993. “Employers’ Handling of
Discrimination Complaints: The Transformation of Rights in the Workplace.” Law and Society
Review 27:497-534.
Edelman, Lauren B. and Mark C. Suchman. 1997. “The Legal Environments of Organizations.”
Annual Review of Sociology 23:479-515.
Edquist, C. (ed.). 1997. Systems of Innovation, Technologies, Institutions and Organizations.
London: Pinter.
Edwards, Morris. 1996. “Standards for CTI: Hard Choices Ahead.” Communications News
33(9):72.
Edwards, Richard. 1979. Contested Terrain: The Transformation of the Workplace in the
Twentieth Century. New York: Basic Books.
Eicher, Theo S. 1996. “Interaction Between Endogenous Human Capital and Technological
Change.” Review of Economic Studies 63:127-144.
Eisenberg, E.M., P.R. Monge and K.I. Miller. 1984. “Involvement in Communication Networks
as a Predictor of Organizational Commitment.” Human Communication Research 10:179-201.
Eisenberg, Melvin A. 1976. The Structure of the Corporation: A Legal Analysis. Boston: Little,
Brown.
*Eisenhardt, Kathleen M. 1989. “Agency Theory: An Assessment and Review.” Academy of
Management Review 14:57-74.
Eisenhardt, Kathleen M. and Claudia Bird Schoonhoven. 1996. “Strategic Alliance Formation in
Entrepreneurial Firms: Strategic Needs and Social Opportunities for Cooperation.” Organization
Science 7:136-150.
Elg, U. and Johansson, U. (1993), “The institutions of industrial governance, a network perspective on the Swedish food industry”, International Studies of Management and Organization,
Vol. 23, pp. 29-46.
Elg, U and Johansson, U. (1996) Networking when National Boundaries Dissolve: The Swedish
Food-sector. European Journal of Marketing, vol 30:2; pp 61-74.
Elg, Ulf and Ulf Johansson. 1997. “Decision Making in Inter-firm Networks as a Political
Process.” Organization Studies 18:361-384.
Emerson, Richard M. 1962. “Power-Dependence Relations.” American Sociological Review
27:31-41.
Emirbayer, Mustafa and Jeff Goodwin. 1994. “Network Analysis, Culture, and the Problem of
Agency.” American Journal of Sociology 99:1411-1454.
Emirbayer, Mustafa. 1997. “Manifesto for a Relational Sociology.” American Journal of
Sociology 103:281-317.
England, Paula, M. Chessie, and L. McCormack. 1982. “Skill Demands and Earnings in Female
and Male Occupations.” Social Science Research 66:147-168.
England, Paula, George Farkas, Barbara Stanek Kilbourne and Thomas Dou. 1988. “Explaining
Occupational Sex Segregation and Wages: Findings from a Model with Fixed Effects.” American
Sociological Review 53:544-558.
Erens, F., R Stoffelen, F. van de Ven and L. Wildeman. 1996. “Alliances and Networks: The
Next Generation.” Proceedings of the 6th International Forum on Technology Management. 7791.
Erickson, Bonnie. 1988. “The Relational Basis of Attitudes.” Pp. XXX-XXX in Social
Structures: A Network Approach, edited by Barry Wellman and S.D. Berkowitz. Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Erickson, Bonnie H.. 1996. “Culture, Class, and Connections.” American Journal of Sociology
102:217-251.
Eriksson, Göran. 1991. “Human Capital Investments and Labor Mobility.” Journal of Labor
Economics 9:236-254.
Ernst and Young. 1994. Mergers and Acquisitions. Second Ed. New York: Wiley.
Estevao, Marcello and Saul Lach. 1999. “The Evolution of the Demand for Temporary Help
Supply Employment in the United.” Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System Finance
and Economics Discussion Paper Series: 99/58.
*Ettore, Barbara. 1996. “Changing the rules of the board game; boards of directors.”
Management Review 85(4):13-.
*Ettorre, Barbara. 1996. “When Patience is a Corporate Virtue.” Management Review November
85(11):28Etzioni, Amitai. 1961. A Comparative Analysis of Complex Organizations. New York: Free
Press.
Etzioni, Amatai. 1975. A Comparartive Analysis of Complex Organizations. New York: Free
Press.
Etzkowitz, Henry and Loet Leydesdorff (eds.). 1997. Universities in the Global Economy: The
Triple Helix of University-Industry-Government Relations. London: Cassell Academic.
Etzkowitz, Henry and Loet Leydesdorff. 2000. The Dynamics of Innovation: From National
Systems and ‘Mode 2’ to a Triple Helix of University-Industry-Government Relations.” Research
Policy 29:109-123.
Etzkowitz, Henry, Carol Kemelgor, Brian Uzzi and Michael Neuschjatz. 1997. Social Capital
and Career Dynamics in the Hard Sciences. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Evan, William M. 1966. “The Organizational Set: Toward a Theory of Interorganizational
Relations.” Pp. 173-188 in Approaches to Organizational Design, edited by James D. Thompson.
Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.
Evan, William M. and Paul M. Olk. 1990. “R&D Consortia: A New U.S. Organizational Form.”
Sloan Management Review 31(3):37-46.
Evans, David S. and Linda S. Leighton. 1989. “Why Do Smaller Firms Pay Less?” Journal of
Human Resources 24:299-318.
Evans, P. 1996. Government Action, Social Capital and Development: Reviewing the Evidence
on Synergy.” World Development 24:1119-1132.
Evans, Peter. 2000. “Fighting Marginalization with Transnational Networks: Counter-Hegemonic
Globalization.” Contemporary Sociology 29:230-241.
Everett, Martin G. and Stephen P. Borgatti. 1999. “Peripheries of Cohesive Subgroups.” Social
Networks 21:397-407.
Everett, Martin G. and Stephen P. Borgatti. 1999. “Peripheries of Cohesive Subgroups.” Social
Networks 21:397-407.
Everett, Martin G. and Stephen P. Borgatti. 1999. “The Centrality of Groups and Classes.”
Journal of Mathematical Sociology 23(3):181-201.
Exter, Thomas G. 1996. The Official Guide to American Incomes. Second Edition. Ithaca, NY:
New Strategist Publications.
Fabrikant, Geraldine. 1997. “Cooperation Counts.” New York Times (December 15):D12.
Farhi, Paul. 1997. “Disney Chief May Reap $771 Million From Stock Options.” Washington
Post February 22:D1.
Fallick, Bruce C. 1999. “Part-time Work and Industry Growth.” Monthly Labor Review 122(3):
22-29.
Fama, Eugene. 1980. “Agency Problems and Theory of the Firm.” Journal of Political Economy
88:288-306.
Fama, Eugene F. and Michael C. Jensen. 1983. “Separation of Ownership and Control.” Journal
of Law and Economics 26:301-325.
Fama, Eugene F. and Michael C. Jensen. 1983. “Agency Problems and Residual Claims.” Journal
of Law and Economics 26:1-21.
Farber, Henry S. 1995. “Are Lifetime Jobs Disappearing? Job Duration in the United States:
1973-1993
Farkas, George, Paula England and Margaret Barton. 1988. “Structural Effects on Wages:
Sociological and Economic Views.” Pp. 93-112 in Industries, Firms, and Jobs: Sociological and
Economic Approaches, edited by George Farkas and Paula England. New York: Plenum.
Farr, C.M. and W.A. Fischer. 1992. “Managing International High Technology Cooperative
Projects.” R&D Management 22:55-67.
Fast, Howard. 1975. “Tomorrow’s Wall Street Journal.” Pp. 45-55 in Time and the Riddle:
Thirty-One Zen Stories. Pasadena, CA: Ward Ritchie Press.
Faulkner, Robert R. 1987. Music on Demand: Composers and Careers in the Hollywood Film
Industry. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.
Faulkner, Robert R. and Andy Anderson. 1987. “Short-Term Projects and Emergent Careers:
Evidence from Hollywood.” American Journal of Sociology 92:879-909.
Faust, Katherine and John Skvoretz. 2002. “Comparing Networks Across Space and Time, Size
and Species.” Sociological Methodology 32:267-299.
Federal Election Commission. 1999. “Campaign Finance Reports and Data.”
<http://www.fec.gov/finance_reports.html> (August 25, 1999)
Federal Election Commission. 2000. “Campaign Finance Reports and Data.”
<http://www.fec.gov/finance_reports.html> (May 16, 2000)
Feeley, Thomas H. and George A. Barnett. 1997 “Predicting employee turnover from
communication networks.” Human Communication Research 23:370-87.
Fehner, Terrence R. and Jack M. Holl. 1994. “The United States Department of Energy, 19771994: A Summary History.” Washington: Department of Energy
<http://library.nstu.ru/InfoUSA/politics/cabinet/doehist.htm> (Decmber 1, 2002).
Feigenbaum, Harvey, Jeffrey Henig and Chris Hamnett. 1998. Shrinking the State: The Political
Underpinnings of Privatization. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Feld, Scott L. 1981. “The Focused Organization of Social Ties.”American Journal of Sociology
86:1015-1035.
Feld, Scott L. 1997. “Structural Embeddedness and Stability of Interpersonal Relations.” Social
Networks 19:91-95.
Felmlee, Diane H. 1976. “Women’s Job Mobility Processes Within and Between Employers.”
American Sociological Review 47:142-151.
Fenton, E. 1996. “The Internal Network Organisation: A Review.” University of Warwick:
Centre for Corporate Strategy and Change.
Ferber, Marianne A. and Joe L. Spaeth. 1984. “Work Characteristics and the Male-Female
Earnings Gap.” American Economic Review 74:260-264.
Ferlie, Ewan and Andrew M. Pettigrew. 1996. “Managing Through Networks: Some Issues and
Implciations for the NHS.” British Journal of Management 7, Special Issue S81-99.
Ferman, Louis A., Michele Hoyman, Joel Crutcher-Gershenfeld and Ernst J. Savoie (eds.). 1991.
Joint Training Programs: A Union-Management Approach to Preparing Workers for the Future.
Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.
*Fernandez, Roberto M. 1991. “Structural Bases of Leadership in Intraorganizational Networks.”
Social Psychology Quarterly 54:36-53.
Fernandez, Roberto M. and Roger V. Gould. 1994. “A Dilemma of State Power: Brokerage and
Influence in the National Health Policy Domain.” American Journal of Sociology 99: 1455-1491.
Fernandez, Roberto M., Emilio J. Castilla and Paul Moore. 2000. “Social Capital at Work:
Networks and Employment at a Phone Center.” American Journal of Sociology 105: 1288-1356.
Fernandez, Roberto M. and Nancy Weinberg. 1997. “Sifting and Sorting: Personal Contacts and
Hiring in a Retail Bank.” American Sociological Review 62:883-902.
Fichman, M., and Goodman, P. 1996. Customer-Supplier Ties in Interorganizational Relations.
Research in Organizational Behavior, 18, 285-329.
Fiet, J. O. 1991. “Network Reliance by Venture Capital Firms and Business Angels: An
Empirical and Theoretical Test.” Pp. 445-503 in Frontiers of Entrepreneurial Research.
Wellesley, MA: Boston College.
*Finkelstein, Sydney. 1992. “Power in Top Management Teams: Dimensions, Measurement, and
Validation.” Academy of Management Journal 35:505-538.
*Finkelstein, Sydney. 1997. “Interindustry Merger Patterns and Resource Dependence: A
Replication and Extension of Pfeffer (1972).” Strategic Management Journal 18:787-810.
*Finkelstein, Sydney and Donald Hambrick. 1989. “Chief Executive Compensation: A Study of
the Intersection of Markets and Political Processes.” Strategic Management Journal 10:121-134.
Fiorito, Jack, Paul Jarley and John Thomas Delaney. 1995. “National Union Effectiveness in
Organizing: Measures and Influences.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 48.613-635.
Fisch. Jill E. 1997. “Corporate Governance: Taking Boards Seriously.” Cardozo Law Review
19:265-290.
Fischer, Claude. 1982. To Dwell Among Friends. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.
Fishe, Raymond P.H., Robert P. Trost and Philip M. Lurie. 1981. “Labor Force Earnings and
College Choice of Young Women: An Examination of Selectivity Bias and Comparative
Advantage.” Economics of Education Review 1:169-191.
Flannery, Thomas P., David A. Hofrichter and Paul E. Platten. 1996. People, Performance, and
Pay: Dynamic Compensation for Changing Organizations. New York: Free Press.
Flap, Henk D. 1991. “Social Capital in the Reproduction of Inequality.” Comparative Sociology
of Family, Health and Education 20:1173-92.
Flap, Henk. 1999. “Creation and Returns of Social Capital: A New Research Program.” The
Tocqueville Review 20(1):5-26.
Flap, Henk D. and Ed Boxman. 1999. “Getting a Job as a Manager.” Pp. 196-216 in Corporate
Social Capital and Liability, edited by Leenders, Roger Th. A. J. and Shaul M. Gabbay. Boston:
Kluwer Academic Publishers.
*Flap, Henk D., Bert Bulder and Beate Völker. 1998. “Intra-organizational Networks and
Performance: A Review.” Computational and Mathematical Organization Theory 4(2):109-147.
*Flap, Henk D., Beate Völker and Bert Bulder. 1998. “Networks at the Workplace and Job
Satisfaction.” Paper presemted to 17th Sunbelt and 5th European Social Network Conference.
Sitges, Spain.
Flap, Henk D. and Nan Dirk De Graaf. 1986. “Social Capital and Attained Occupational Status.”
Netherlands Journal of Sociology 22:145-161.
*Flap, Henk D., Patrick Flerackers and Frits van Uxem. 1998. “The Success of Small Business
Foundings in the Netherlands: Effects of Human and Social Capital and the Liabilities of
Newness and Smallness.” University of Utrecht mimeo.
Fletcher, Joyce K. 1999. Disappearing Acts: Gender, Power, and Relational Practice at Work.
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Fletcher, Michael A. 2000 “Cultures Converge in Public Hospitals; Social Fabric of American
Health Care Can Be a Challenge for Foreign Doctors.” Washington Post February 21:A3.
Fligstein, Neil. 1985. “The Spread of the Multidivisional Form, 1919-79.” American
Sociological Review 50:377-91.
Fligstein, Neil. 1987. “The Intraorganizational Power Struggle: The Rise of Finance Presidents in
Large Corporations, 1919-79.” American Sociological Review 52:44-58.
Fligstein, Neil. 1990. “Organizational, Demographic, and Economic Determinants of the Growth
Patterns of Large Firms.” Comparative Social Research 12:19-44.
Fligstein, Neil. 1990. The Transformation of Corporate Control. Cambridge, MA: Harvard
University Press.
Fligstein, Neil. 1991. “The Structural Transformation of American Industry: An Institutional
Account of the Causes of Diversification in the Largest Firms.” Pp. 311-36 in The New
Institutionalism, edited by Walter Powell and Paul DiMaggio. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Fligstein, Neil. 1995. “Networks of Power or the Finance Conception of Control?” American
Sociological Review 60:500-4.
Fligstein, Neil. 1996. “Markets as Politics: A Political-Cultural Approach to Market Institutions.”
American Sociological Review 61:656-673.
Fligstein, Neil. 1996. “The Economic Sociology of the Transitions from Socialism.” American
Journal of Sociology 101:281-90.
Fligstein, Neil and Peter Brantley. 1992. “Bank Control, Owner Control, or Organizational
Dynamics: Who Controls the Large Corporation?” American Journal of Sociology 98:280-307.
Fligstein, Neil and Kent Dauber. 1989. “Structural Change in Corporate Organization.” Annual
Review of Sociology 15:73-96.
Fligstein, Neil and Robert Freeland. 1995. “Theoretical and Comparative Perspectives on
Corporate Organization.” Annual Review of Sociology 21:21-43.
Fligstein, Neil and Iona Mara-Drita. 1996. “How to Make a Market: Reflections on the European
Union’s Single Market Program.” American Journal of Sociology 102:1-34.
Fligstein, Neil and Linda Markowitz. 1993. “The Finance Conception of the Corporation and the
Causes of the Financial Reorganization of Large Corporations, 1979-89.” Pp. 185-206 in
Sociology and Social Policy, edited by William Julius Wilson. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Florida, Richard and Martin Kenney. 1988. “Venture Capital and High Technology
Entrepeneurship.” Journal of Business Venturing 3:301-319.
*Florida, Richard and Martin Kenney. 1990. “Silicon Valley and Route 128 Won’t Save Us.”
California Management Review 32 (Fall):68-87
Flynn, Julia. 1998. “Bosses under Fire.” Business Week November 30:22.
Fombrun, Charles J. 1982. “Strategies for Network Research in Organizations.” Academy of
Management Review 7:280-291.
*Fombrun, Charles J. 1983. “Attributions of Power Across a Social Network.” Human Relations
36:493-508.
Fombrun, Charles J. 1996. Reputation: Realizing Value from the Corporate Image. Boston, MA:
Harvard Business School Press.
Fombrun, Charles and Mark Shanley. 1990. “What’s in a Name? Reputation Building and
Corporate Strategy.” Academy of Management Journal 33:233-58.
Forgren, M. and J. Johanson (eds.). 1996. Managing Networks in International Business.
Philadelphia: Gordon & Breach.
Form, William. 1995. Segmented Labor, Fractured Politics: Labor Politics in American Life.
New York: Plenum.
Forrest, J.E. and M.J.C. Martin. 1992. “Strategic Alliances Between Large and Small Research
Intensive Organizations: Experiences in the Biotechnology Industry.” R&D Management 22:4153.
Forsgren, Mats. 1995. Firms in Networks: A New Perspective on Competitive Power. Upssala,
Sweden: Almqvist and Wiksell.
Foss, Nicolai J. 1993. “Theories of the Firm: Contractual and Competence Perspectives.” Journal
of Evolutionary Economics 3:127-144.
Foulkes, Fred K. (ed.). 1991. Executive Compensation: A Strategic Guide for the 1990s. Boston:
Harvard Business School Press.
Fox, Adrienne. 1998. “Tight Labor Market Is For Real.” Investor’s Business Daily, May 11,
1998) <http://www.ncpa.org/pd/economy/econ5.html> (September 1, 2001).
Frank, Kenneth A. 1995. “Identifying Cohesive Subgroups.” Social Networks 17: 27-56.
Frank, Kenneth A. 1996. “Mapping Interactions Within and Between Cohesive Subgroups.”
Social Networks 18: 93-119.
Frank, Kenneth A. and Jeffrey Y. Yasumoto. 1998. “Linking Action to Social Structure with a
System: Social Capital within and between Subgroups.” American Journal of Sociology 104:642686.
Frank, Ove. 1991. “Statistical Analysis of Change in Networks.” Statistica Neerlandica 3:283293.
Frank, Robert H. 1994. “Talent and the Winner-Take-All Society.” The American Prospect
17(Spring):97-107
Frank, Robert H. and Philip J. Cook. 1995. The Winner-Take-All Society. New York: Free Press.
Fransman, Martin. 1998. Visions of Innovation: The Firm and Japan. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Frazier, G.L., R.E. Spekman and C.R. O’Neal. 1988. “Just-in-Time Exchange Relationships in
Industrial Markets.” Journal of Marketing 52:52-67.
Frazis, Harley J., Diane E. Herz and Michael W. Horrigan. 1995. “Employer-Provided Training:
Results from a New Survey.” Monthly Labor Review 118(5): 3-17.
Frazis, Harley, Maury Gittleman, Michael Horrigan and Mary Joyce. 1998. “Results from the
1995 Survey of Employer-Provided Training.” Monthly Labor Review 121(3):3-13.
Freedman, Russell. 1994. Kids at Work: Lewis Hine and the Crusade Against Child Labor. New
York: Clarion Books.
Freeland, Robert F. 1996. “The Myth of the M-Form? Governance, Consent, and Organizational
Change.” American Journal of Sociology 102:483-526.
Freeman, Christopher. 1987. Technology Policy and Economic Performance: Lessons from
Japan. London: Pinter.
*Freeman, Christopher. 1991. “Networks of Innovators: A Synthesis of Research Issues.”
Research Policy 20:499-514.
Freeman, Christopher and L. Soete (eds.). 1990. New Explorations in the Economics of
Technical Change. Lodon: Pinter.
*Freeman, John. 1986. “Organizational Life Cycles and Natural Selection Processes.” Pp. 1-32 in
The Evolution and Adaptation of Organizations, edited by L.L. Cummings and Barry Staw.
Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Freeman, Linton C. 1977. “A Set of Measures of Centrality Based on Betweenness.” Sociometry
40:35-41.
Freeman, Linton C. 1979. “Centrality in Social Networks: I. Conceptual Clarification.” Social
Networks 1:215-239.
Freeman, Linton C. 1992. “The Sociological Concept of ‘Group’: An Empirical Test of Two
Models.” American Journal of Sociology 98:55-79.
Freeman, Linton C. 1996. “Some Antecedents of Social Network Analysis.” Connections 19:3942.
Freeman, Linton C. 2000. “Centrality in Social Networks. A Conceptual Clarification.” Politica y
Sociedad 33:131-148
Freeman, Linton C. 2000. “Visualizing Social Networks.” Journal of Social Structure
<http://zeeb.library.cmu.edu:7850/JoSS/article.html> (July 24, 2002).
Freeman, Edward R. 1984. Strategic Management: A Stakeholder Approach. Marshfield, MA:
Pitman.
Freeman, Edward R. 1994. “A Stakeholder Theory of the Modern Corporaion,” Pp. 66-76 in
Ethical Theory and Business, edited by Tom L. Beauchamp and Norman E. Bowie. Englewood
Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Freeman, Richard B. 1976. “Individual Mobility and Union Voice in the Labor Market.”
American Economic Review, Papers and Proceedings 66:361-77.
Freeman, Richard B. 1996. “Toward an Apartheid Economy?” Harvard Business Review SeptOct 114-26.
Freeman, Richard B. 1997. “Spurts in Union Growth: Defining Moments and Social Processes.”
Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research Working Paper No. 6012.
*Freeman, Richard B. and Morris M. Kleiner. 1990. “Employer Behavior in the Face of Union
Organizing Drives.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 43:351-365.
Freeman, Richard B. and James L. Medoff. 1984. What Do Unions Do? New York: Basic Books.
Freeman, Robert B. 1979. “The Effect of Demographic Factors on Age-Earnings Profiles.”
Journal of Human Resources 14:289-318.
Freeman, Robert B. 1981. “The Effect of Unionism on Fringe Benefits.” Industrial and Labor
Relations Review 34:489-509.
*Freeman, Sarah J. and Kim S. Cameron. 1993. “Organizational Downsizing: A Convergence
and Reorientation Framework.” Organization Science 4:10-29.
Fried, V.H. and R.D. Hirsch. 1995. “The Venture Capitalist: A Relationship Investor.” California
Management Review 37:101-113.
Friedkin, Noah E. 1982. “Information Flow Through Strong and Weak Ties in
Interorganizational Networks.” Social Networks 3:273-285.
Friedkin, Noah E. 1998. A Structural Theory of Social Influence. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Friedkin, Noah E. 1999. “Choice Shift and Group Polarization.” American Sociological Review
64:856-875.
Friedkin, Noah E. and Michael R. Slater. 1994. “School Leadership and Performance: A Social
Network Approach.” Sociology of Education 67:139-57.
Friedman, Milton. 1970. “The Social Responsibility of Business Is to Increase Its Profits.” New
York Times Magazine September 13:33.
Friedman, Monroe. 1996. “Grassroots Groups Confront the Corporation: Contemporary
Strategies in Historical Perspective.” Journal of Social Issues 52:153-167.
Friedman, Robert A. 1996. “Defining the Scope and Logic of Minority and Female Network
Groups: Can Separation Enhance Integration.” Research in Personnel and Human Resources
Management 14:307-349.
Friesen, Jane. 1997. “The Dynamic Demand for Part-time and Full-time Labour.” Economica
64:495-507.
Fruin, W. Mark. 1992. The Japanese Enterprise System. New York: Oxford University Press.
Fruin, W. Mark. 1998. Networks and Markets: Pacific Rim Strategies. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Fukuyama, Francis. 1996. Trust: The Social Virtues and the Creation of Prosperity. New York:
Free Press.
*Furlong, Scott R. 1997. “Interest Group Influence on Rule Making.” Administration & Society
29:325-347.
Furubotn, Erik G. and Rudolf Richter (eds.). 1991. The New Institutional Economics. College
Station, TX: Texas AandM University Press.
Fuxman, Leonora. 1999. “Teamwork and Productivity Improvments in Mixed-Model Assembly
Lines.” Journal of Applied Business Research 15:31-47
Gabbay, Shaul. 1995. “Building a Network Organization.” Paper presented at the annual
meetings of the Academy of Management.
Gabbay, Shaul. 1997. Social Capital in the Creation of Financial Capital: The Case of Network
Marketing. Champaign, IL: Stipes Publishing.
Gadde, Lars-Erik and Håkan Håkansson. 1992. “Analysing Change and Stability in Distribution
Channels: A Network Approach.” Pp. 166-79 in Industrial Networks: A New View of Reality,
edited by Björn Axelsson and Geoffrey Easton. London: Routledge.
Gadde, Lars-Erik and Lars-Gunnar Mattsson. 1987. “Stability and Change in Network
Relationships.” International Journal of Research in Marketing 4:29-41.
*Gaddie, Ronald Keith. 1995. “Investing in the Future: Economic Political Action Committee
Contributions to Open-Seat House Candidates.” American Politics Quarterly 23:339-354.
*Gaddie, Ronald Keith and James L. Regens. 1997. “Economic Interest Group Allocations in
Open-Seate Senate Elections.” American Politics Quarterly 25:347-362.
Gaddis, John Lewis. 1982, Strategies of Containment: A Critical Appraisal of Postwar American
National Security. New York: Oxford University Press.
Gais, Thomas. 1996. Improper Influence: Campaign Finance Law, Political Interest Groups, and
the Problem of Equality. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press.
Gais, Thomas, Mark Peterson and John Walker. 1984. “Interest Groups, Iron Triangles, and
Representative Institutions in American National Government.” British Journal of Political
Science 14:161-185.
Galaskiewicz, Joseph. 1979. Exchange Networks and Community Politics. Beverly Hills, CA:
Sage.
*Galaskiewicz, Joseph. 1985. “Interorganizational Relations.” Annual Review of Sociology
11:281-304.
Galaskiewicz, Joseph. 1985. “Professional Networks and the Institutionalization of a Single
Mind Set.” American Sociological Review 50:639-658.
Galaskiewicz, Joseph. 1985. Social Organization of an Urban Grants Economy: A Study of
Business Philanthropy and Nonprofit Organizations. Orlando, FL: Academic Press.
Galaskiewicz, Joseph. 1995. “The ‘New Network Analysis’ and Its Application to Organizational
Theory and Behavior.” Pp. 19-31 in Networks in Marketing, edited by Dawn Iacobucci.
Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Galaskiewicz, Joseph. 1997. “An Urban Grants Economy Revisited: Corporate Charitable
Contributions in the Twin Cities, 1979-81, 1987-89.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:445471.
Galaskiewicz, Joseph and Wolfgang Bielefeld. 1998. Nonprofit Organizations in an Age of
Uncertainty. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.
Galaskiewicz, Joseph and Wolfgang Bielefeld. 1998. “Environmental and Embeddedness Effects
on Organizational Tactics.” Pp. 125-162 in Nonprofits in an Age of Uncertainty: A Study of
Organizational Change. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.
Galaskiewicz, Joseph and Wolfgang Bielefeld. 1998. “Niche Analysis.” Pp. 251-267 in
Nonprofits in an Age of Uncertainty: A Study of Organizational Change. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine
de Gruyter.
Galaskiewicz, Joseph and Ronald S. Burt. 1991. “Interorganization Contagion in Corporate
Philanthropy.” Administrative Science Quarterly 36:88-105.
Galaskiewicz, Joseph and Stanley Wasserman. 1989. “Mimetic Processes Within an
Interorganizational Field: An Empirical Test.” Administrative Science Quarterly 34:454-79.
Galaskiewicz, Joseph, Stanley Wasserman, Barbara Rauschenbach, Wolfgang Bielefeld, and
Patti Mullaney. 1985. “The Influence of Corporate Power, Social Status, and Market Position on
Corporate Interlocks in a Regional Network.” Social Forces 64:403-31.
Galaskiewicz, Joseph and Aks Zaheer. 1998. “Networks of Competitive Advantage.” Pp. 237-61
in Research in the Sociology of Organizations, Vol 16 edited by Andrews and David Knoke. CT:
JAI Press.
Galbraith, Jay R. 1973. Designing Complex Organizations. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
*Galbraith, Jay R. and Robert K. Kazanjian. 1988. “Strategy, Technology, and Emerging
Organizational Forms.” Pp. 29-41 in Futures of Organizations, edited by Jerald Hage. Lexington
MA: Lexington Books.
Galenson, Walter.1960. The CIO Challenge to the AFL. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Galinzky, Ellen, James T. Bond and Dana E. Friedman. 1993. The Changing Workforce. New
York: Families and Work Institute.
Gallagher, Leigh. 2000. “Help Wanted! The Woes of a Tight Labor Market” Forbes December
11, 166(15):332-335.
Gallie, Duncan, Michael White, Yuan Cheng and Mark Tomlinson. 1998. Restructuring the
Employment Relationship. New York: Oxford University Press.
Gambetta, Diego. 1988. Trust: Making and Breaking Corporate Relations. New York: Blackwell.
Gamble, John E. 1998. “ESOPs: Financial Performance and Federal Tax Incentives.” Journal of
Labor Research 19: 529-41.
Garen, John E. 1984. “The Returns to Schooling: A Selectivity Bias Approach with a Continuous
Choice Variable.” Econometrica 52:1199-1218.
Garen, John E. 1985. “Worker Heterogeneity, Job Screening, and Firm Size.” Journal of Political
Economy 93:715-739.
Garen, John E. 1988. “Empirical Studies of the Job Matching Hypothesis.” Research in Labor
Economics 9:187-224.
*Garen, John E. 1994. “Executive Compensation and Principal-Agent Theory.” Journal of
Political Economy 102:1175-1199.
Gargiulo, Martin. 1993. “Two-Step Leverage: Managing Constraint in Organizational Politics.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 38:1-19.
Gargiulo, Martin and Mario Benassi. 2000. “Trapped in Your Own Net? Network Cohesion,
Structural Holes, and the Adaptation of Social Capital.” Organization Science 11:183-196.
Garrow, David J. (ed.). 1989. We Shall Overcome: The Civil Rights Movement in the United
States in the 1950's and 1960’s. Brooklyn, NY: Carlson.
*Garud, Raghu and Arun Kumaraswamy. 1993. “Changing Competitive Dynamics in Network
Industries: An Exploration of Sun Microsystems’ Open Systems Strategy.” Strategic
Management Journal 14:351-369.
Gates, Bill. 1997. “Why the Justice Department is Wrong.” Wall Street Journal November
10:A22.
Gemünden, Hans Georg, Thomas Ritter and Achim Walter (eds.). 1997. Relationships and
Networks in International Markets. Oxford: Elsevier Science.
Genereux, Anne and David Knoke. 1999. “Identifying Strategic Alliances in the Global
Information Sector, 1989-1998.” Paper presented to EGOS Colloquium, Warwick, U.K.
Gentile, Mary C. (ed.). 1992. Differences That Work: Organizational Excellence Through
Diversity. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Gereffi, Gary and Miguel Kornzeniewicz (eds.). 1994. Commodity Chains and Global Capitalism
and Global Capitalism. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.
Gerhart, Barry, Charlie O. Trevor and Mary E. Graham. 1996. “New Directions in Compensation
Research: Synergies, Risk, and Survival.” Research in Personnel and Human Resources
Management 14:143-203.
Geringer, J. Michael and Louis Hebert. 1989. “Control and Performance of International Joint
Ventures.” Journal of International Business Studies 20:235-254.
Gerlach, Michael L. 1992. Alliance Capitalism: The Social Organization of Japanese Business.
Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.
*Gerlach, Michael L. 1992. “The Japanese Corporate Network: A Blockmodel Analysis.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 37:105-39.
Gertz, Dwight L. and Joao P.A. Baptista. 1995. Grow to Be Great: Breaking the Downsizing
Cycle. New York: Free Press.
Getz, Kathleen A. 1993. “Selecting Corporate Political Tactics.” Pp. 242-267 in Corporate
Political Agency: The Construction of Competition in Public Affairs, edited by Barry M.
Mitnick. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Ghemawat, P., Porter, M. E. and Rawlinson, R. A. (1986), “Patterns of international coalition
activity”, In M. E. Porter (Ed.), Competition in Global Industries, pp. 345-365, Harvard Business
School Press, Boston .
Ghoshl, Sumantra. 2001. “A New Social Contract.”
<http://www.ic.siemens.com/CDA/Site/GHTML/box/1,1562,5321-1-0,00.html> (September 1,
2001)
Ghoshal, Sumantra and Christopher A. Bartlett. 1990. “The Multinational Corporation as an
Interorganizational Network.” Academy of Management Review 15:603-625.
Ghoshal, Sumantra and Christopher A. Bartlett. 1994. “Changing the Role of Top Management:
Beyond Strategy to Purpose.” Harvard Business Review Nov.-Dec. 79-88.
Ghoshal, Sumantra and Christopher A. Bartlett. 1994. “Linking Organizational Context and
Managerial Action: The Dimensions of Quality of Management.” Strategic Management Journal
15:91-112.
*Ghoshal, Sumantra and Peter Moran. 1996. “Bad for Practice: A Critique of Transaction Cost
Theory.” Academy of Management Review 21:13-47.
Ghoshal, Sumantra, Peter Moran and Christopher A. Bartlett. 1997. “Employment Security,
Employability and Sustainable Competitive Advantage.” INSEAD Working Papers 97/20/SM.
Ghoshal, Sumantra, Peter Moran and Christopher A. Bartlett. 1999. “A New Manifesto for
Management.” Sloan Management Review 40(3):9-30.
Gibbs, W. Wayt. 1997. “Taking Computers to Task.” Scientific American 277(July):82-89.
Gibson, Richard. 1997. “Worried McDonald’s Plans Dramatic Shift and Big Price Cuts.” Wall
Street Journal February 26:A1.
Gidron, Benjamin, Ralph M. Kramer and Lester M. Salamon (eds.). 1992. Government and the
Third Sector: Emerging Relationships in Welfare States. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Giesecke, Susanne. 2000. “The Contrasting Roles of Government in the Development of
Biotechnology Industry in the US and Germany.” Research Policy 29:205-223.
Gifford, Sharon. 1997. “Limited Attention and the Role of the Venture Capitalist.” Journal of
Business Venturing 12:.
Gillan, Stuart L. and Laura T. Starks. 2000 forthcoming. “Corporate Governance Proposals and
Shareholder Activism: The Role of Institutional Investors.” Journal of Financial Economics
Gillespie, D.F. and Perry R.W. 1975. “The Influence of an Organizational Environment on
Interorganizational Relation.” American Journal of Economics and Sociology 34
Gilroy, Bernard Michael. 1993. Networking in Multinational Enterprises: The Importance of
Strategic Alliances. Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina Press.
Gilson, Ronald J. and Bernard S. Black. 1996. “Venture Capital and the Structure of Capital
Markets: Banks versus Stock Markets.” Unpublished manuscript, Columbia University Law
School.
Gimeno, J., and Woo, C. 1996. “Economic Multiplexity: The Structural Embeddedness of
Cooperation in Multiple Relations of Interdependence.” Advances in Strategic Management
13:323-361.
Ginsberg, Ari, Eric R. Larsen and Alessandro Lomi. 1999. “The Organizational Ecology of
Strategic Interaction.” Advances in Strategic Management 16:81-112.
Gioia, Dennis A. and James B. Thomas. 1996. “Identity, Image, and Issue Interpretation:
Sensemaking during Strategic Change in Academia.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:370403.
Glaister, Keith W. and Peter J. Buckley. 1996. “Strategic Motives for International Alliance
Formation.” Journal of Management Studies 33:301-332.
Gleick, James. 1987. Cahos: Making a New Science. New York: Viking.
Glass, Jennifer L. and Sarah Beth Estes. 1997. “The Family Responsive Workplace.” Annual
Review of Sociology 23:289-313.
Glassman, Ronald M. and William H. Swatos, Jr. (eds.). 1986. Charisma, History and Social
Structure. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.
Glynn, Mary Ann, T.K. Lant and F.J. Milliken. 1994. “Mapping Learning Processes in
Organizations: A Multi-Level Framework Linking Learning and Organizations.” Advances in
Managerial Cognition and Organizational Information Processing 5:48-83.
Gnyawali, Devi R. and Ravindranath Madhavan. 2001. “Cooperative Networks and Competitive
Dynamics: A Structural Embeddedness Perspective.” Academy of Management Review 26:431445.
Godard, John. 2001. “High Performance and the Transformation of Work? The Implications of
Alternative Work Practices for the Experience and Outcomes of Work.” Industrial and Labor
Relations Review 54: 776-805.
Godard, John and John T. Delaney. 2000. “Reflections on the ‘High Performance’ Paradigm’s
Implications for Industrial Relations as a Field.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 53: 482502.
Goel, Rajeev K. 1994. “Research Joint Ventures and Uncertain Innovation.” Economic Notes
23:266-274.
*Goes, James B. and Seung Ho Park. 1997. “Interorganizational Links and Innovation: The Case
of Hospital Services.” Academy of Management Journal 40:673-696.
Goidel, Robert K., Donald A. Gross and Todd G. Shields. 1999. Money Matters: Consequences
of Campaign Finance Reform in U.S. House Elections. Lanham, MA: Rowman and Littlefield.
Golbe, Devra L. and White, Lawrence J. 1988. “Mergers and Acquisitions in the U.S. Economy:
An Aggregate and Historical Overview.” Pp. 25-47 in Mergers and Acquisitions, edited by Alan
J. Auerbach. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Gold, Andrew H. 2001. “Knowledge management: An organizational capabilities perspective.”
Journal of Management Information Systems 18:185-214.
Goldberg, Kalman, Jannett Highfill and Michael McAsey. “Technology Choice: The Output and
Employment Tradeoff.” American Journal of Economics and Sociology 57:27-46.
Golden, Brian R. and Edward J. Zajac. 2001. “When Will Boards Influence Strategy? Inclination
× Power = Strategic Change.” Strategic Management Journal 22: 1087-1111.
Golden, James R. 1994. Economics and National Strategy in the Information Age: Global
Networks, Technology Policy, and Cooperative Competition. Westport, CT: Praeger.
Goldfield, Michael. 1987. The Decline of Organized Labor in the United States. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Gomes-Casseres, Benjamin. 1994. “Group Versus Group: How Alliance Networks Compete.”
Harvard Busines Review 72(July-August):62-74.
Gomes-Casseres, Benjamin. 1996. The Alliance Revolution: The New Shape of Business
Rivalry. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Gomes-Casseres, Benjamin. 1997. “Alliance Strategies of Small Firms.” Small Business
Economics 9:33-44.
Gomez-Mejia, Luis. 1994. “Executive Compensation: A Reassessment and Future Research
Agenda.”Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management 12:161-222.
*Gomez-Mejia, Luis and Robert M. Wiseman. 1997. “Reframing Executive Compensation: An
Assessment and Outlook.” Journal of Management 23:291-374.
Gompers, Paul A. 1999. “Resource Allocation, Incentives and Control: The Importance of
Venture Capital in Financing Entrepreneurial Firms.” Pp. 206-235 in Entrepreneurship, Small
and Medium-Sized Enterprises and the Macroeconomy, edited by Zoltan J. Acs, Bo Carlsson and
Charlie Karlsson. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Goodman, Edward. 1989. “Introduction: The Political Economy of the Small Firm in Italy.” Pp.
1-30 in Small Firms and Industrial Districts in Italy, edited by Edward Goodman and Julia
Bamford. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Goodman, Edward and Julia Bamford (eds.). 1989. Small Firms and Industrial Districts in Italy.
London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Goodman, Richard A. (ed.). 1999. Modern Organizations and Emerging Conundrums: Exploring
the Postindustrial Subculture of the Third Millenium. Lanham, MD: Lexington.
Goodrick, Elizabeth, and Gerald R. Salancik. 1996. “Organizational Discretion in Responding to
Institutional Practices: Hospitals and Cesarean Births.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:128.
Gordon, David M. 1996. Fat and Mean: The Corporate Squeeze of Working Americans and the
Myth of Managerial “Downsizing.” New York: Free Press.
Gosselin, Peter G. and Paul Jacobs. 2000. “Clinton, Blair to Back Access to Genetic Code.” Los
Angeles Times March 14:C1.
Gottlieb, Marvin R. 1995. Managing the Workplace Survivors: Organizational Downsizing and
the Commitment Gap. Westport, CT: Quorum Books.
Gould, Roger V. 1996. “Patron-Client Ties, State Centralization, and the Whiskey Rebellion.”
American Journal of Sociology 102: 400-429.
Gould, Roger V. 1993. “Collective Action and Network Structure.” American Sociological
Review 58:182-96.
Gould, Roger V. and Roberto M. Fernandez. 1989. “Structures of Mediation: A Formal
Approach to Brokerage in Transaction Networks.” Pp. 89-126 in Sociological Methodology
1989. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Gouldner, Alvin W. 1954. Patterns of Industrial Bureaucracy. Glencoe, IL: Free Press.
Grabher, Gernot (ed.). 1993. The Embedded Firm: On the Socioeconomics of Industrial
Networks. New York: Routledge.
Grabher, Gernot. 1993. “The Weakness of Strong Ties: The Lock-in of Regional Development in
the Ruhr area.” Pp. 255-277 in The Embedded Firm: On the Socio-economics of Industrial
Networks, edited by Gernot Grabher. London:Routledge.
Grabher, Gernot and David Stark (eds.). 1997. Restructuring Networks in Post-Socialism.
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Graham, Margaret B. W. 1996. “Changes in Information Technology, Changes in Work.”
Technology in Society,18:373-385.
Gramm, Cynthia L. ; Schnell, John F. “The use of flexible staffing arrangements in core
production jobs.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review v. 54 no2 (Jan. 2001) p. 245-58
Granados, Francisco J. and David Knoke. 2003. “Organized Interest Groups and Policy
Networks.” Forthcoming in Handbook of Political Sociology, edited by Thomas Janoski, Robert
Alford, Alexander M. Hicks, and Mildred A. Schwartz. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Grandinetti R., Micelli S., Rullani E. (1995), “The internationalization of industrial districts: the
role of leader firms and meta-organizers”, paper presented at the Conference on “Distretti
industriali ed economia globale: il caso italiano”, Journal of Industry Studies and Dipartimento di
Scienze Economiche, Università di Udine, Udine December 15-16.
Grandori, Anna. 1997. Perspectives on Organization Theory. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.
Grandori, Anna. 1993. “Notes on the Use of Power and Efficiency Constructs in the Economics
and Sociology of Organizations.” Pp. 61-78 in Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Organization
Studies, edited by Siegwart M. Lindenberg and Hein Schreuder. Oxford, UK: Pergamon Press.
Grandori Anna. 1997. “An Organizational Assessment of Interfirm Coordination Modes.”
Organization Studies 18:897-925.
Grandori, Anna (ed.). 1997. The Game of Network. London: Routledge.
Grandori, Anna (ed.). 1998. The Organizational Texture of Inter-firm Relations. Special Issue of
Organization Studies 19:549-741.
*Grandori, Anna and Giuseppe Soda. 1995. “Inter-firm Networks: Antecedents, Mechanisms and
Forms.” Organization Science 16:183-214.
Granovetter, Mark. 1973. “The Strength of Weak Ties.” American Journal of Sociology 78:136080.
Granovetter, Mark. 1974. Getting a Job: A Study of Contacts and Careers. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Granovetter, Mark. 1981. “Toward a Sociological Theory of Income Differences.” Pp. 11-47 in
Sociological Perspectives on Labor Markets, edited by Ivar Berg. New York: Academic Press.
Granovetter, Mark. 1982. “The Strength of Weak Ties Revisited: A Network Theory Revisited.”
Pp. 105-130 in Social Structure and Network Analysis, edited by P. Marsden and N. Lin. Beverly
Hills, CA: Sage Publications.
Granovetter, Mark. 1984. “Small is Bountiful: Labor Markets and Establishment Size.”
American Sociological Review 49:323-34.
Granovetter, Mark. 1985. “Economic Action and Social Structure: The Problem of
Embeddedness.” American Journal of Sociology 91:481-510.
Granovetter, Mark. 1988. “The Sociological and Economic Approaches to Labor Market
Analysis: A Social Structural View.” Pp. 187-216 in Industries, Firms, and Jobs: Sociological
and Economic Approaches, edited by George Farkas and Paula England. New York: Plenum.
Granovetter, Mark. 1990. “The Old and New Economic Sociology: A History and Agenda.” Pp.
89-112 in Beyond the Marketplace: Rethinking Economy and Society, edited by Roger Friedland
and A.F. Robertson. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.
Granovetter, Mark. 1993. “The Nature of Economic Relationships.” Pp. 3-41 in Exploration in
Economic Sociology, edited by Richard Swedberg. New York: Russell Sage.
Granovetter, Mark. 1994. “Business Groups.” Pp. 453-475 in The Handbook of Economic
Sociology, edited by Neil Smelser and Richard Swedberg. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University
Press.
Granovetter, Mark. 1995. “Coase Revisited: Business Groups in the Modern Economy.”
Industrial and Corporate Change 1:93-130.
Grant, Robert M. 1991. “The Resource-Based Theory of Competitive Advantage: Implications
for Strategy Formulation.” California Management Review 33:114-133.
Grant R.M., 1996, Toward a Knowledge-based Theory of the Firm, Strategic Management
Journal, 17: 109-122.
Gray B., 1985, Conditions Facilitating Interorganizational Collaboration, Human Relations,
38/10: 911-936.
Gray B., 1989, Collaborating: Finding Common Ground for Multiparty Problems, Jossey-Bass,
San Francisco
Gray B., 1990, Building Interorganizational Alliances: Planned Change in a Global Environment,
Research in Organizational Change and Development 4
Gray, Virginia and David Lowery. 1996. The Population Ecology of Interest Representation:
Lobbying Communities in the American States. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press.
Gray, Virginia and David Lowery. 1997. “Reconceptualizing PAC Formation: It’s Not a
Collective Action Problem, and It May be an Arms Race.” American Politics Quarterly 25:319346.
Green, Francis. 1999. “Training the Workers.” In The State of Working Britain, edited by P.
Gregg and J. Wadsworth. Manchester University Press.
Green, Francis. 2000. “The Impact of Company Human Resource Policies on Social Skills: Some
Implications for Training Sponsorship, Quit Rates and Efficiency Wages.” Scottish Journal of
Political Economy 47:251-272.
Green, Paul E. Frank J. Carmone Jr. and Scott M. Smith. 1989. Multidimensional Scaling:
Concepts and Applications. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.
Greenwood, Justin and Mark Aspinwall (eds.). 1998. Collective Action in the European Union:
Interests and the New Politics of Associability. London: Routledge.
Greenwood, Royston and C.R. Hinings. 1993. “Understanding Strategic Change: The
Contribution of Archetypes.” Academy of Management Journal 36:1052-1081.
*Greenwood, Royston and C.R. Hinings. 1996. “Understanding Radical Organizational Change:
Bringing Together the Old and New Institutionalism.” Academy of Management Review
21:1022-1054.
Greider, William. 1997. One World, Ready or Not: The Manic Logic of Global Capitalism. New
York: Simon & Schuster.
Greiner, Larry E. 1972. “Evolution and Revolution as Organizations Grow.” Harvard Business
Review July-August 37-46.
Grenzke, Janet M. 1989. “Shopping in the Congressional Supermarket: The Currency is
Complex.” American Political Science Review 33:1-24.
Greve, Henrich R. 1995. “Jumping Ship: The Diffusion of Strategy Abandonment.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 40:444-473.
Greve, Henrich R. 1996. “Patterns of Competition: The Diffusion of a Market Position in Radio
Broadcasting.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:29-60.
Grier, Kevin, Michael C. Munger and Brian E. Roberts. 1994. “The Determinants of Industry
Political Activity, 1978-1986.” American Political Science Review 88:911-926.
Griliches, Zvi. 1990. “Patent Statistics as Economic Indicators: A Survey.” Journal of Economic
Literature 28:1661-1707.
Grimm, Curtis M. and John M. Holcomb. 1987. “Choices Among Encompassing Organizations:
Business and the Budget Deficit.” Pp. 105-118 in Business Strategy and Public Policy:
Perspectives from Industry and Academia, edited by Alfred A. Marcus, Allen M. Kaufman and
D.R. Bream. Westport, CT: Quorum Books.
Grimshaw, Damian, Kevin G. Ward, Jill Rubery and Huw Beynon. 2001. “Organisations and the
Transformation of the Internal Labour Market.” Work, Employment and Society 15:25-54.
Grimsley, Kirstin Downey. 1996. “Auto Plant Sexual Harassment Case Divides Community.”
Washington Post. April 17: A1.
Grimsley, Kirstin Downey. 1998. “Community Still Split in Aftermath of Mitsubishi
Settlement.” Washington Post. June 15:A9.
Grimsley, Kirstin Downey and Warren Brown. 1996. “Mitsubishi Workers March on EEOC.”
Washington Post. April 23:A1.
Grimsley, Kirstin Downey and Frank Swoboda. 1997. “Mitsubishi Managers Blamed for
Environment at Plant; EEOC Says Supervisors Created, Tolerated ‘Sexually Hostile and
Abusive’ Situation.” Washington Post September 16; C1.
Grindley, Peter. 1995. Standards Strategy and Policy: Cases and Stories. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Grindley, Peter C. and David J. Teece. 1997. “Managing Intellectual Capital: Licensing and
Cross-Licensing in Semiconductors and Electronics.” California Management Review 38(2):841.
Gronau, Reuben. 1988. “Sex-related Wage Differentials and Women’s Interrupted Labor
Careers—the Chicken or the Egg.” Journal of Labor Economics 6:277-301.
Gross, James A. 1995. Broken Promises: The Subversion of U.S. Labor Relations Policy, 19471994. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.
Grossman, Glenn M. 1992. “U.S. Workers Receive a Wide Range of Employee Benefits.”
Monthly Labor Review September:36-39.
Graham, Julie and Don M. Shakow. 1990. “Labor Market Segmentation and Job-Related Risk:
Differences in Risk and Compensation between Primary and Secondary Labor Markets.”
American Journal of Economics and Sociology 49:307-323.
Grier, Kevin B., Michael C. Munger and Brian E. Roberts. 1994 “The Determinants of Industry
Political Activity, 1978-1986.” American Political Science Review 88:911-26.
Griliches, Zvi, Bronwyn H. Hall, and Jerry A. Hausman. 1978. “Missing Data and Self-Selection
in Large Panels.” Annales de l’Insee 30-31:137-176.
Griliches, Zvi and William M. Mason. 1972. “Education, Income and Ability.” Journal of
Political Economy
Griliches, Zvi and Adonis Yatchew. 1981. “Sample Selection Bias and Endogeneity in the
Estimation of a Wage Equation: An Alternative Specification.” Annales de l’Insee 43:35-46.
Grindley, P.C. and D.J. Teece. 1997. “Managing Intellectual Capital: Licensing and CrossLicensing in Semiconductors and Electronics.” California Management Review 39(2):8-41.
Groeneweyen, John (ed.). 1996. Transaction Cost Economics and Beyond. Boston: Kluwer
Academic.
Groeneweyen, John.1997. “Institutions of Capitalism: American, European and Japanese
Systems Compared.” Journal of Economic Issues 31:333-347.
*Groeneweyen, John and Paul R. Beije. 1989. “The French Communication Industry Defined
and Analyzed Through the Social Fabric Matrix, the Filiere Approach, and Network Analysis.”
Journal of Economic Issue 23:1059-1074.
Groshen, Erica L. 1991. “The Structure of the Female/Male Wage Differential: Is It Who You
Know, What You Do, or Where You Work?” Journal of Human Resources 26:457-472.
Groves, Martha. 1998. “Mentor Program Adds Diversity to Corporate Climb.” Los Angeles
Times: March 4:Business, Part D:1.
Grunberg, Leon and Edward S. Greenberg. 1997. “On the Lingering Effects of Downsizing: The
Job Attitudes of Survivors.” Paper presented at annual meetinsg of the American Sociological
Association.
Grundfest, Joseph A. 1990. “Subordination of American Capital.” Journal of Financial
Economics 27:89-114.
Guercio, Diane Del and Jennifer Hawkins.1999. “The Motivation and Impact of Pension Fund
Activism.” Journal of Financial Economics 52: 293-340.
Gugliotta, Guy. 2000. “Gene-Altered Rice May Help Fight Vitamin A Deficiency Globally.”
Washington Post January 14:A6.
Guillen, Mauro F. Models of Management: Authority and Organization in a Comparative
Perspective. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Gulati, Ranjay. 1994. “Unilateral Commitments and the Importance of Process in Alliances.”
Sloan Management Review 35(3):61-69.
Gulati, Ranjay. 1995. “Social Structure and Alliance Formation Patterns: A Longitudinal
Analysis.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:619-652.
*Gulati, Ranjay. 1995. “Does Familiarity Breed Trust? The Implications of Repeated Ties for
Contractual Choices in Alliances.” Academy of Management Journal 38:85-112.
Gulati, Ranjay. 1998. “Alliances and Networks.” Strategic Management Journal 19:293-317.
Gulati, Ranjay, Dania A. Dialdin and Lihua Wang. 2002. “Organizational Networks.” Pp. 281303 in The Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A. C. Baum. Oxford, UK:
Blackwell.
Gulati, Ranjay and Martin Gargiulo. 1999. “Where Do Networks Come From?’ American Journal
of Sociology 104:1439-1493.
Gulati, Ranjay, T. Khanna, and Nitin Nohria. 1994. “Unilateral Commitments and the Importance
of Process in Alliances.” Sloan Management Review 35(3):61-69.
Gulati, Ranjay, Nitin Nohria and Akbar Zaheer. 2000. “Strategic Networks.” Strategic
Management Journal. 21:203-215.
Gulati, Ranjay and Harbir Singh. 1998. “The Architecture of Cooperation: Managing
Coordination Costs and Appropriation Concerns in Strategic Alliances.” Administrative Science
Quarterly 43:781-814.
Gulati, Ranjay and James D. Westphal. 1999. “Cooperative or Controlling? The Effects of CEOboard Relations and the Content of Interlocks on the Formation of Joint Ventures.”
Administrative Science Quarterly, 44: 473-506.
Gupta, A.K. and L. J. Lad. 1983. “Industry Self-Regulation: An Economic, Organizational, and
Political Analysis.” 40:619-52.
Gupta, Atul and Lalatendu Misra. 2000. “The Value of Experiential Learning by Organizations:
Evidence from International Joint Ventures.” Journal of Financial Research 23:77-102.
Guthrie, James P.. 2001. “High-involvement work practices, turnover, and productivity:
Evidence from New Zealand.” Academy of Management Journal 44:180-190.
Guttag, John V. 1999. “Communication Chameleons.” Scientific American August
Hachen, David S., Jr. 1990. “Three Models of Job Mobility in Labor Markets.” Work and
Occupations 17:320-354.
Hachen, David S., Jr. 1992. “Industrial Characteristics and Job Mobility Rates.” American
Sociological Review 57:39-55.
Hacker, Andrew. 1997. Money: Who Has How Much and Why. New York: Scribner.
Hackman, J. Richard and G. R. Oldham. 1976. “Motivation Through the Design of Work: Test of
a Theory.” Organizational Behavior and Human Performance 16:250-279.
Hackman, J. Richard and Ruth Wageman. 1995. “Total Quality Management: Empirical,
Conceptual, and Practical Issues.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:309-342.
*Hadlock, Charles J. and Gerald B. Lumer. 1997. “Compensation, Turnover, and Top
Management Incentives: Historical Evidence.” Journal of Business 70(2):153-187.
Hagan, Jacqueline M. 1998. “Social Networks, Gender, and Immigrant Incorporation: Resources
and Constraints.” American Sociological Review 63:55-67.
Hagan, John, Ross MacMillan, and Blair Wheaton. 1996. “New Kid in Town: Social Capital and
the Life Course Effects of Family Migration on Children.” American Sociological Review
61:368-385.
Hage, Jerald. 1980. Theories of Organizations: Forms, Processes, and Transformation. New
York: Wiley.
Hagedoorn, John. 1990. “Inter-firm Partnerships and Co-operative Strategies in Core
Technologies.” Pp. 3-37 in New Explorations in the Economics of Technical Change, edited by
Christopher Freeman and L. Soete. London: Pinter.
Hagedoorn, John. 1993. “Strategic Technology Partnering During the 1980s: Trends, Networks,
and Corporate Patterns in Non-core Technologies.” Research Policy 24:207-231.
Hagedoorn, John. 1993. “Strategic Technology Alliances and Modes of Cooperation in HighTechnology Industries.” Pp. 116-137 in The Embedded Firm: On the Socioeconomics of
Industrial Networks, edited by Gernot Grabher. New York: Routledge.
Hagedoorn, John. 1993. “Understanding the Rationale of Strategic Technology Partnering:
Interorganizational Modes of Cooperation and Sectoral Differences.” Strategic Management
Journal 14:371-385.
Hagedoorn, John. 1995. “A Note on International Market Leaders and Networks of Strategic
Technology Partnering.” Strategic Management Journal 16:241-250.
Hagedoorn, John. 1996. “Trends and Patterns in Strategic Technology Partnering Since the Early
Seventies.” Review of Industrial Organization 11:S601-616.
Hagedoorn, John, Albert N. Link and Nicholas S. Vonortas. 2000. “Research Partnerships.”
Research Policy 29:567-586.
Hagedoorn, John and R. Narula. 1996. “Choosing Organizational Modes of Strategic Technology
Partnering: International Sectoral Differences.” Journal of International Business Studies 27:265284.
Hagedoorn, John and Bert Sadowski. 1999. “The Transition from Strategic Technology Alliances
to Mergers and Acquisitions: An Exploratory Study.” Journal of Management Studies 36:87-107.
Hagedoorn, John and Jos Schakenraad. 1990. “Strategic Partnering and Technological Cooperation.” Pp. 171-87 in Perspectives in Industrial Organization, edited by B. Dankbaar, John
Groeneweyen and H. Schenk. Dordrect, The Netherlands: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Hagedoorn, John and Jos Schakenraad. 1990. “Inter-firm Partnerships and Co-operative
Strategies in Core Technologies.” Pp. 3-37 in New Explorations in the Economics of Technical
Change, edited by Christopher Freeman and L. Soete. London: Pinter.
*Hagedoorn, John and Jos Schakenraad. 1992. “Leading Companies and Networks of Strategic
Alliances in Information Technologies.” Research Policy 21:163-190.
*Hagedoorn, John and Jos Schakenraad. 1994. “The Effect of Strategic Technology Alliances on
Company Performance.” Strategic Management Journal 15:291-309.
Hagen, J. and S. Choe. 1998. “Trust in Japanese Interfirm Relations: Institutional Sanctions
Matter.” Academy of Management Review 23:589-600.
Hägg, Ingemund and Jan Johanson. 1983. Firms in Networks: A New View of Competitive
Power. Stockholm: Business and Social Research Institute.
Håkansson, Håkan (ed.). 1987. Corporate Technological Behavior: Cooperation and Networks.
London: Croom Helm.
Håkansson, Håkan (ed.). 1987. Industrial Technological Behavior: A Network Approach.
London: Croom Helm.
Håkansson, Håkan. 1990. “Technological Collaboration in Industrial Networks.” Engineering
Management Journal 8:371-379.
Håkansson, Håkan and Jan Johanson J. 1988. “Formal and Informal Cooperation Strategies in
International Industrial Networks.” Pp. 369-379 in Cooperative Strategies in International
Business, edited by F. J. Contractor and P. Lorang. Lexington MA: Lexington Books.
Håkansson, Håkan and Jan Johanson. 1992. “A Model of Industrial Networks.” Pp. 28-34 in
Industrial Networks: A New View of Reality, edited by Björn Axelsson and Geoffrey Easton.
London: Routledge.
Håkansson, Håkan and Jan Johanson 1993. “The Network as Governance Structure: Interfirm
Cooperation Beyond Markets and Hierarchies.” Pp. 35-51 in The Embedded Firm: On the
Socioeconomics of Industrial Networks, edited by Gernot Grabher. London: Routledge.
Håkansson, Håkan and Ivan Snehota. 1989. “No Business is an Island: The Network Concept of
Business Strategy.” Scandinavian Journal of Management 5:187-200.
Håkansson, Håkan and Ivan Snehota (eds.). 1995. Developing Relationships in Business
Networks. London: Routledge.
Halal, W.E. 1994. “From Hierarchy to Enterprise: Internal Markets Are the New Foundation of
Management.” Academy of Management Executive 8(4):69-83.
Halbfinger, David M. 1998. “In Deal, LIPA and Utility End Clash Over Pay To Ex-Officers.”
New York Times December 22:B1.
Hale and Dorr LLP. 2000. “The National and Regional IPO Market.”
<http://www.haledorr.com/archive_pub.html> March 31, 2000.
Haley, William J. 1976. “Estimation of Earnings Profiles from Optimal Human Capital
Accumulation.” Econometrica 44:1223-1238.
Hall, Richrd L. and Frank W. Wayman. 1990. “Buying Time: Moneyed Interests and the
Mobilization of Bias in Congressional Committees.” American Political Science Review 84:797820.
Hall, William. 1987. “Employee Ownership 4: ESOPs Win Their Spurs.” Financial Times April
13:32.
Hallinan, Maureen T. and Warren N. Kubitschek. 1999. “Conceptiualizing and Measuring
School Social Networks: Comment on Morgan and Sorensen.” American Sociological Review,
64:687-693.
*Hallock, Kevin F. 1998. “Layoffs, Top Executive Pay, and Firm Performance.” American
Economic Review 88:711-723.
Haltiwanger, John. 1999. “Job Creation and Destruction by Emnployer Size and Age: Cyclical
Dynamics.” Pp. 239-285 in Entrepreneurship, Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises and the
Macroeconomy, edited by Zoltan J. Acs Bo Carlsson and Charlie Karlsson.. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press.
Haltiwanger, John, Scott Schuh and Stephen J. Davis. 1994. “Gross Job Flows in U.S.
Manufacturing.” Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of the Census.
Hamel, Gary. 1991. “Competition for Competence and Inter-Partner Learning Within
International Strategic Alliances.” Strategic Management Journal 12:83-103.
Hamel, Gary, Doz, Y. L., and Prahalad, C. K. 1989. “Collaborate with Your Competitors—and
Win.” Harvard Business Review 67(1):133-139.
Hamel, Gary and C.K. Prahalad. 1994. Competing for the Future. Cambridge, MA: Harvard
Business School Press.
Hamilton, Gary G. (ed.). 1991. Business Networks and Economic Development in East and
Southeast Asia. Hawthorne, NY: Walter de Gruyter.
Hamilton, Gary G. (ed.). 1996. Asian Business Networks. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
Hamilton, Gary and Nicole Biggart. 1988. “Market, Culture, and Authority: A Comparative
Analysis of Management and Organization in the Far East.” American Journal of Sociology
S94:52-94.
Hamilton, Martha M. 1996. “Labor Gets a Young Look.” Washington Post September 1:H1.
Han, Shin-Kap. 1996. “Structuring Relations in On-the-Job Networks.” Social Networks 18:4767.
Handel, Michael J. 2000. “Is There a Skills Crisis? Trends in Job Skill Requirements,
Technology, and Wage Inequality in the United States.” Jerome Levy Economics Institute
Working Paper No. 295.
Handlin, Oscar and Mary F. Handlin. 1945. “The Origins of the American Business
Corporation.” Journal of Economic History 5:1-23.
Handy, C. 1995. “Trust and the Virtual Organization.” Harvard Business Review 73(MayJune):40-50.
Hanisch, Kathy A. and Charles L. Hulin. 1991. “General Attitudes and Organizational
Withdrawal: An Evaluation of a Casual Model.” Journal of Vocational Behavior 39:110-128.
Hannan, Michael T. and Glenn Carroll. 1992. Dynamics of Organizational Populations: Density,
Legitimation, and Competition. New York: Oxford University Press.
Hannan, Michael T. and Glenn Carroll. 1995. “Theory Building and Cheap Talk About
Legitimation: Reply to Baum and Powell.” American Sociological Review 60:539-544.
Hannan, Michael T., Glenn Carroll, Elizabeth A. Dundon and John C. Torres. 1995.
“Organizational Evolution in a Multinational Context; Entries of Automobile Manuffacturers in
Belgium, Britain, France, Germany, and Italy.” American Sociological Review 60:509-528.
Hannan, Michael T. and John Freeman. 1977. “The Population Ecology of Organizations.”
American Journal of Sociology 82:929-964.
Hannan, Michael T. and John Freeman. 1984. “Structural Inertia and Organizational Change.”
American Sociological Review 49:149-164.
Hannan, Michael T. and John Freeman. 1988. “The Ecology of Organizational Mortlity:
American Labor Unions, 1836-1985.” American Journal of Sociology 94:25-52.
Hannan, Michael T. and John Freeman. 1988. “Setting the Record Straight on Organizational
Ecology: Rebuttal to Young.” American Journal of Sociology 95:425-438.
Hannan, Michael T. and John Freeman. 1989. Organizational Ecology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard
University Press.
Hansell, Saul. 2000. “Media Megadeal.” New York Times January 11:A1.
Hansen, John Mark. 1991. Gaining Access: Congress and the Farm Lobby, 1919-1981. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Hansen, Morten T. 1999. “The Search-Transfer Problem: The Role of Weak Ties in Sharing
Knowledge across Organization Subunits.” Administrative Science Quarterly 44:82-111.
Hansen, Morten T. 2002. “Knowledge Networks: Explaining Effective Knowledge Sharing in
Multiunit Companies.” Organization Science 13:232-249.
Hansmann, Henry. 1990. “When Does Worker Ownership Work? ESOPs, Law Firms,
Codetermination, and Economic Democracy.” Yale Law Journal 99:1749-1816.
Harary, Frank. 1959. “Graph Theoretic Methods in the Management Sciences.” Management
Science 5:387-403.
Harbison, John R. and Peter Pekar Jr. 1998. Smart Alliances: A Practical Guide to Repeatable
Success. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Hardy, Cynthia, Nelson Phillips and T. Lawrence. 1998. “Distinguishing Trust and Power in
Interorganizational Relations: Forms and Facades of Trust.” Pp. 64-87 in Trust Within and
Between Organizations: Conceptual Issues and Empirical Applications, edited by Christel Lane
and Reinhard Bachmann. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Hargadon, A., and Sutton, R. 1997. Technology brokering and innovation in a product
development firm. Administrative Science Quarterly, 42(4), 716-749.
Harland, C.M. 1996. “Supply Chain Management: Relationships, Chains and Networks.” British
Journal of Management 7:63-80.
Harland, C.M. 1996. “Supply Network Strategies: The Case of Health Supplies.” European
Journal of Purchasing and Supply Management 2(4):183-192.
Harmon, Roy L. 1992. Reinventing the Factory II: Managing the World Class Factory. New
York: Free Press.
Harrigan, Katherine R. 1985. Strategies for Joint Ventures. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books.
Harrigan, Katheine R. 1988. “Joint Ventures and Competitive Strategy.” Strategic Management
Journal 9:141-158.
Harrigan, Katherine R. 1988. “Strategic Alliances and Partner Asymmetries.” Pp. 205-226 in
Cooperative Strategies in International Business, edited by F. J. Contractor and P. Lorange.
Lexington Books, Lexington MA.
Harris, M. and A. Raviv. “The Theory of Capital Structure.” Journal of Finance 46(2):297-352.
Harris, R.C., R.C. Insigna, J. Morone and M.J. Werle. 1996. “The Virtual R&D Laboratory.”
Research Technology Management 39(2):32-36.
Harrison, Bennett. 1994. Lean and Mean: The Changing Landscape of Corporate Power in the
Age of Flexibility. New York: Basic Books.
Harrison, Bennett. 1997. Lean and Mean: The Changing Landscape of Corporate Power in the
Age of Flexibility. 2nd Edition. New York: Guilford Press.
*Harrison, Bennett, Maryellen R. Kelley and Jon Gant. 1996. “Innovative Firm Behavior and
Local Milieu: Exploring the Intersection of Agglomeration, Firm Effects, and Technological
Change.” Economic Geography 72:233-258.
Harrison, Kathryn and George Hoberg. 1991. “Setting the Environmental Agenda in Canada and
the United States: The Cases of Dioxin and Radon.” Canadian Journal of Political Science 24:327.
Hart, Oliver D. 1995. Firms, Contracts, and Financial Structure. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Hart, David M. and David G. Victor. 1993. “Scientific Elites and the Making of US Policy for
Climate Change Research, 1957-74.” Social Studies of Science 23:643-680.
Hartman, Roseanne L. and David J. Johnson. 1989. “Social Contagion and Multiplexity:
Communication Networks as Predictors of Commitment and Role Ambiguity.” Human
Communications Research 15:523-548.
Hastings, Colin. 1993. The New Organization: Growing the Culture of Organizational
Networking. London: McGraw-Hill.
Hatch, Mary Jo. 1993. “The Dynamics of Organizational Culture.” Academy of Management
Review 18:657-693.
Hatch, Mary Jo. 1997. Organization Theory: Modern, Symbolic, and Postmodern Perspectives.
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Hattiangadi, Anita U. 2000. “Upgrading Workplace Skills: Businesses’ $300 Billion Annual
Investment.” Employment Policy Foundation Issue Backgrounder: April 10.
*Haubrich, Jospeh G. 1994. “Risk Aversion, Performance Pay, and the Principal-Agent
Problem.” Journal of Political Economy 102:258-276.
*Haubrich, Jospeh G. and Ivilina Popova1998. “Executive Compensation: A Calibration
Approach.” Economic Theory 12:561-581.
Haugland, Sven. 1999. “Factors Influencing the Duration of International Buyer-Seller
Relatioships.” Journal of Business Research 46:273-28.
Haunschild, Pamela R. 1993. “Interorganizational Imitation: The Impact of Interlocks on
Corporate Acquisition Activity.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:564-92.
Haunschild, Pamela R. 1994. “How Much is That Company Worth? Interorganizational
Relationships, Uncertainty, and Acquisition Premiums.” Administrative Science Quarterly
39:391-411.
Haunschild, Pamela R. and Christine M. Beckman. 1998. “When Do Interlocks Matter?
Alternate Sources of Information and Interlock Influence.” Administrative Science Quarterly
43:815-844.
Haunschild, Pamela R. and Anne S. Miner. 1997. “Modes of Interorganizational Imitation: The
Effects of Outcome Salience and Uncertainty.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:472-500.
Hausman, Jerry and William Taylor. 1981. “Panel Data and Unobservable Individual Effects.”
Econometrica 49:1377-1398.
Haveman, Heather. 1992. “Between a Rock and a Hard Place: Organizational Change and
Performance Under Conditions of Fundamental Environmental Transformation.” Administrative
Science Quarterly 37:48-75.
Haveman, Heather. 1993. “Organizational Size and Change: Diversification in the Savings and
Loan Industry After Deregulation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:20-50.
Haveman, Heather. 1993. “Follow the Leader: Isomorphism and Entry into New Markets.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 38:593-627.
Haveman, Heather A. and Hayagreeva Rao 1997. “Institutional and Organizational Coevolution
in the Thrift Industry.” American Journal of Sociology 102:1606-1651.
Hawley, James P. 1995. “Political Voice, Fiduciary Activism, and the Institutional Ownership of
U.S. Corporations: The Role of Public and Noncorporate Pension Funds.” Sociological
Perspectives 38:415-435.
Hawley, Willis D. and Beryl A. Radin. 1988. Politics of Federal Reorganization: Creating the
U.S. Department of Education. Oxford: Elsevier.
Hayes, Robert H. and Gary P. Pisano. 1994. “Beyond World-Class: The New Manufacturing
Strategy.” Harvard Business Review Jan.-Feb. 77-86.
Hayghe, Howard. 1988. “Employers and Child Care: What Roles Do They Play?” Monthly Labor
Review 111:38-44.
Hays, Laurie. 1995. “The Outsider’’s New In Crowd: Five IBM Lifers.” Wall Street Journal
January 12:B1.
Haythornthwaite, Caroline and Barry Wellman. 1998. “Work, Friendship and Media Use for
Information Exchange in a Networked Organization.” Journal of the American Society for
Information Science 49(12):1101-1114.
Hearn, Jeff and Wendy Parkin. 1995. ‘Sex’ at ‘Work’: The Power and Paradox of Organization
Sexuality. New York: St. Martin’s Press.
Heckman, James J. 1976. “A Life Cycle Model of Earnings, Learning, and Consumption.”
Journal of Political Economy 84:S11-44.
Heckman, James J. 1976. “The Common Structure of Statistical Models of Truncation, Sample
Selection and Limited Dependent Variables and a Simple Estimator for Such Models.” Annals of
Economic and Social Measurement 5:.
Heckman, James J. 1978. “Dummy Endogenous Variables in a Simultaneous Equation System.”
Econometrica 46:931-959.
Heckman, James J. 1979. “Sample Selection Bias as a Specification Error.” Econometrica
47:153-161.
Heckman, James J. 1980. “Sample Selection Bias as a Specification Error with an Application to
the Estimation of Labor Supply Functions.” Pp. 206-248 in Female Labor Supply: Theory and
Estimation, edited by James P. Smith. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Heckman, James J. and V. Joseph Hotz. 1986. “An Investigation of the Labor Market Earnings
of Panamanian Males: Evaluating the Sources of Inequality.” Journal of Human Resources
21:507-542.
Heckman, James J., Joseph Hotz and Marcelo Dabos. 1987. “Do We Need Experimental Data to
Evaluate the Impact of Manpower Training on Earnings?” Evaluation Review 11:395-427.
Heckman, James J. and Richard Robb. 1985. “Alternative Methods for Evaluating the Impact of
Interventions.” Pp. in Longitudinal Analysis of Labor Market Data, edited by James J. Heckman
and Burton Singer. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Heckman, James J. and Richard Robb. 1986. “Alternative Identifying Assumptions for
Evaluating the Impact of Interventions.” Pp. 243-287 in Advances in Econometrics: Innovations
in Quantitative Economics, edited by D. Slottje. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Heckman, James J. and Guilherme Sedlacek. 1985. “Heterogeneity, Aggregation, and Market
Wage Functions: An Empirical Model of Self-Selection in the Labor Market.” Journal of
Political Economy 93:1077-1125.
Heckman, James J. and Gulherme L. Sedlacek. 1990. “Self-Selection and the Distribution of
Hourly Wages.” Journal of Labor Economics 8:S329-S363.
Heckscher, Charles. 1995. White-Collar Blues: Management Loyalties in an Age of Corporate
Restructuring. New York: Basic Books.
Hedstrom, Peter, Rickard Sandell, and Charlotta Stern. 2000. “Mesolevel Networks and the
Diffusion of Social Movements: The Case of the Swedish Social Democratic Party.” American
Journal of Sociology, 106(1):145-72.
Hugh Heclo. 1978. ““Issue Networks and the Executive Establishment.” Pp. 87-124 in The New
American Political System, edited by Anthony King. Washington:American Enterprise Institute.
Heide, J. B. 1994. “Interorganizational Governance in Marketing Channels.” Journal of
Marketing 58:71-85.
Heide, J. B. and John, G. (1988), “The role of dependence balancing in safeguarding transactionspecific assets in conventional channels”, Journal of Marketing, Vol. 52, pp. 20-35.
Heide, J.B. and George John. 1990. “Alliances in Industrial Purchasing: The Determinanets of
Joint Action in Buyer-Supplier Relationships.” Journal of Marketing Research 27:24-36.
Heider, Fritz. 1946. “Attitudes and Cognitive Organization.” Journal of Psychology 21:107-112.
Heinz, John P., Edward O. Laumann, Robert L. Nelson and Robert H. Salisbury. 1993. The
Hollow Core: Private Interests in National Policymaking. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Heisler, William J., W. David Jones and Philip O. Benham, Jr. 1988. Managing Human
Resources Issues: Confronting Challenges and Choosing Options. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Held, David, Anthony McGrew, david Goldblatt and Johnathan Perraton. 1999. Global
Transformations: Politics, Economic and Culture. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Heller, Frank, Eugen Pusic, George Strauss and Bernhard Wilpert. 1998. Organizational
Participation: Myth and Reality. New York: Oxford University Press.
Helper, Susan. 1990. “Comparative Supplier Relations in the U.S. and Japanese Auto Industries:
An Exit-Voice Approach.” Business Economic History 19:153-162.
*Helper, Susan. 1991. “Strategy and Irreversibility in Supplier Relations: The Case of the U.S.
Automobile Industry.” Business History Review 65:781-824.
Helper, Susan. 1993. “An Exit-Voice Analysis of Supplier Relations: The Case of the US
Automobile Industry.” Pp. 141-160 in The Embedded Firm, edited by Gernot Grabher. London:
Routledge.
Helper, Susan and David Levine. 1992. “Long-term Supplier Relations and Product-Market
Structure.” Journal of Law, Economics and Organization 8:561-582.
Henderson, Rebecca M. and Kim B. Clark. 1990. “Architectural Innovation: The Reconfiguration
of Existing Product Technology and the Failure of Established Firms.” Administrative Science
Quarterly 35:9-31.
Hennart, Jean-Francois. 1988. “A Transaction Costs Theory of Equity Joint Ventures.” Strategic
Management Journal 9:361-374.
*Hennart, Jean-Francois. 1991. “The Transaction Costs Theory of Joint Ventures.” Management
Science 37:483-497.
Hennart, Jean-Francois. 1993. “Explaining the Swollen Middle: Why Most Transactions are a
Mix of ‘Market’ and ‘Hierarchy’.” Organization Science 4:529-547.
*Hennart, Jean-Francois and Sabine Reddy. 1997. “The Choice Between Mergers/Acquisitions
and Joint Ventures: The Case of Japanese Investors in the United States.” Strategic Management
Journal 18:1-12.
Herman, Edward S. 1981. Corporate Control, Corporate Power. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Herrigel, Gary. 1993. “Power and the Redefinition of Industrial Districts; The Case of BadenWürttemberg.” Pp. 227-251 in The Embedded Firm, edited by Gernot Grabher. London:
Routledge.
Herrigel, Gary. 1996. Industrial Constructions: The Sources of German Industrial Power. New
York: Cambridge University Press.
*Heydebrand, Wolf V. 1989. “New Organizational Forms.” Work and Occupations 16:323-57.
Hickson, D.J., C.R. Hinings, C.A. Lee, R.E. Schneck and J.M. Pennings. 1971. “A Strategic
Contingencies’ Theory of Intraorganizational Power.” Administrative Science Quarterly 16:216229.
Higgins, Monica C. 2001. “Reconceptualizing Mentoring at Work: A Developmental Network
Perspective.” Academy of Management Review 26:264-288.
Hill, M. Anne and June E. O’Neill. 1992. “Intercohort Change in Women’s Labor Market
Status.” Research in Labor Economics 13:215-86.
Hill, C.W. 1990. “Cooperation, Opportunism, and the Invisible Hand: Implications for
Transaction Cost Theory.” Academy of Management Review 15:500-513.
Hill, Charles W. and Thomas M. Jones. 1992. “Stakeholder-Agency Theory.” Journal of
Management Studies 29:131-154.
Hill, Stephen. 1991. “Why Quality Circles Failed but Total Quality Management Might
Succeed.” British Journal of Industrial Relations 29:541-568.
Hill, Stephen. 1995. “The Social Organization of Boards of Directors.” British Journal of
Sociology 46:245-278.
Hinings, C.R., D.J. Hickson, J.M. Pennings and R.E. Schneck. 1974. “Structural Conditions of
Intraorganizational Power.” Administrative Science Quarterly 19:22-44.
Hinings, C.R., Royston Greenwood, Patricia Reay and Roy Suddaby. 1997. “The Reconstruction
of an Organizational Field: The Case of Business Services.” Paper presented at 13th EGOS
Colloquium, Budapest.
Hinterhuber, H.H. and B.M. Levin. 1994. “Strategic Networks: The Organization of the Future.”
Long Range Planning 3:43-53.
Hipple, Steven. 1998. “Contingent Work: Results from the Second Survey.” Monthly Labor
Review November:22-35.
Hirsch, Paul M. 1997. “Sociology Without Social Structure: Neoinstitutional Theory Meets
Brave New World.” American Journal of Sociology 102:1702-1723.
Hirschman, Albert O. 1970. Exit, Voice, and Loyalty: Responses to Decline in Firms,
Organizations, and States. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
*Hirst, Paul. 1995. “Quangos and Democratic Government.” Parliamentary Affairs 48:341-359.
Hochschild, Arlie with Anne Machung. 1989. The Second Shift: Working Parents and the
Revolution at Home. New York: Viking.
Hodge, B.J. and William P. Anthony. 1991. Organization Theory: A Strategic Approach. Fourth
Ed. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.
Hodgetts, Richard M., Fred Luthans and Sang M. Lee. 1994. “New Paradigm Organizations:
From Total Quality to Learning to World-Class.” Organizational Dynamics 22(Winter):5-19.
Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1993. Economics and Evolution. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan
Press.
Hodson, Randy. 1978. “Labor Monopoly, Competitive, and State Sectors of Production.” Politics
and Society 8:429-480.
Hodson, Randy and Robert L. Kaufman. 1982 “Economic Dualism: A Critical Review.”
American Sociological Review 47:727-739.
*Hoffman, Alan N., Timothy M. Stearns and Charles B. Shrader. 1990. “Structure, Context, and
Centrality in Interorganizational Networks.” Journal of Business Research 20:333-47.
Hojnacki, Marie. 1997. “Interest Groups’ Decisions to Join Alliances or Work Alone.” American
Journal of Political Science 41:61-87.
Holmstrom, B.R. and J. Tirole. 1989. “The Theory of the Firm.” Pp. 61-133 in Handbook of
Industrial Organization, Vol. 1, edited by R. Schmalensee and R.D. Willig. Amsterdam: North
Holland.
Holzer, Harry J. 1990. “The Determinants of Employee Productivity and Earnings.” Industrial
Relations 29:403-422.
Holzer, Harry J. and David Neumark. 1998. “Are Affirmative Action Hires Less Qualified?
Evidence From Employer-Employee Data on New Hires.” Journal of Labor Economics 17: 534569.
Homer. 1996. The Odyssey. Translated by Robert Fagles. New York: Viking.
Hooghe, Liesbet (ed.). 1996. Cohesion Policy and European Integration: Building Multi-Level
Governance. Oxord: Clarendon Press.
Hooghe, Liesbet and Gary Marks. 2001. Multi-Level Governance and European Integration.
Boulder, CO: Rowman & Littlefield.
Hopt, Klaus J. and Gunther Teubner (eds.) 1984. Corporate governance and directors’ liabilities:
legal, economic, and sociological analyses on corporate social responsibility. New York: Walter
de Gruyter.
Horowitz, Carl. 1998. “Do We Have the Right Workers to Staff a High-Tech Economy?”
Investor’s Business Daily: January 21.
Hosmer, L.T. 1995. “Trust: The Connecting Link Between Organisational Theory and
Philosophical Ethics.” Academy of Management Review 20:379-403.
Hostede, Geert. 1991. Cultures and Organizations: Software of the Mind. London: McGraw-Hill.
Horan, Patrick M. 1978. “Is Status Attainment Research Atheoretical?” American Sociological
Review 43:534-541.
Horwitz, Morton J. 1987. “Santa Clara Revisited: The Development of Corporate Theory.” Pp.
13-63 in Corporations and Society: Power and Responsibility, edited by Warren J. Samuels and
Arthur S. Miller. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.
Hoskisson, Robert E. and Michael A. Hitt. 1994. Downscoping: How to Tame the Diversified
Firm. New York: Oxford University Press.
Hovenkamp, Herbert. 1991. Enterprise and American Law, 1836-1937. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Howell, David R. and Susan S. Wieler. 1998. “Skill-Biased Demand Shifts and the Wage
Collapse in the United States: A Critical Perspective.” Eastern Economic Journal 24:343-366.
Hubbard, R. Glenn (ed.). 1990. Asymmetric Information, Corporate Finance, and Investment.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Huber, George P. 1991. “Organizational Learning: The Contributing Processes and Literatures.”
Organization Science 2:88-115.
Hula, Kevin W. 1999. Lobbying Together: Interest Group Coalitions in Legislative Politics.
Washington: Georgetown University Press.
Hulsink, Willem. 1999. Privatisation and Liberalisation in European Telecommunications:
comparing Britain, the Netherlands, and France. Londo: Routledge.
Human, Sherrie E. and Keith G. Provan. 1997. “An Emergent Theory of Structure and Outcomes
in Small-Firm Strategic Manufacturing Networks.” Academy of Management Journal 40:368403.
Human, Sherrie E. and Keith G. Provan. 2000. “Legitimacy Building in the Evolution of Smallfirm Multilateral Networks: A Study of Success and Demise.” Administrative Science Quarterly
45:327-365.
Hunt, Shelby D. 1995. “The Resource-Advantage Theory of Competition: Toward Explaining
Productivity and Economic Growth.” Journal of Management Inquiry 4:317-332.
*Hunt, Shelby D. 1997. “Resource-Advantage Theory: An Evolutionary Theory of Competitive
Behavior?” Journal of Economic Issues 31(1):59-77
Hunt, Shelby D. 1997. “Resource-Advantage Theory and the Wealth of Nations.” Journal of
Socio-Economics 26:335-357.
Hunt, Shelby D. 1997. “Evolutionary Economics, Endogenous Growth Models, and ResourceAdvantage Theory.” Eastern Economic Journal 23(4):427-441.
*Hunt, Shelby D. and Robert M. Morgan. 1995. “A Comparative Advantage Theory of
Competition.” Journal of Marketing 59(2):1-15
Hunt, Shelby D. and Robert M. Morgan. 1996. “The Resource-Advantage Theory of
Competition: Dynamics, Path Dependencies, and Evolutionary Dimensions.” Journal of
Marketing 60(3):107-114.
Hunt, Shelby D. and Robert M. Morgan. 1997. “The Resource-Advantage Theory: A Snake
Swallowing Its Tail or a General Theory of Competition?” Journal of Marketing 61(3):74-82.
Hunt, Shelby D. and Robert M. Morgan. 1997. “Resource-Advantage Theory: A General Theory
of Competition?” Journal of Marketing 61(4):74-82.
Hunter, Floyd. 1953. Community Power Structure. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North
Carolina Press.
Hunter, Starling D., Arie Y. Lewin, Tomoaki Sakano and Timothy N. Carroll. 1997.
“Information Technology and New Organization Forms: A Cross-Cultural Analysis of U.S. and
Japanese Retailers.” Durham, NC: Fuqua School of Business, Duke University.
Hurlbert, Jeanne S. 1991. “Social Networks, Social Circles, and Job Satisfaction.” Work and
Occupations 18:415-430.
Hurlbert, Jeanne S., Valerie A. Haines, and John J. Beggs. 2000. “Core Networks and Tie
Activation: What Kinds of Routine Networks Allocate Resources in Nonroutine Situations?”
American Sociological Review 65:598-618.
Hurst, David K. 1995. Crisis and Renewal: Meeting the Challenge of Organizational Change.
Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Hurst, James W. 1970. The Legitimacy of the Business Corporation in the Law of the United
States, 1780-1970. Charlottesville, VA: University of Virginia Press.
Huselid, Mark A. 1995. “The Impact of Human Resource Management Practices on Turnover,
Productivity, and Corporate Financial Performance.” Academy of Management Journal 38:635672.
Huselid, Mark A. and Brian E. Becker. 1996. “Methodological Issues in Cross-Sectional and
Panel Estimates of the Human Resource-Firm Performance Link.” Industrial Relations 35:400422.
Iacobucci, Dawn. 1996. Networks in Marketing. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Iacobucci, Dawn and Amy Ostrom. 1996. “Commercial and Interpersonal Relationships: Using
the Structure of Interpersonal Relationships to Understand Individual-to-Individual, Individualto-Firm, and Firm-to-Firm Relationships in Commerce.” International Journal of Research in
Marketing 13:53-72.
Iacobucci, Dawn and N. Hopkins. 1992. “Modeling Dyadic Interactions and Networks in
Marketing.” Journal of Marketing Research 29:5-17.
Ibarra, Herminia. 1992. “Homophily and Differential Returns: Sex Differences in Network
Structure and Access in an Advertising Firm.” Administrative Science Quarterly 37:422-447.
Ibarra, Herminia. 1992. “Structural Alignments, Individual Strategies, and Managerial Action:
Elements Toward a Network Theory of Getting Things Done.” Pp. 165-188 in Networks and
Organizations: Structure, Form and Action, edited by Nitin Nohria and Robert G. Eccles. Boston,
MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Ibarra, Herminia. 1993. “Untangling the Web of Interconnections: An Exploration of Competing
Explanations for Gender Differences in Managerial Networks.” Cambridge, MA: Harvard
University Graduate School of Business Administration mimeo.
*Ibarra, Herminia. 1993. “Personal Networks of Women and Minorities in Management: A
Conceptual Framework.” Academy of Management Review 18:56-87.
*Ibarra, Herminia. 1993. “Network Centrality, Power and Innovation Involvement: Determinants
of Technical and Administrative Roles.” Academy of Management Journal 36:471-501.
Ibarra, Herminia. 1995. “Race, Opportunity, and Diversity of Social Circles in Managerial
Networks.” Academy of Management Journal 38:673-701.
Ibarra, Herminia. 1997. “Paving an Alternative Route: Gender Differences in Managerial
Networks.” Social Psychology Quarterly 60:91-102.
Ibarra, Herminia and Steven B. Andrews. 1993. “Power, Social Influence and Sense Making:
Effects of Network Centrality and Proximity on Employee Perceptions.” Administrative Science
Quarterly 38:277-303.
Ichbiah, Daniel and Susan L. Knepper. 1991. The Making of Microsoft: How Bill Gates and His
Team Created the World’s Most Successful Software Company. Rocklin, CA: Prima Publishing.
Ichniowski, Casey, Thomas A. Kochan, David Levine, Craig Olson and George Strauss. 1996.
“What Works at Work: Overview and Assessment.” Industrial Relations 35:299-333.
Ichniowski, Casey, David I. Levine, Craig Olson and George Strauss (eds.). 2000. The American
Workplace: Skills, Compensation, and Employee Involvement. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Ichniowski, Casey, Kathryn Shaw and Giovanna Prennushi. 1997. “The Effects of Human
Resource Management Practices on Productivity: A Study of Steel Finishing Lines.” American
Economic Review 87:291-313.
Idson, Todd L. 1989. “Establishment Size Differentials in Internal Mobility.” Review of
Economics and Statistics 71:721-724.
Idson, Todd L. 1990. “Establishment Size, Job Satisfaction and the Structure of Work.” Applied
Economics 22:1007-1018.
Idson, Todd L. and Daniel J. Feaster. 1990. “A Selectivity Model of Employer-Size Wage
Differentials.” Journal of Labor Economics 8:99-122.
Illes, Louise Moser. 1996. Sizing Down: Chronicle of a Plant Closing. Ithaca, NY: Cornell
University Press.
Ingber, Donald. 1998. “The Architecture of Life.” Scientific American (January):48-57
Ingram, Paul. 2002. “Interorganizational Learning.” Pp. 642-663 in The Blackwell Companion to
Organizations, edited by Joel A. C. Baum. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
*Ingram, Paul and Tal Simons. 1995. “Institutional and Resource Dependence Determinants of
Responsiveness to Work-Family Issues.” Academy of Management Journal 5:1466-1482.
Inkpen, Andrew. 1995. The Management of International Joint Ventures: An Organizational
Learning Perspective. London: Routledge.
Inkpen, Andrew C. and Beamish, Paul W. 1997. “Knowledge, Bargaining Power, and the Instability of International Joint Ventures.” Academy of Management Review 22:177-202.
Internal Revenue Service. 1996. “1995, Exempt Organizations and Other Entities Listed on
Exempt Organizations and Business Master File. 1995 IRS Annual Data Book Report. Format
123 ver. 1a, Excel ver. 4.”<http://www.irs.gov/tax_stats/soi/ex_iad.html> (March 30, 2000).
Internal Revenue Service. 1999. “1994-1997, Exempt Organizations and Other Entities Listed on
Exempt Organization Business Master File. 1997 IRS Annual Data Book. Format Lotus 123 ver.
1a, Excel ver. 4.”<http://www.irs.gov/tax_stats/soi/ex_iad.html> (March 30, 2000).
Ireland, Paddy. 1996. “Corporate Governance, Stakeholding, and the Company: Towards a Less
Degenerate Capitalism?’ Journal of Law and Society 23(3):287-320.
*Isabella, Lynn A. 1989. “Downsizing: Survivors’ Assessments.” Business Horizons (May-June)
35-41.
Ishikawa, Kaoru. 1985. What is Total Quality Control? The Japanese Way. Englewood Cliffs,
NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Jackman, Richard. 1995 “Unemployment and Wage Inequality in OECD.” London School of
Economics, Centre for Economic Performance Discussion Paper: 235
Jackson, Matthew O. and Asher Wolinsky. 1996. “A Strategic Model of Social and Economic
Networks.” Journal of Economic Theory 71:44-74.
Jackson, Tony. 1998. “Shareholder Value: Obstacles May Be More Deep-Seated Than
Expected.” Financial Times May 14:10.
Jackson, Tim. 1997. Inside Intel: Andy Grove and the Rise of the World’s Most Powerful Chip
Company. New York: Dutton.
Jacob, Real. 1999. “The Employee Training and Development Function and Diffuse Innovation.
Some Thoughts and Proposals.” (La Fonction formation et developpement de la main-d’oeuvre et
l’innovation diffuse: Quelques Pistes de reflexion et d’action.) Relations industrielles/Industrial
Relations 54:472-488.
Jacobs, David. 1974. “Dependency and Vulnerability: An Exchange Approach to the Control of
Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 19:45-59.
Jacobs D.M., Useem M. and Zald M., 1991, Firms, Industries, and Politics, Research in Political
Sociology 5
Jacobs, Jerry A., Marie Lukens and Michael Useem. 1995. “Organizational, Job and Individual
Determinants of Workplace Training: Evidence from the National Organizations Survey.” Social
Science Quarterly 77:159-76.
Jacobson, C., S. Lenway and Peter Smith Ring. 1993. “The Political Embeddedness of Private
Economic Transactions: Implications for Entry Mode Strategies.” Journal of Management
Studies 30:453-478.
Jacoby, Sanford. 1985. Employing Bureaucracy: Managers, Unions, and the Transformation of
Work in American Industry, 1900-1945. New York: Columbia University Press.
Jacoby, Sanford M. 1990. “The New Institutionalism: What Can It Learn from the Old?”
Industrial Relations 29:316-340.
Jaeger, David A. and Ann Huff Stevens. 1998. “Is Job Stability in the United States Falling?
Reconciling Trends in the Current Population Survey and Panel Study of Income Dynamics.”
Paper presented at the Russell Sage Foundation Conference on Job Stability and Security.
Jaffe, Adam B. 1986. “Technological Opportunity and Spillovers of R&D: Evidence from Firms’
Patents, Profits, and Market Value.” American Economic Review 76(5):984-1002.
Jaffe, Adam, Manuel Trajtenberg, and Rebecca Henderson. 1993. “Geographic Localization of
Knowledge Spillovers, as Evidence by Patent Citations.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 108:
577-598.
Jägers, H.P.M. and Jansen, W., Het ontwerpen van effectieve organisaties (Designing Effective
Organizations), Stenfert Kroese, Leiden, 1991
Jägers, H.P.M., W. Jansen and G.C.A. Steenbakkers, Characteristics of Virtual Organizations, in:
Organizational Virtualness, P.Sieber et al. (eds.), Simowa Verlag, Bern, 1998
James, Erika Hayes. 2000. “Race-Related Differences in Promotions and Support: Underlying
Effects of Human and Social Capital.” Organization Science 11:493-.
Jamison, Mark A. 1998. “Emerging Patterns in Global Telecommunications Alliances and
Mergers.” Industrial and Corporate Change 7: 695-713.
Jansen, W., H.P.M. Jägers and G.C.A. Steenbakkers, Knowledge, interdependence and
Information Technology in Networks, an analysis of networks and virtual organizations,
PrimaVera Working Paper 97-08, University of Amsterdam, May 1997.
Jansen, W., H.P.M. Jägers and G.C.A. Steenbakkers. 1998. “Coordination and Use of ICT in
Virtual Organisations.” Paper presented to 14th EGOS Colloquium, Maastricht, The Netherlands.
*Jarley, Paul and Cheryl L. Maranto. 1990. “Union Corporate Campaigns: An Assessment.”
Industrial and Labor Relations Review 43:505-524.
*Jarrell, Gregg A., James A. Brickley and Jeffrey N. Netter. 1988. “The Market for Corporation
Control: The Empirical Evidence Since 1980.” Journal of Financial Economics 19:127-168.
*Jarillo, José Carlos. 1988. “On Strategic Networks.” Strategic Management Journal 9:31-41.
Jarillo, José Carlos. 1993. Strategic Networks: Creating the Borderless Organization. Oxford:
Butterworth-Heinemann.
Jarvenpaa, S.L. and T.R. Shaw, Global Virtual Teams: Integrating Models of Trust, in:
Organizational Virtualness, P.Sieber et al. (eds.), Simowa Verlag, Bern, 1998
Jasic, Teo. 1998. “Testing for Nonlinearity and Deterministic Chaos in Monthly Japanese Stock
Market Data.” Zagreb International Review of Economics and Business 1:61-82.
Jencks, Christopher, Susan Barlett et al. 1979. Who Gets Ahead? The Determinants of Economic
Success in America. New York: Basic Books.
*Jensen, Michael C. 1988. “Takeovers: Their Causes and Consequences.” Journal of Economic
Perspectives 2:21-48.
Jensen, Michael C. 1998. Foundations of Organizational Strategy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard
University Press.
Jensen, Michael C. and William H. Meckling. 1976. “Theory of the Firm: Managerial Behavior,
Agency Cost and Ownership Structure.” Journal of Financial Economics 3:305-60.
Jensen, Michael C. and Kevin J. Murphy. 1990. “Performance Pay and Top-Management
Incentives.” Journal of Political Economy 98:225-264.
Jensen, Michael C. and Richard S. Ruback. 1983. “The Market for Corporate Control: The
Scientific Evidence.” Journal of Financial Economics 11:5-50.
Jepperson, Ronald L. and John W. Meyer. 1991. “The Public Order and the Construction of Formal
Organizations.” Pp. 204-231 in The New Institutionalism in Organizational Analysis, edited by
Paul J. DiMaggio and Walter W. Powell. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Jermier, John M., David Knights and Walter R. Nord (eds.). 1994. Resistance and Power in
Organizations. London: Routledge.
Johansen, Lars H. 1999. “Employer Collective Organization and Training: A Theoretical
Analysis of Implications and Conditions for Employers’ Collective Action.” Paper presented at
the 11th International Conference of the Society for the Advancement of Socio-Economics, July
8-11, Madison, Wisconsin.
Johannisson, Bengt. 1987. “Anarchists and Organizers: Entrepreneurs in a Network Perspective.”
International Studies of Management and Organization 17:49-63.
Johanson, Jan and Lars-Gunnar Mattsson. 1985. “Marketing and Market Investments in
Industrial Networks.” International Journal of Research in Marketing 2(3):185-195.
Johanson, Jan and Lars-Gunnar Mattsson. 1986. ‘Inter-organisational Relations in Industrial
Systems - A Network Approach compared with the Transaction Cost approach, working paper
from IMPG Uppsala, Sweden, later published in Thompson, G., Frances, J., Levacic, J. and
Mitchell, J. (eds) (1991)
Johanson, Jan and Lars-Gunnar Mattsson. 1987. “Interorganizational Relations in Industrial
Systems: A Network Approach Compared with the Transaction-Cost Approach.” International
Studies of Management and Organization 18:34-48.
Johanson, J. and Lars-Gunnar Mattsson. 1988. “Internationalisation in industrial systems, a
network approach”, In N. Hood and J. E. Vahlne (Eds.), Strategies in Global Competition, pp.
287-314, Croom Helm, London.
Johanson, J. and Lars-Gunnar Mattsson. 1992. “Network positions and strategic action, an
analytical framework.” Pp. 205-217 in Industrial Networks. A New View of Reality, edited by B.
Axelsson and G. Easton. London: Routledge.
Johanson, Jan and Lars-Gunnar Mattsson. 1994. “The Markets-as-Networks Tradition in
Sweden.” Pp. in Research Traditions in Marketing, edited by G. Laurent, G. Lilien and B. Pras.
Boston, MA: Kluwer.
Johansen, Robert and Rob Swigart. 1994. Upsizing the Individual in the Downsized
Organization:Managing in the Wake of Reengineering, Globalization, and Overwhelming
Technological Change. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
John, Peter. 2001. “Policy Networks.” Pp. in Blackwell Companion to Political Sociology,
edited by Kate Nash and Alan Scott. Malden, MA: Blackwell.
John, Peter and Alistair Cole. 2000. “When Do Institutions, Policy Sectors, and Cities Matter?
Comparing Networks of Local Policy Makers in Britain and France.” Comparative Political
Studies 33:248-268.
Johnson, Chalmers. 1988. “Japanese-Style Management in America.” California Management
Review 30(4):34-45.
Johnson, Ian. 1997. “Latest Merger Boom is Happening in China, and Bears Watching.” Wall
Street Journal July 30:A1.
*Johnson, Jean L., John B. Cullen, Tomoaki Sakano and Hideyuki Takenouchi. 1996. “Setting
the Stage for Trust and Strategic Integration in Japanese-U.S. Cooperative Alliances.” Journal of
International Business Studies 27:981-1004.
Johnson, Robert. 1999. “Some Employers Lift Hiring Standards Amid Labor Shortage, Weak
Applicants.” Wall Street Journal February 17.
Johnson, Thomas and F. J. Hebein. 1974. “Investment in Human Capital and the Growth of
Personal Income.” American Economic Review 64:
Johnson, William B. and Arnold E. Packer. 1987. Workforce 2000: Work and Workers for the
Twenty-First Century. Indianapolis, IN: Hudson Institute.
Johnston, R and P.R. Lawrence. 1988. “Beyond Verical Integration: The Rise of Value Adding
Partnerships.” Harvard Business Review 66(4):94-101.
Jones, Candace. 1996. “Careers in Project Networks: The Case of the Film Industry.” Pp. 58-75
in The Boundaryless Career: A New Employment Principle for a New Organizational Era, edited
by Michael B. Arthur and Denise M. Rousseau. New York: Oxford University Press.
Jones, Candace and R.J. DeFillippi. 1996. “Back to the Future in Film: Combining Industry- and
Self-Knowledge to Meet Career Challenges of the 21st century.” Academy of Management
Executive 10(4):89-104.
Jones, Candace and William S. Hesterly. 1993. “Network Organization: An Alternative
Governance Form or a Glorified Market?” Atlanta, GA: Paper presented to annual meetings of
the Academy of Management.
Jones, Candace, William S. Hesterly and Stephen P. Borgatti. 1997. “A General Theory of
Network Governance: Exchange Conditions and Social Mechanisms.” Academy of Management
Review 22:911-945.
Jones, Del. 1997. “Industries Crying Out for Help Wanted” USA Today: May 5.
Jones, F.L. 1983. “On Decomposing the Wage Gap: A Critical Comment on Blinder’s Method.”
Journal of Human Resources 18:126-130.
Jones, Thomas M. 1995. “Instrumental Stakeholder Theory: A Synthesis of Ethics and
Economics.”Academy of Management Review 20:404-437.
Jonsson, C. 1986. “Interorganization Theory and International Organization.” International
Studies Quarterly 30:39-57.
Jordan, Grant. 1990. “Sub-government, Policy Communities and Networks: Refilling the Old
Bottles?” Journal of Theoretical Politics 2(3):319-338.
Jordan, Grant and Klaus Schubert. 1992. “A Preliminary Ordering of Policy Network Labels.”
European Journal of Political Research 21:7-27.
Jordan, A.G. and J.J. Richardson. 1992. Government and Presure Groups in Britain. Oxford:
Clarendon Press.
Jorgensen, Helene and Hans Riemer. 2000. “Permatemps: Young temp workers as permanent
second class employees.” American Prospect 11(August 14, 2000):38-40.
Judis, John B. 1992. “The Pressure Elite: Inside the Narrow World of Advocacy Group Politics.”
The American Prospect 9:15-29.
Juran, Joseph. Juran on Planning for Quality. New York: Free Press.
Kadushin, Charles. 1995. “Friendship among the French Financial Elite.” American Sociological
Review 60:202-221.
Kale, Prashant, Harbir Singh and Howard Perlmutter. 2000. “Learning and Protection of
Proprietary Assets in Strategic Alliances: Building Relational Capital.” Strategic Management
Journal 21:217-237.
Kalleberg, Arne L. 2000. “Nonstandard Employment Relations: Part-time, Temporary and
Contract Work.” Annual Review of Sociology 26:341-365.
Kalleberg, Arne L. and Ivar Berg. 1987. Work and Industry: Structures, Markets and Processes.
New York: Plenum.
Kalleberg, Arne L., David Knoke and Peter V. Marsden. 1995. “Interorganizational Networks
and the Changing Employment Contract.” Connections 18:32-49.
Kalleberg, Arne L., David Knoke, Peter V. Marsden, and Joe L. Spaeth. 1996. Organizations in
America: Analyzing Their Structures and Human Resource Practices. Newbury Park, CA: Sage
Publications.
Kalleberg, Arne L. and James R. Lincoln. 1998. “The Structure of Earnings Inequality in the
United States and Japan.” American Journal of Sociology 94:S121-S153.
Kalleberg, Arne L., Peter V. Marsden, Howard E. Aldrich and James W. Cassell. 1990.
“Comparing Organizational Sampling Frames.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:658-688.
Kalleberg, Arne L., Barbara F. Reskin and Ken Hudson. 2000.”Bad Jobs in America: Standard
and Nonstandard Employment Relations and Job Quality in the United States.” American
Sociological Review 65: 256-278.
Kalleberg, Arne L., Jeremy Reynolds and Peter V. Marsden. 2000. “Externalizing Employment:
Flexible Staffing Arrangements in U.S. Organizations.” University of North Carolina mimeo.
Kalleberg, Arne L. and Kathryn Schmidt. 1996. “Contingent Employment in Organizations: PartTime, Temporary, and Subcontracting Relations.” Pp. 253-275 in Organizations in America:
Analyzing Their Structures and Human Resource Practices, by Arne L. Kalleberg, David Knoke,
Peter V. Marsden, and Joe L. Spaeth. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Kalleberg, Arne L., Michael Wallace and Robert P. Althauser. 1981. “Economic Segmentation,
Worker Power, and Income Inequality.” American Journal of Sociology 87:651-683.
Kalleberg, Arne L. and Mark E. Van Buren. 1996. “Is Bigger Better? Explaining the Relationship
Between Organization Size and Job Rewards.” American Sociological Review 61:47-66.
Kamien, Morton I. and Israel Zang. “Competing Research Joint Ventures.” Journal of Economics
and Management Strategy 2:23-40.
Kanigel, Robert. 1997. The One Best Way: Frederick Winslow Taylor and the Enigma of
Efficiency. New York: Viking.
Kanter, Rosabeth Moss. 1977. Men and Women of the Corporation. New York: Basic Books.
Kanter, Rosabeth Moss. 1994. “Collaborative Advantage: The Art of Alliances.” Harvard
Business Review (July-Aug.):96-112.
Kanter, Rosabeth Moss. 1997. On the frontiers of management. Harvard Business Press.
Kanter, Rosabeth Moss, John Kao and Fred Wiersma. 1997. Innovation: Breakthrough Thinking
at 3M, DuPont, GE, Pfizer and Rubbermaid. New York: HarperBusiness.
Kanter, Rosabeth Moss and Paul S. Myers. 1991. “Interorganizational Bonds and
Intraorganizational Behavior: How Alliances and Partnerships Change the Organizations
Forming Them.” Pp. 329-44 in Socioeconomics: Toward a New Synthesis, edited by Amitai
Etzioni and Paul R. Lawrence. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe.
Kanter, Rosabeth Moss, Barry Stein and Todd Jick (eds.). 1992. The Challenge of Organizational
Change: How Companies Experience It and Leaders Guide It. New York: Free Press.
Kaplan, E. L. and P. Meier. 1958. “Nonparametric Estimation from Incomplete Observations.”
Journal of the American Statistical Association 53:457-481.
Kaplan, J. 1995. Startup! A Silicon Valley Adventure. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
*Kaplan, Robert E. 1984. “Trade Routes: The Manager’s Network of Relationships.”
Organizational Dynamics 12(Spring):37-52.
*Kaplan, Steven N. 1994. “Top Executive Rewards and Firm Performance: A Comparison of
Japan and the United States.” Journal of Political Economy 102:510-546.
Karpoff, Jonathan M., Paul H Malatesta and Ralph A. Walking. 1996. “Corporate Governance
and Shareholder Initiatives: Empirical Evidence.” Journal of Financial Economics 42:365-395.
Kappelhoff, Peter. 1989. “Power in Exchange Networks: An Extension and Application of the
Coleman Model of Collective Action.” Paper presented at first European Conference on Social
Network Analysis, Groningen, The Netherlands.
Kappelhoff, Peter. 1992. “Strukturmodelle von Position und Rolle.” Pp. 243-268 in Theorie,
Daten, Methoden, edited by H.-J. Andreß, J. Huinink, H. Meinken, D. Rumianek, W. Sodeur &
G. Sturm. München: R. Oldenbourg Verlag.
Kappelhoff, Peter. 1993. Soziale Tauschsysteme. München: Oldenbourg.
Kappelhoff, Peter. 1995. “Soziale Interaktion als Tausch: Tauschhandlung, Tauschbeziehung,
Tauschsystem, Tauschmoralität.” Ethik und Sozialwissenschaften 6(1):3-13.
Kappelhoff, Peter. 1995. “Interpenetration von Rationalität und Moralität: Die verborgene
Systemtheorie in der individualistischen Soziologie.” Ethik und Sozialwissenschaften 6(1):5767.
Kappelhoff, Peter. 1995. “Macht in Politiknetzwerken - Modellvergleich und Entwurf eines
allgemeinen Entscheidungsmodells.” Pp. 24-51 in Netzwerke und Politikproduktion, edited by D.
Jansen & K. Schubert. Marburg: Schüren Presseverlag.
Kappelhoff, Peter. 1997. “Rational Choice, Macht und die korporative Organisation der
Gesellschaft.” Pp. 218-258 in Theorien der Organisation, edited by G. Ortmann, J. Sydow & K.
Türk. Opladen: Westdeutscher.
Kappelhoff, Peter. 1999. “Der Netzwerkansatz als konzeptueller Rahmen für eine Theorie
interorganisationaler Netzwerke.” Pp. in Steuerung von Netzwerken, edited by J. Sydow and A.
Windeler. Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag.
Kappelhoff, Peter. 1999. “Komplexitaetstheorie und Steuerung von Netzwerken.” Pp. in
Steuerung von Netzwerken, edited by J. Sydow and A. Windeler. Opladen: Westdeutscher
Verlag.
Kappelhoff, Peter and Franz Urban Pappi 1990. “Political Exchange on a Perfect Market? An
Alternative Model and an Empirical Test.” Pp. 189-209 Governance and Generalized Exchange,
in edited by Bernd Marin. Boulder/Frankfurt: Campus/Westview Press.
Karathanos, P. H. 1994. “Communication Network Analysis and Dysfunctional Organizational
Coalition.” Management Decision 32:15-19.
Kassim, Hussein. 1994. “Policy networks, networks and European Union policy making: a
sceptical view.” West European Politics 17(4):15-27.
Katzenbach, Jon R. 1998. Teams at the Top: unleahing the Potential of Both Teams and
Individual Leaders. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Katzenbach, Jon R. and Douglas K. Smith. 1993. The Wisdom of Teams: Creating the HighPerformance Organization. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Kaufman, Allen M., Ernest J. Englander and Alfred A. Marcus. 1993. “Selecting an
Organizational Structure for Implementing Issues Management: A Transaction Costs and Agency
Theory Perspective.” Pp. 148-168 in Corporate Political Agency: The Construction of
Competition in Public Affairs, edited by Barry M. Mitnick. Newbury Park, CA: Sage
Publications.
Kaufman, Allen, Lawrence Zacharias and Marvin Karson. 1995. Managers vs. Owners: The
Struggle for Corporate Control in American Democracy. New York: Oxford University Press.
Kay, Ira T. 1992. Value at the Top: Solutions to the Executive Compendation Crisis. New York:
HarperBusiness.
Kay, John. 1995. Why Firms Succeed. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.
Kay, Neil M. 1992. “Markets, False Hierarchies and the Evolution of the Modern Corporation.”
Journal of Economic Behaviour and Organization 17:315-33.
Kay, Neil M. 1997. Pattern in Corporate Evolution. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.
Kay, Neil M., Jean-Philippe Robe and Patrizia Zagnoli. 1987. An Approach to the Analysis of
Joint Ventures. Florence: European University Institute.
Kay, Ira T. 1992.Value at the top: solutions to the executive compensation crisis. New York:
HarperBusiness.
Kaysen, Carl (ed.). 1996. The American Corporation Today. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Keasey, Kevin and Mike Wright. 1997. Corporate Governance: Responsibilities, Risks and
Remuneration. New York: Wiley.
Keasey, Kevin, Steve Thompson and Mike Wright (eds.). 1997. Corporate Governance:
Economic and Financial Issues. New York: Oxford University Press.
Keck, Margaret E. and Kathryn Sikkink. 1998. Activists Beyond Borders. Ithaca, NY: Cornell
University Press.
Keck, Margaret E. and Kathryn Sikkink. 1999. “Transnational Advocacy Networks in
International and Regional Politics.” International Social Science Journal 159:89-101.
*Keele, Reba. 1986. “Mentoring or Networking? Strong and Weak Ties in Career Development.”
Pp. 53-68 in Not as Far as You Think: The Realities of Working Women, edited by Lynda L.
Moore. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books.
Keister, Lisa A.. 1998. “Engineering Growth: Business Group Structure and Firm Performance in
China's Transitional Economy.” American Journal of Sociology 104:404-40.
Kelley, Maryellen R. and Harvey Brooks. 1988. The State of Computerized Automation in U.S.
Manufacturing. Cambridge, MA: Center for Business and Government, Harvard University.
Kelley, Maryellen R. 1990. “New Proces Technology, Job Design, and Work Organization: A
Contingency Model.” American Sociological Review 55:191-208.
Kelley, Maryellen R. 1996. “Participative Bureaucracy and Productivity in the Machined
Porducts Sector.” Industrial Relations 35:374-399.
Kelly, D. and Terry L. Amburgey. 1991. “Organizational Inertia and Momentum: A Dynamic
Model of Strategic Change.” Academy of Management Journal 21:571-597.
Kenis, Patrick and Volker Schneider. 1991. “Policy Networks and Policy Analysis: Scrutinizing
a New Analytical Toolbox.” Pp. 25-62 in Policy Networks: Empirical Evidence and Theoretical
Considerations, edited by Bernd Marin and Renate Mayntz. Boulder/Frankfurt:
Campus/Westview Press.
Kenis, Patrick and David Knoke. 2002. “How Organizational Field Networks Shape
Interorganizational Tie-Formation Rates.” Academy of Management Review 27:275-293.
Kenis, Patrick and Jörg Raab. 1997. “Inter-Organizational Networks as a Fall-Back Device: The
Privatisation of the East German Steel and Shipbuilding Industry.” Paper presented at 13th EGOS
Colloquium, Budapest.
Kennedy, Paul. 1987. The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers: Economic Change and Military
Conflicts from 1500 to 2000. New York: Random House.
Kenney, Martin. 1986. Biotechnology: The University-Industry Complex. New Haven, CT: Yale
University Press.
Kenworthy, L. 1997. “Civic Engagement, Social Capital, and Economic Cooperation.” American
Behavioral Scientist 40(5):645-656.
Kerr, Steven. 1996. “Risky Business: The New Pay Game.” Fortune, July 22:94-96.
Kerwood, Hazel A. 1995. “Where Do Just-In-Time Manufacturing Networks Fit? A Typology of
Networks and a Framework for Analysis.” Human Relations 48:927-950.
Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R., and Katharina Balazs. 1997. “The Downside of Downsizing.”
Human Relations 50(1):11-50.
Kick, Edward and Byron L. Davis. 2001. “World-System Structure and Change: An Analysis of
Global Networks and Mobility across Two Time Periods.” American Behavioral Scientist
44(10):1561-1578.
Khanna, Tarun, Ranjay Gulati and Nitin Nohria. 1998. “The Dynamics of Learning Alliances:
Competition, Cooperation, and Relative Scope.” Strategic Management Journal 19:193-210.
Kickert, Walter J.M., Erik-Hans Klijn and Joop Koppenjan. 1997. Managing Complex Networks:
Strategies for the Public Sector. London: Sage Publications.
Kiefer, Nicholas M. 1982. “Identifying Restriction in Limited Information Analysis of the
Schooling Coefficient in a Wage Equation.” Journal of Economterics 18:219-237.
Kilbourne, Barbara Stanek, Paula England, George Farkas, Kurt Beron and Dorothea Weir. 1994.
“Returns to Skill, Compensating Differentials, and Gender Bias: Effects of Occupational
Characteristics on the Wages of White Women and Men.” American Journal of Sociology
100:689-719.
Kilduf, Martin and Krackhardt, David. 1994. “Bringing the Individual Back In: A Structural
Analysis of the Internal Market for Reputation in Organizations.” Academy of Management
Journal 37:87-108.
Killing, J.P. 1983. Strategies for Joint Ventures. New York: Praeger.
Kim, Dong-Jae and Bruce Kogut. 1996. “Technological Platforms and Diversification.”
Organization Science 7: 283.
Kimberly, John. 1976. “Organizational Size and the Structuralist Perspective: A Review,
Critique, and Proposal.” Administrative Science Quarterly 21:577-97.
Kimberly, John. 1981. “Managerial Innovation.” In Handbook of Organizational Design, Vol. I,
edited by Paul C. Nystrom and William H. Starbuck. New York: Oxford University Press.
Kimberly, John and Robert H. Miles (eds.). 1980. The Organizational Life Cycle: Issues in the
Creation, Transformation, and Decline of Organizations. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
King, Jeanne C. and Allan W. Wicker. 1993. “Demography for Organizational Populations:
Methodological Review and Applications.” Advances in Entrepreneurship, Firm Emergence, and
Growth 1:83-143.
Kingdon, John W. 1984. Agendas, Alternatives, and Public Policies. Boston: Little, Brown.
Kingdon, John W. 1995. Agendas, Alternatives, and Public Policies. 2nd Ed. New York:
Addison-Wesley.
Kipling, Rudyard. 1913. The Writings in Prose and Verse of Rudyard Kipling. New York:
Charles Scribner’s Sons.
Kirchhoff, Bruce A. and Patricia G. Greene. 1998. “Understanding the Theoretical and Empirical
Content of Critiques of U.S. Job Creation Research.” Small Business Economics 10:153-69.
Klein, April. 1998. “Firm Performance and Board Committee Structure.” Journal of Law and
Economics 41:275-301.
Klovdahl, Alden S. 1981. “A Note on Images of Networks.” Social Networks 3:197-214.
Klovdahl, A.S. 1985. “Social networks and the Spread of Infectious Diseases: The AIDS
Example.” Social Science Medicine 21(11):1203-1216.
*Knapp, Tim. 1989. “Hierarchies and Control: A New Interpretation and Reevaluation of Oliver
Williamson’s Markets and Hierarchies Story.” Sociological Quarterly 30:425-440.
Knights, David. 2001. “Chasing Shadows: Control, Virtuality and the Production of Trust.”
Organization Studies 22:311-339.
Knights, David, Murray, F., and Willmott, H. 1993. Networking as Knowledge Work - a Study
of Strategic Interorganizational Development in the Financial Services Industry. Journal of
Management Studies, 30(6), 975-995.
Knoke, David. 1990. Organizing for Collective Action: The Political Economies of Associations.
New York: Aldine de Gruyter.
Knoke, David. 1990. Political Networks: The Structural Perspective. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Knoke, David. 1994. “Cui Bono? Employee Benefits Packages.” American Behavioral Scientist
37:963-978.
Knoke, David. 1998. “The Organizational State: Origins and Prospects.” Research in Political
Sociology 8:147-163.
Knoke, David. 1999. “Organizational Networks and Corporate Social Capital.” Pp. 17-42 in
Corporate Social Capital and Liability, edited by Leenders, Roger Th. A. J. and Shaul M.
Gabbay. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Knoke, David. 2001. Changing Organizations: Business Networks in the New Political
Economy. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Knoke, David and Ronald S. Burt. 1983. “Prominence.” Pp. 195-222 in Applied Network
Analysis, edited by Ronald S. Burt and Michael J. Minor. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.
*Knoke, David and Miguel Guilarte. 1994. “Networks in Organizational Structures and
Strategies.” Current Perspectives in Social Theory, Supplement 1:77-115.
Knoke, David and Yoshito Ishio. 1994. “Occupational Training in Organizations: Job Ladders
and Unions.” American Behavioral Scientist 37:992-1016.
Knoke, David and Yoshito Ishio. 1998. “The Gender Gap in Company Job Training.” Work and
Occupations 25:141-167.
Knoke, David and Lisa Janowiec. 1999. “Make or Buy? The Externalization of Company Job
Training.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 16:85-106.
Knoke, David and James H. Kuklinski. 1982. Network Analysis. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage
Publications.
Knoke, David and Franz Urban Pappi. 1991. “Organizational Action Sets in the U.S. and
German Labor Policy Domains.” American Sociological Review 56:509-23.
Knoke, David, Franz Urban Pappi, Jeffrey Broadbent and Yutaka Tsujinaka. 1996. Comparing
Policy Networks: Labor Politics in the U.S., Germany, and Japan. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Knoke, David and David L. Rogers 1979. “A Blockmodel Analysis of Interorganizational
Networks.” Sociology and Social Research 64:28-52.
Knoke, David and Christine Wright-Isak. 1982. “Individual Motives and Organizational
Incentive Systems.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 1:209-254.
Knoke, David and Song Yang. 2000. “Implications of Network Structures for Managing
Strategic Alliances in the Global Information Sector.” Paper presented to EGOS Colloquium,
Helsinki, Finland.
Knoke, David, Song Yang and Francisco J. Granados. 2002. “Dynamics of Strategic Alliance
Networks in the Global Information Sctor, 1989-2000.” Paper presenter to Inter-organisational
Relations and Networks session at 17th EGOS Colloquium. Barcelona, Spain.
Koch, Andrew M. and Gerhard Fuchs. 2000. “Economic Globalization and Regional Penetration:
The Failure of Networks in Baden-Wurttemberg.” European Journal of Political Research 37:5775.
Kochan, Thomas A., Harry C. Katz and Robert B. McKersie. 1986. The Transformation of
American Industrial Relations. New York: Basic Books.
Kochan, Thomas A., Harry C. Katz and Robert B. McKersie. 1994. The Transformation of
American Industrial Relations. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.
Kochan, Thomas A., Russell D. Lansbury, John Paul MacDuffie (eds.). 1997. After Lean
Production: Evolving Employment Practices in the World Auto Industry. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.
Kochan, Thomas and Robert McKersie. 1989. “Future Directions for American Labor and
Human Resources Policy.” Relations Industrielles 44:224-248.
Kochan, Thomas A. and Paul Osterman. 1991. “Human Resource Development and Utilization:
Is There Too Little in the U.S.?” Cambridge, MA: MIT Sloan School of Management.
Kochan, Thomas A. and Michael Useem. 1992. Transforming Organizations. New York: Oxford
University Press.
König, C. and G. van Wijk. 1991. “Interfirm Alliances: The Role of Trust.” Chapter 9 in
Microeconomic Contributions to Strategic Management, edited by R.A. Thietart and J. Thepob.
North Holland: Elsevier.
König, Thomas. 1992. “Kollektive Entscheidungsfindung im Politikfeld ‘Arbeit’: Ein
modellorientierter Politikfeldansatz.” Politische Vierteljahresschrift 4:597-621.
König, Thomas. 1992. “Entscheidungen im Politiknetzwerk.” Wiesbaden: Deutscher
Universitätsverlag.
König, Thomas. 1993. “Die Bedeutung von Politik-Netzen in einem Modell politischer
Entscheidung und politisch-privater Einflußnahme.” Journal für Sozialforschung 4:23-47.
König, Thomas and Thomas Bräuninger. 1998. “The Formation of Policy Networks: Preferences,
Institutions and Actor’s Choices of Information and Exchange Relations.” Journal of Theoretical
Politics 4:445-471.
Kogut, Bruce. 1988. “A Study of the Life Cycle of Joint Ventures.” Pp. 169-185 in Cooperative
Strategies in International Business, edited by F. J. Contractor and P. Lorange. Lexington Books,
Lexington MA.
*Kogut, Bruce. 1988. “Joint Ventures: Theoretical and Empirical Perspectives.” Strategic
Management Journal 9:319-32.
Kogut, Bruce. 1989. “The Stability of Joint Ventures: Reciprocity and Competitive Rivalry.”
Journal of Industrial Economics 38:183-198.
Kogut, Bruce, Weijian Shan and Gordon Walker. 1992. “The Make-or-Cooperate Decision in the
Context of an Industry Network.” Pp. 348-365 in Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form
and Action, edited by Nitin Nohria and Robert G. Eccles. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School
Press.
Kogut, Bruce, W. Shan and Gordon Walker. 1993. “Knowledge in the Network and the Network
as Knowledge.” Pp. 69-94 in The Embedded Firm, edited by G. Grabher. London: Routledge.
Kogut, Bruce and Gordon Walker. 2001. “The Small World of Germany and the Durability of
National Networks.” American Sociological Review 66:317-335.
Kogut, Bruce and Udo Zander. 1992. “Knowledge of the Firm, Combinative Capabilities, and the
Replication of Technology.” Organization Science 3, 3: 383-397.
Kogut, Bruce and Udo Zander. 1996. “What Do Firms Do? Coordination, Identity and Learning.”
Organization Science 7:502-518.
Koh, Jeongsuk and N. Venkatraman. 1994. “Joint Venture Formations and Stock Market
Reactions: An Assessment in the Information Technology Sector.” Pp. in Information
Technology and the Corporation of the 1990s, edited by Thomas J. Allen and Michael S. Scott
Morton. New York: Oxford University Press.
Kollman, Ken. 1998. Outside Lobbying: Public Opinion and Interest Group Strategies. Princeton,
NJ: Princeton University Press.
Kollock, P. 1994. “The Emergence of Exchange Structures: An Experimental Study of
Uncertainty, Commitment and Trust.” American Journal of Sociology 100:313-345.
Kono, Clifford, Donald Palmer, Roger Friedland, and Matthew Zafonte. 1998. “Lost in Space:
the Geography of Corporate Interlocking Directorates.” American Journal of Sociology, 103:863911.
*Koput, Kenneth W., Walter W. Powell and Laurel Smith-Doerr. 1997. “Strategies of Learning
and Industry Structure: The Evolution of Networks in Biotechnology.” Advances in Strategic
Management Research 14:229-254.
Koput, Kenneth W., Walter W. Powell and Laurel Smith-Doerr. 1998. “Interorganizational
Relations and Elite Sponsorship: Mobilizing Resources in Biotechnology.” Manuscript under
review.
Kosnik, Rita D. 1987. “Greenmail: A Study of Board Performance in Corporate Governance.”
Administrative Science Quarterly (32):163-185.
Kotz, David. 1978. Bank Control of Large Corporations in the United States. Berkeley, CA:
University of California Press.
Koza, Mitchell P.1999. “The Coevolution of Network Alliances: A Longitudinal Analysis of an
International Professional Service Network” Organization Science 10:638-.
Kraatz, Matthew S. and Edward J. Zajac. 1996. “Exploring the Limits of the New
Institutionalism: The Causes and Consequences of Illegitimate Organizational Change.”
American Sociological Review 61:812-836.
Krackhardt, David. 1987. “Cognitive Social Structures.” Social Network 9:109-134.
Krackhardt, David. 1988. “Predicting with Networks: Non-parametric Multiple Regression
Analysis of Dyadic Data.” Social Networks 10:359-369.
Krackhardt, David. 1990. “Assessing the Political Landscape: Structure, Cognition and Power in
Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:342-369.
Krackhardt, David. 1992. “The Strength of Strong Ties: The Importance of Philos in
Organizations.” Pp. 216-239 in Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form and Action, edited
by Nitin Nohria and Robert G. Eccles. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Krackhardt, David. 1994. “Graph Theoretical Dimensions of Informal Organizations.” Pp. 89111 in Computational Organization Theory, edited by Kathleen M. Carley and Michael J.
Prietula. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Krackhardt, David. 1995. “Entrepeneurial Opportunities in an Entrepreneurial Firm: A Structural
Approach.” Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice 19:53-69.
Krackhardt, David. 1996. “Social Networks and the Liability of Newness for Managers.” Pp.
159-17 in Organizational Behavior Vol. 3(3), edited by C.L. Cooper and D.M.Rousseau. New
York: Wiley.
Krackhardt, David. 1999. “The Ties That Torture: Simmelian Tie Analysis in Organizations.”
Research in the Sociology of Organizations 16:183-210.
Krackhardt, David, Jim Blythe, and Cathleen McGrath. 1995. KrackPlot 3.0 User’s Manual.
Krackhardt, David and Daniel J. Brass. 1994. “Intraorganizational Networks: The Micro Side.”
Pp. 207-229 in Advances in Social Network Analysis, edited by Stanley Wasserman and Joseph
Galaskiewicz. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
*Krackhardt, David and Jeffrey R. Hanson. 1993. “Informal Networks: The Company Behind the
Chart.” Harvard Business Review (July-August):104-111.
Krackhardt, David and Martin Kilduff. 1989. “Friendship Patterns and Culture: The Control of
Organizational Diversity.” American Anthropologist 92:142-154.
Krackhardt, David and Lyman W. Porter. 1985. “When Friends Leave: A Structural Analysis of
the Relationship Between Turnover and Stayers’ Attitudes.” Administrative Science Quarterly
30:242-261.
Krackhardt, David and Lyman W. Porter. 1986. “The Snowball Effect: Turnover Embedded in
Communication Networks.” Journal of Applied Psychology 71:50-55.
Kram, K.E. 1985. Mentoring at Work. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.
Kramer, M. W. 1996. “A Longitudinal Study of Peer Communication During Job Transfers: The
Impact of Frequency, Quality, and Network Multiplexity on Adjustment.” Human
Communication Research 23:59-86.
Kramer, Ralph. 1988. “Voluntary Agencies and the Personal Social Services.” Ch. 14 in W. W.
Powell (Ed.). 1988. The Nonprofit Sector: A Research Handbook. New Haven, CT: Yale
University Press.
Kramer, Roderick M. 1999. “Trust and Distrust in Organizations: Emerging Perspectives,
Enduring Questions.” Annual Review of Psychology 50:569-598.
Kramer, Roderick M. and Tom R. Tyler (eds.). 1996. Trust in Organizations: Frontiers of Theory
and Research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Krapfel, R. E., Salmond, D. and Spekman, R. (1991), “A strategic approach to managing buyerseller relationships”, European Journal of Marketing, Vol. 25, pp. 22-37.
Krasner, Stephen. 1984. “Approaches to the State: Alternative Conceptions and Historical
Dynamics.” Comparative Politics 16:223-246.
Kraut, Robert. 1999. “Coordination and Virtualization: The Role of Electronic Networks and
Personal Relationships.” Organization Science 10:722-.
Krehbiel, Kieth. 1991. Information and Legislative Organization. Ann Arbor, MI: University of
Michigan Press.
Kreiner, K. and M. Schultz. 1993. “Informal Collaborations in RandD: The Formation of
Networks Across Organizations.” Organization Studies 14(2):189-209.
Krempel, Lothar. 1994. “Simple Representations of Complex Networks: Strategies for
Visualizing Network Structure.” Köln, Germany: Max-Planck-Institut für Gesellschaftsforschung
<http://www.mpi-fg-koeln.mpg.de/~lk/algo5a/algo5a.html> (July 15, 2002).
Krempel, Lothar. 1999. “International Division of Labor and Global Economic Processes: An
Analysis of the International Trade of Cars with World Trade Data.” Köln, Germany: MaxPlanck-Institut für Gesellschaftsforschung <http://www.mpi-fg-koeln.mpg.de/~lk/netvis/globale/
> (July 15, 2002)
Krippner, Greta R. 2001. “The Elusive Market: Embeddedness and the Paradigm of Economic
Sociology.” Theory and Society 30:775-810.
Kroll, Luisa. 1998. “Catching Up.” Forbes May 18.
*Kroll, Mark, Peter Wright, Leslie Toombs and Hadley Leavell. 1997. “Form of Control: A
Critical Determinant of Acquisition Performance and CEO Rewards.” Strategic Management
Journal 18(2):85-96.
Krugman, Paul R. 1990. The Age of Diminished Expectations: U.S. Economic Policy in the
1990s. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Krugman, Paul R. 1994. Peddling Prosperity: Economic Sense and Nonsense in the Age of
Diminished Expectations. New York: Norton.
*Krugman, Paul R. and Robert Z. Lawrence. 1994. “Trade, Jobs and Wages.” Scientific
American April: 44-49.
Kruse, Douglas. 1992. “Supervision, Working Conditions, and the Employer Size-Wage Effect.”
Industrial Relations 31:229-249.
Kuemmerle, W. 1997. “Building Effective R&D Capabilities Abroad.” Harvard Business Review
March-April:61-70.
Kulish, Nicholas. 2001. “Labor Market Continues to Be Tight Despite a Slowdown in U.S.” Wall
Street Journal January 8:A2.
*Kumar, Nirmalya. 1996. “The Power of Trust in Manufacturer-Retailer Relationships.” Harvard
Business Review 74(6):92-106.
Kumbhakar, Subal C. and Amy E. Dunbar. 1993. “The Elusive ESOP-Productivity Link:
Evidence from U.S. Firm-Level Data.” Journal of Public Economics 52:273-83.
Kusa, Z. 1997. Social network analysis in sociological research. Sociologia, 29(5), 479-504.
Kwoka, John E. 1980. “Establishment Size, Wages, and Job Satisfaction: The Trade-Offs.” Pp.
359-379 in The Economics of Firm Size, Market Structure, and Social Performance, edited by
John J. Siegfried. Washington: Bureau of Economics, Federal Trade Commission.
Kwoka, John E. 1983. “Monopoly, Plant, and Union Effects on Worker Wages.” Industrial and
Labor Relations Review 36:251-257.
Labianca, Giuseppe, Daniel J. Brass, and Barbara Gray. 1998. “Social Networks and Perceptions
of Intergroup Conflict: The Role of Negative Relationships and Third Parties.” Academy of
Management Journal 41:55-67.
Labich, Kenneth. 1996. “Making Diversity Pay.” Fortune, September 9: 177-80.
Lacey, Robert. 1986. Ford: The Men and the Machine. Boston: Little, Brown.
Lach, Saul. 1995. “Patents and Productivity Growth at the Industry Level: A First Look.”
Economics Letters 49:101-108.
Lammers, Cornleius J. 1997. “Does Drastic Environmental Change Require New Theory?” Paper
presented at 13th EGOS Colloquium, Budapest.
Lamming, R. 1993. Beyond Partnership: Strategies for Innovation and Lean Supply. Engelwood
Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.
Lamphere, Louise, Patricia Zavella, Felipe Gonzales with Peter B. Evans. 1993. Sunbelt Working
Mothers: Reconciling Family and Factory. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.
Lancaster, Hal. 1994. “You, and Only You, Must Stay in Charge of Your Employability.” Wall
Street Journal November 15:B1.
Landes, Elizabeth M. 1977. “Sex Differences in Wages and Employment: A Test of the Specific
Capital Hypothesis.” Economic Inquiry 15:523-538.
Lane, Christel. 1995. Industry and Society in Europe. Aldershot: Edward Elgar.
Lane, Christel. 1995. “The Social Constitution of Supplier Relations in Britain and Germany: An
Institutional Analysis.” Pp. XXX in The Changing European Firm, edited by R. Whitley and P.H.
Kristensen. London: Routledge.
Lane, Christel. 1997. “The Social Regulation of Supplier Relations in Britain and Germany:
Market Rules, Legal Norms and Technical Standards.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 17
Lane, Christel. 1997. “Interorganizational Networks in a Changing Global Environment.” Paper
presented at 13th EGOS Colloquium, Budapest.
Lane, Christel and Reinhard Bachmann. 1996. “The Social Constitution of Trust: Supplier
Relations in Britain and Germany.” Organization Studies 17:365-95.
Lane, Christel and Reinhard Bachmann (eds.). 1998. Trust Within and Between Organizations:
Conceptual Issues and Empirical Applications. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Lane, Peter J. and Michael Lubatkin. 1998. “Relative Absorptive Capacity and
Interorganizational Learning.” Strategic Management Journal 19:461-477.
Lang, Kevin and William T. Dickens. 1988. “Neoclassical and Sociological Perspectives on
Segmented Labor Markets.” Pp. 65-88 in Industries, Firms, and Jobs: Sociological and Economic
Approaches, edited by George Farkas and Paula England. New York: Plenum.
Lang, Kevin and Paul A. Ruud. 1986. “Returns to Schooling, Implicit Discount Rates and BlackWhite Wage Differentials.” Review of Economics and Statistics 68:41-47.
Lanois, Richard N. and P.L. Robertson. 1995. Firms, Markets, and Economic Change: A
Dynamic Theory of Business Institutions. London: Routledge.
Lansbury, Russell D. 1987. “The Impact of Technological Change on Industrial Relations: An
International Perspective.” Economic and Industrial Democracy 8: 411-420.
La Porte, Todd R. 1996. “Shifting Vantage and Conceptual Puzzles in Understanding Public
Organization Networks.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 6:49-74.
Larson, Andrea. 1991. “Partner Networks: Leveraging External Ties to Improve Entrepreneurial
Peformance.” Journal of Business Venturing 6(3):173-188.
Larson, Andrea. 1992. “Network Dyads in Entrepreneurial Settings: A Study of the Governance
of Exchange Relationships.” Administrative Science Quarterly 37:76-104.
Larson, Andrea and Jennifer Starr. 1992. “A Network Model of Organization Formation.”
Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 17:
Larsson, Rikard and Sydney Finkelstein. 1999. “Integrating Strategic, Organizational, and
Human Resource Perspectives on Mergers and Acquisitions: A Case Survey of Synergy
Realization.” Organization Science 10: 1-26.
Lassar, W., and Kerr, J. 1996. Strategy and Control in Supplier-Distributor Relationships - an
Agency Perspective. Strategic Management Journal, 17(8), 613-632.
Laumann, Edward O., Joseph Galaskiewicz and Peter V. Marsden. 1978. “Community Structure
as Interorganizational Linkages.” Annual Review of Sociology 4:455-84.
Laumann, Edward O., Peter V. Marsden and David Prensky. 1983. “The Boundary Specification
Problem in Network Analysis.” Pp. 18-34 in Applied Network Analysis, edited by Ronald S.
Burt and Michael J. Minor. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.
Laumann, Edward O. and David Knoke. 1987. The Organizational State: Social Choice in
National Policy Domains. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.
Laumann, Edward O. and Franz Urban Pappi. 1976. Networks of Collective Action: A
Perspective on Community Influence Systems. New York: Academic Press.
Lawler, Edward E., III. 1978. “The New Plant Revolution.” Organizational Dynamics 6(3):2-12.
Lawler, Edward E., III. 1990. “The New Plant Revolution Revisited.” Organizational Dynamics
19(2):5-14.
Lawler, Edward E., III. 1991. “The New Plant Approach: A Second Generation Approach.”
Organizational Dynamics 20(1):5-15.
Lawler, Edward E. III. 1992. The Ultimate Advantage: Creating the High-Involvement
Organization. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Lawler, Edward E. III. 1996. From the Ground Up: Six Pinciples for Building the New Logic
Corporation. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Lawler, Edward E. III, Susan A. Mohrman. 1985. “Quality Circles After the Fad.” Harvard
Business Review 63(1):64-71.
Lawler, Edward E., III, Susan Mohrman, and Gerald Ledford. 1992. Employee Involvement and
Total Quality Management: Practices and Results in Fortune 500 Companies. San Francisco:
Jossey-Bass.
Lawler, Edward E. III, Susan A. Mohrman and Gerald E. Ledford. 1995. Creating High
Performance Organizations: Practices and Results of Employee Involvement and Total Quality
Management in Fortune 1000 Companies. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Lawler, Edward J. and Jeongkoo Yoon. 1996. “Commitment in Exchange Relations: Test of a
Theory of Relational Cohesion.” American Sociological Review 61:89-108.
Lawler, Edward J. and Jeongkoo Yoon. 1998. “Network Structure and Emotion in Exchange
Relations.” American Sociological Review, 63:871-894.
Lawson, Ann M. 1997. “Benchmark Input-Output Accounts for the U.S. Economy, 1992 Make,
Use, and Supplementary Tables.” Survey of Current Business (November)
Lawrence, Paul R. and Jay W. Lorsch. 1967. Organization and Environment. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Lazear, Edward P. 1981. “Agency, Earnings Profiles, Productivity, and Hours Restrictions.”
American Economic Review 71:606-620.
Lazega, Emmanuel. 1992. The Micropolitics of Knowledge: Communication and Indirect
Control in Workgroups. New York:Aldine de Gruyter.
Lazega, Emmanuel. 1998. Reseaux Sociaux ey Structures Relationelles. Paris: Presses
Universitaires de France.
Lazega, Emmanuel. And M. Van Duijn. 1997. “Position in Formal Structure, Personal
Characteristics and Choices of Advisors in a Law Firm: A Logistic Regression Model for Dyadic
Network Data.” Social Networks 19:375-397.
Lazerson, Mark H. 1988. “Organizational Growth of Small Firms: An Outcome of Markets and
Hierarchies?” American Sociological Review 53:330-42.
Lazerson, Mark H. 1993. “Factory or Putting-out? Knitting Networks in Modena.” Pp. 203-226
in The Embedded Firm, edited by Gernot Grabher. London: Routledge.
Lazerson, Mark H. 1995. “A New Phoenix? Modern Putting-Out in the Modena Knitwear
Industry.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:34-59.
Lazonick, W. 1993. “Industry Clusters versus Global Webs: Organizational Capabilities in the
American Economy.” Industrial and Corporate Change 2:1-24.
Leblebici, Huseyin. 1985. “Transactions and Organizational Form: A Reanalysis.” Organization
Studies 6:97-115.
Leblebici, Huseyin, Gerald Salancik, Anne Copay and Tom King. 1991. “Institutional Change
and the Transformation of Interorganizational Fields.” Administrative Science Quarterly 36:333363.
Lee, C.J. 1995. “The Industrial Networks of Taiwan’s Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises.”
Journal of Industry Studies 2(2):75-87.
Lee, Lung-Fei. 1979. “Identification and Estimation in Binary Choice Models with Limited
(Censored) Dependent Variables.” Econometrica 47:966-977.
Lee, Lung-Fei. 1983. “Generalized Econometric Models with Selectivity.” Economterica 51:507512.
Leenders, Roger Th. A. J. 1995. Structure and Influence: Statistical Models for the Dynamics of
Actor Attributes, Network Structure and Their Interdependence. Amsterdam: Thesis Publishers.
Leenders, Roger Th. A. J. 1996. “Evolution of Friendship and Best Friendship Choices.” Journal
of Mathematical Sociology 21:133-148.
Leenders, Roger Th. A. J. and Shaul M. Gabbay (eds.). 1999. Corporate Social Capital and
Liability. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Legatski, Ted W., II. “Downsizing, Downscoping, and Restructuring: Classifying Organizational
Change.” Research in Organizational Change and Development 11:253-270.
Lehenkari, Janne. 2000. “Studying Innovation Trajectories and Networks: The Case of Benecol.”
Margarine Science Studies 13:50-67.
Lei, David and John W. Slocum, Jr. 1992. “Global Strategy, Competence-Building and Strategic
Alliances.” California Management Review 35(1):81-97.
Lei, David, John W. Slocum, Jr. and Robert A. Pitts. 1997. “Building Cooperative Advantage:
Managing Strategic Alliances to Promote Organizational Learning.” Journal of World Business
32(3):203-223.
Leibovich, Mark. 1998. “Small Niche Firms Keeping Technology Corridor Alive.” Minneapolis
Star Tribune April 5:D5
Leicht, Kevin T. and Mary L. Fennell. 1997. “The Changing Organizational Context of
Professional Work.” Annual Review of Sociology 23:
Leighton, Patricia E. and Michel Syrett. 1989. New Work Patterns: Putting Policy into Practice.
London: Pitman.
Lemann, Nicholas. 2002. “The Chairman.” New Yorker October 7:48-55.
Leonardi, R. 1995. “Regional Development in Italy: Social Capital and the Mezzogiorno.”
Oxford Review of Economic Policy 11(2):165-179.
Leoncini, Riccardo. 1998. “The Nature of Long-Run Technological Change: Innovation,
Evolution and Technological Systems.” Research Policy 27:75-93.
Lepera, Christine and Jeannie Costello. 1999. “The Use of Mediation in the New Millennium.”
New York Law Journal May 6:3.
Lerman, Robert I. 1998. “The Labor Market for Information Technology Workers.” Washington,
DC: Testimony before the Subcommittee on Immigration, Committee on the Judiciary, United
States Senate.
Lerman, Robert I. and Stefanie R. Schmidt. 1999. “An Overview of Economic, Social, and
Demographic Trends Affecting the U.S. Labor Market.” Washington: U.S. Department of Labor.
Washington: Urban Institute.
Lester, Richard. 1967. “Pay Differentials by Size of Establishment.” Industrial Relations 7:57-67.
Levenson, Alec R. 1996. “Recent Trends in Part-time Employment.” Contemporary Economic
Policy 14:78-89.
Levin, Mike. 1995. “Majors Take 50% Stake in Star’s TV Music Channel.” Billboard January
14:6.
*Levine, David I. 1990. “Participation, Productivity, and the Firm’s Environment.” California
Management Review 32(4):86-100.
Levine, David I. 1995. Reinventing the Workplace: How Business and Employees Can Both
Win. Washington: Brookings Institution.
Levine, David I. Dale Belman, Gary Charness, Erica L Groshen, and K.C. O'Shaughnessy. 2002.
“How New is the ‘New Employment Contract’? Evidence from North American Pay Practices.”
Kalamazoo, MI: W.E. Upjohn Institute Institute for Employment Research.
Levinson, Nanette and Asahi, Minoru. 1995. “Cross National Alliances and Interorganizational
Learning.” Organizational Dynamics 24(Autumn):50-63.
Levitan, Sar, Garth L. Mangum and Ray Marshall. 1981. Human Resources and Labor Markets.
New York: Harper and Row.
Levitt, Barbara and James G. March. 1988. “Organizational Learning.” Annual Review of
Sociology 14:319-340.
Levy, Daniel C. 1995. “Latin America’s Think Tanks: The Roots of Nonprofit Privatization.”
Studies in Comparative International Development 30(2):3-25.
Levy, Frank. 1987. Dollars and Dreams: The Changing American Income Distribution. New
York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Levy, Frank and Richard C. Michel. 1991. The Economic Future of American Families: Income
and Wealth Trends. Washington: Urban Institute Press.
Lewicki, R.J., D.J. McAllister and R.J. Bies. 1998. “Trust and Distrust: New Relationships and
Realities.” Academy of Management Review 23:438-458
Lewin, Arie Y., Chris P. Long and Timothy N. Carroll. 1997. “The Evolution of New
Organization Forms.” Durham, NC: Fuqua School of Business, Duke University.
Lewis, Charles. 1998. The Buying of the Congress: How Special Interests Have Stolen Your
Right to Life, Liberty, and the Pursuit of Happiness. New York: Avon Books.
Lewis, H. Gregg. 1986. Union Relative Wage Effects: A Survey. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Lewis, Jordan D. 1990. Partnerships for Profit: Structuring and Managing Strategic Alliances.
New York: Free Press.
Lewis, Jordan D. 1995. The Connected Corporation: How Leading Companies Win Through
Customer-Supplier Alliances. New York: Free Press.
Lewis, Jordan D. and A. Weigert. 1985. “Trust as a Social Reality.” Social Forces 63:967-985.
Lewis, Michael. 1989. Liar’s Poker: Rising Through the Wreckage on Wall Street. New York:
Norton.
Lichtenberg, Frank R. 1992. Corporate Takeovers and Productivity. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Liden, Robert C. and Sharon Arad. 1996. “A Power Perspective of Empowerment and Work
Groups: Implcaitions for Human Resources Management Research.” Research in Personnel and
Human Resources Management 14:205-251.
Lie, John. 1997. “Sociology of Markets.” Annual Review of Sociology 23:
Liebeskind, J. P. 1996. Knowledge, strategy, and the theory of the firm. Strategic Management
Journal, 17 (Winter Special Issue): 93-107.
Liebeskind, J., Amalya Oliver, Lynne Zucker and M. Brewer. 1996. “Social Networks, Learning,
and Flexibility: Sourcing Scientific Knowledge in New Biotechnology Firms.” Organization
Science 7(4):428-442.
Liebowitz, Stan J. and Stephen E. Margolis. 1999. Winners, Losers and Microsoft: Competition
and Antitrust in High Technology. Oakland, CA: Independent Institute
Lillard, Lee A. and Hong W. Tan. 1992. “Private Sector Training: Who Gets It and What are Its
Effects?” Research in Labor Economics 13:1-62.
Limerick, David and Bert Cunnington. 1993. Managing the New Organization: A Blueprint for
Networks and Strategic Alliances. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Lin, Nan. 1982. “Social Resources and Instrumental Action.” pp. 131-45 in Social Structure and
Network Analysis, edited by Peter V. Marsden and Nan Lin. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage
Publications.
Lin, Nan. 1995. “Les Resources Sociales: Une Theorie du Capital Social.” Revue Francaise de
Sociologie 36:685-704.
Lin, Nan. 1995. “Institutions and Networks: The Infrastructure of Society.” Presentation to
International Social Network Conference, London.
Lin, Nan. 1998. Social Resources and Social Action. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Lin, Nan. 1999. “Social Networks and Status Attainment.” Annual Review of Sociology 25:467487.
Lin, Nan. 1999. “Building a Network Theory of Social Capital.” Connections 22:28-51.
Lin, Nan. 2001. “Building a Network Theory of Social Capital.” Pp. 3-29 in Social Capital:
Theory and Research, edited by Nan Lin, Karen Cook and Ronald Burt.. New York: Aldine De
Gruyter.
Lin, Nan. 2001. Social Capital: A Theory of Social Structure and Action. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Lin, Nan, and Karen Cook, and Ronald Burt. 2001. Social Capital: Theory and Research. New
York: Aldine De Gruyter.
Lin, Nan and May Dumin. 1986. “Access to Occupations through Social Ties.” Social Networks
8: 365-385.
Lin, Nan, Walter M. Ensel and John C. Vaughn. 1981. “Social Resources and Strength of Ties:
Structural Factors in Occupational Status Attainment.” American Sociological Review 46:393405.
Lin, Xiaohua and Richard Germain. 1998. “Sustaining Satisfactory Joint Venture Relationships:
The Role of Conflict Resolution Strategy.” Journal of International Business Studies 29:179-96.
Lincoln, James R., Christina L. Ahmadjian, and Eliot Mason. 1998. “Organizational Learning
and Purchase-Supply Relations in Japan: Hitachi, Matsushita and Toyota Compared.” California
Management Review 24 (Spring):241-264.
Lincoln, James R. and Michael L. Gerlach. 2002. Structure and Change in the Japanese Network
Economy. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Lincoln, James R., Michael L. Gerlach and Christina L. Ahmadjian. 1996. “Keiretsu Networks
and Corporate Performance in the Japan.” American Sociological Review 61:67-88.
Lincoln, James R., Michael L. Gerlach, and Christina Ahmadjian. 1998. “Evolving Patterns of
Keiretsu Organization and Action in Japan.?” Research in Organizational Behavior 20:307-343.
*Lincoln, James R., Michael L. Gerlach and Peggy Takahashi. 1992. “Keiretsu Networks in the
Japanese Economy: A Dyad Analysis of Intercorporate Ties.” American Sociological Review
57:561-85.
Lincoln, James R. and Arne L. Kalleberg. 1985. “Work Organization and Workforce
Commitment: A Study of Plants and Employees in the U.S. and Japan.” American Sociological
Review 50:738-60.
Lincoln, James R. and Arne L. Kalleberg. 1990. Culture, Control, and Commitment: A Study of
Work Organization and Work Attitudes in the United States and Japan. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Lindbeck, Assar and Dennis J. Snower. 2000. “Multitask Learning and the Reorganization of
Work: From Tayloristic to Holistic Organization.” Journal of Labor Economics 18: 353-376.
Lindenberg, Siegwart. 1996. “Multiple-tie Networks, Structural Dependence, and Pathdependency: Another Look at Hybrid Forms of Governance.” Journal of Institutional and
Theoretical Economics 152:188-196.
Lindsay, David H. and Annhenrie Campbell. 1996. “A Chaos Approach to Bankruptcy
Prediction.” Journal of Applied Business Research 12(4):1-9.
Lipin, Steven. 1998. “Murphy’s Law Doesn’t Apply: The Conditions Are Perfect for Continued
Growth in Mergers.” Wall Street Journal January 2:R6.
Lipin, Steven and John J. Keller. 1997. WorldCom’s MCI Bid Alters Playing Field for Telecom
Industry.” Wall Street Journal October 2:A1.
Lipnack, Jessica and Jeffrey Stamps. 1994. The Age of the Network: Organizing Principles for
the 21st Century. Essex Junction, VT: Omneo.
Lipparini, A. and M. Sobrero. 1994. “The Glue and the Pieces: Entrepreneurship and Innovation
in Small-Firm Networks.” Journal of Business Venturing 9:125-140.
Lippman, John. 1999. “What’s a Talent Agent? Manager? Star Wars May Force Rewrite of
Rules.” Wall Street Journal January 29:B6.
Littler, D., Leverick, F., and Bruce, M. 1995. Factors affecting the process of collaborative product
development: A study of UK manufacturers of information and communications technology
products. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 12: 16-32.
Lochhead, Carolyn. 1994. “Landmark Legislation On Telecommunications.” San Francisco
Chronicle February 21:A1.
Locke, Richard, Thomas Kochan and Michael Piore (eds). 1995. Employment Relations in a
Changing World Economy. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
*Lodge, George and Richard Walton. 1989. “The American Corporation and Its New
Relationships.” California Management Review 31(3):9-24.
Loewenstein, Mark A. and James R. Spletzer. 1998. “Dividing the Costs and Returns to General
Training.” Journal of Labor Economics 16:142-171.
Lohr, Steve. 1998. “Where Microsoft Wants to Go Today.” New York Times (January 5):D21.
Lohr, Steve and John Markoff. 1998. “Conquering the Internet.” New York Times November
24:A1.
*Lomi, Alessandro. 1997. “Markets with Hierarchies and the Network Structure of
Organizational Communities.” Journal of Management and Governance 1:49-66.
Lomi, Alessandro and Erik R. Larsen. 1996. “Interacting Locally and Evolving Globally: A
Computational Approach to the Dynamics of Organizational Populations.” Academy of
Management Journal 39:1287-1321.
Longman, Roger. 1997. “Biotech Sidesteps Consolidation.” In Vivo 15(11):41-48.
Loprest, Pamela J. 1992. “Gender Differences in Wage Growth and Job Mobility.” American
Economic Review 82:526-532.
Lorange, Peter and Johan Roos. 1992. Strategic Alliances: Formation, Implementation, and
Evolution. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell Business.
Lorence, Jon. 1987. “Intraoccupational Earnings Inequality: Human Capital and Institutional
Determinants.” Work and Occupations 14:236-260.
Lorenz, Edward H. 1993. “Flexible Production Systems and the Social Construction of Trust.”
Politics and Society 21(3):307-324.
Lorenz, Edward H. 1993. “Neither Friends Nor Strangers: Informal Networks of Subcontracting
in French Industry.” Pp. XXX in Markets, Hierarchies and Networks, edited by G. Thompson, J.
Frances, R. Levacic and J. Mitchell. London: Sage Publications.
Lorenzoni, Gianni and C. Baden-Fuller. 1995. “Creating a Strategic Center to Manage a Web of
Partners.” California Management Review 37(3):146-163.
Lorenzoni, Gianni and Oscar Ornati. 1988. “Constellations of Firms and New Ventures.” Journal
of Business Venturing 3:41-57.
Lorrain, F. and Harrison C. White 1971. “Structural Equivalence of Individuals in Social
Networks.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 1:49-80.
Lorsch, Jay W. 1995. “Empowering the Board” Harvard Business Review Jan.-Feb. 107-17.
Lorsch, Jay W. with Elizabeth MacIver1989. Pawns or Potentates: The Reality of America’s
Corporate Boards. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Loscocco, Karyn A. 1989. “The Interplay of Personal and Job Characteristics in Determining
Work Commitment.” Social Science Research 18:370-394.
Loscocco, Karyn A. 1990. “Reactions to Blue-Collar Work: A Comparison of Women and Men.”
Work and Occupations 17:152-177.
Loscocco, Karyn A. and Glenna Spitze. 1991. “The Organizational Context of Women’s and
Men’s Pay Satisfaction.” Social Science Quarterly 72:3-19.
Loury, G. 1977. “A Dynamic Theory of Racial Income Differences.” Chapter 8 in Women,
Minorities, and Employment Discrimination, edited by P.A. Wallace and A. LeMund. Lexington,
MA: Lexington Books.
Loury, G. 1987. “Why Should We Care About Group Inequality?” Social Philosophy and Policy
5:249-271.
Lovaglia, Michael J. 2000. “Local Networks and Global Markets.” Journal of Socio-Economics
29(3): 231-233.
Lowndes, Vivien and Chris Skelcher. 1998. “The Dynamics of Multi-Organizational
Partnerships: An Analysis of Changing Modes of Governance.” Public Administration 76:313333.
Luhmann, Niklas. 1979. Trust and Power. Chichester, UK: Wiley.
Lundvall, Bengt-Ake. 1993. “Explaining Interfirm Cooperation and Innovation: Limits of the
Transaction-Cost Approach.” Pp. 52-64 in The Embedded Firm: On the Socioeconomics of
Industrial Networks, edited by Gernot Grabher. New York: Routledge.
*Luthans, Fred, Richard M. Hodgetts and Stuart A. Rosenkrantz. 1988. “Networking Activities.”
Pp. 119-133 in Real Managers. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.
Lütz, Susanne. 1997. “Learning through Intermediaries: The Case of Interfirm Research
Collaborations.” Pp. 220-237 in The Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks, edited by
Mark Ebers. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Lux, Thomas. 1998. “The Socio-economic Dynamics of Speculative Markets: Interacting Agents,
Chaos, and the Fat Tails of Return Distributions.” Journal of Economic Behavior and
Organization 33:143-165.
Lyles, Marjorie A. 1988. “Learning among Joint Venture Sophisticated Firms.” Management
International Review 28 (Special Issue):85-98.
Lyles, M., Schwenk, C., (1992), “Top Management, Strategy and Organizational Knowledge
Structures.” Journal of Management Studies 29/2.
Lynch, Lisa M. and Sandra E. Black. 1998. “Beyond the Incidence of Employer-Provided
Training.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 52:64-81.
Lyons, Bruce R. 1996. “Empirical Relevance of Efficient Contract Theory: Inter-firm Contracts.”
Oxford Review of Economic Policy 12(4):27-52.
Macaulay, Stewart. 1963. “Non-Contractual Relations in Business: A Preliminary Study.”
American Sociological Review 28:53-67.
MacDuffie, John Paul. 1988. “The Japanese Auto Transplants: Challeneges to Conventional
Wisdom.” ILR Report 26(1):12-18.
MacDuffie, John Paul and Frits K. Pil. 1997. “Changes in Auto Industry Employment Practices:
An International Overview.” Pp. 9-42 in After Lean Production: Evolving Employment Practices
in the World Auto Industry, edited by Thomas A. Kochan, Russell D. Lansbury and John Paul
MacDuffie. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.
MacLachlan, A. 1995. “Trusting Outsiders to Do Your Research: How Does Industry Learn to
Do It?” Research Technology Management 38(6):48-53.
MacKie-Mason, Jeffrey K. 1990. “Do Firms Care Who Provides Their Financing?” Pp. 63-103 in
Asymmetric Information, Corporate Finance, and Investment, edited by R.G. Hubbard. Chicago,
IL: University of Chicago Press.
Macneil, Ian R. 1978. “Contracts: Adjustment of Long-Term Economic Relations Under
Classical, Neo-Classical, and Relational Contract Law.” Northwestern Law Review 72:854-906.
Macneil, Ian R. 1980. The New Social Contract. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Macy, Michael and John Skvoretz. 1998. “Trust and Cooperation Between Strangers.” American
Sociological Review 63:638-660.
Mahoney, J.T. 1992. “The Choice of Organizational Form: Veryical Ownership Versus Other
Methods of Vertical Ingtegration.” Strategic Management Journal 13:559-584.
Maddala, G.S. 1978. “Selectivity Problems in Longitudinal Research.” Annales de l’Insee 3031:423-450.
Maddala, G.S. 1987. “Limited Dependent Variable Models Using Panel Data.” Journal of Human
Resources 22:307-338.
Maddala, G.S. and Lung-fei Lee. 1976. “Recursive Models with Qualitative Endogenous
Variables.” Annals of Economic and Social Measurement 5:525-544.
Maddison, Angus. 1987. “Growth and Slowdown in Advanced Capitalist Economies:
Techniques of Quantitative Assessment.” Journal of Economic Literature 25:649-698.
*Madhavan, Ravindranath, Balaji R. Koka and John E. Prescott. 1998. “Networks in Transition:
How Industry Events (Re)shape Interfirm Relationships.” Strategic Management Journal 19:439459.
*Madhok, Anoop. 1995. “Revisiting Multinational Firms’ Tolerance for Joint Ventures: A TrustBased Approach.” Journal of International Business Studies 26:117-138.
*Madhok, Anoop. 1997. “Cost, Value, and Foreign Entry Mode: The Transaction and the Firm.”
Strategic Management Journal 18(1):39-62.
Maitland, Ian. 1987. “Collective versus Individual Lobbying: How Business Ends Up the Loser.”
Pp. 95-104 in Business Strategy and Public Policy: Perspectives from Industry and Academia,
edited by Alfred A. Marcus, Allen M. Kaufman and D.R. Bream. Westport, CT: Quorum Books.
Makhija, Mona V. and Usha Ganesh. 1997. “The Relationship between Control and Partner
Learning in Learning-related Joint Ventures.” Organization Science 8:508-527.
Makridakis, Spyros G. 1990. Foecasting, Planning, and Strategy for the 21st Century. New York:
Free Press.
Malecki, Edward J. 1997. “Entrepreneurs, Networks, and Economic Development: A Review of
Recent Research.” Advances in Entrepreneurship, Firm Emergence, and Growth 3:57-118.
Maman, Daniel. 1997. “The Power Lies in the Structure: Economic Policy Forum Networks in
Israel.” British Journal of Sociology 48:267-85.
Manacorda, Marco and Barbara Petrongolo. 1999. “Skill Mismatch and Unemployment in
OECD Countries.” Economica 66:181-207.
Mandel, Michael. 1996. The High-Risk Society: Peril and Promise in the New Economy. New
York: Random House.
Mangematin, V. 1996. The simultaneous shaping of organization and technology within
cooperative agreements. In R. Coombs, A. Richards, P.P. Saviotti and V. Walsh (Eds.),
Technological Collaboration: The Dynamics of Cooperation in Industrial Innovation: 119-142.
Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.
Manigart, Philippe. 1986 “The Belgian Defense Policy Domain in the 1980s.” Armed Forces and
Society 13:39-56.
Manley, Joan E. 2000. “Negotiating Quality: Total Quality Management and the Complexities of
Transforming Professional Organizations.” Sociological Forum 15:457-484.
Manne, Henry G. 1965. “Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control.” Journal of Political
Economy 73:110-120.
Manning, A., J. Wadsworth and D. Wilkinson. 1996. “Making Your Mind Up: Skill Mismatch in
the UK.” London School of Economics: mimeo.
Manski, Charles F. 1989. “Anatomy of the Selection Problem.” Journal of Human Resources
24:343-360.
March, James G. 1991. “Exploration and Exploitation in Organizational Learning.” Organization
Science 2:71-87.
March, James G. 1962. “The Business Firm as a Political Coalition.” Journal of Politics 24:662678.
March, James G. 1999. The Pursuit of Organizational Intelligence. Malden, MA: Blackwell.
March, James G. 1999. “The Evolution of Evolution.” Pp. 100-113 in The Pursuit of
Organizational Intelligence. Malden, MA: Blackwell.
March, James G. and Johan P. Olsen. 1976. Ambuiguity and Choice in Organizations. Bergen:
Universitetsforlaget.
March, James G. and Johan P. Olsen. 1989. Rediscovering Institutions: The Organizational Basis
of Politics. New York: Free Press.
March, James G. and Herbert A. Simon. 1958. Organizations. New York: Wiley.
Marchildon, Gregory P. (ed.) 1991. Mergers and Acqusitions. Hants, UK: Edward Elgar.
Marcella, Albert J. 1995. Outsourcing, Downsizing, and Reengineering: Internal Control
Implications. Altamonte Springs, FL: Institute of Internal Auditors.
Maremont, Mary. 1996. “Abuse of Power: The Astonishing Tale of Sexual Harassment at Astra
USA.” Business Week May 13: 86-98.
Marginson, Paul. 1993. “Power and Efficiency in the Firm: Understanding the Employment
Relationship.” Pp. 133-165 in Transaction Costs, Markets and Hierarchies, edited by Christos
Pitelis. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
*Marginson, Paul. 1991. “Beyond Size and Sector: A View from Overseas.” Journal of Industrial
Relations 33:586-600.
Marginson, Paul. 1998. “The Survey Tradition in British Industrial Relations Research: An
Assessment of the Contribution of Large-Scale Workplace and Enterprise Surveys.” British
Journal of Industrial Relations 36:361-88.
Marginson, Paul, P. K. Edwards, Roderick Martin, John Purcell and Keith Sisson. 1989.
“Beyond the Workplace: Managing Industrial Relations in the Multi-Establishment Enterprise.”
Journal of Industrial Relations 31:434-435.
Marin, Berndt (ed.). 1990. Generalized Political Exchange. Antagonistic Cooperation and
Integrated Policy Circuits. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Marin, Berndt (ed.). 1990. Governance and Generalized Exchange. Self-Organizing Policy
Networks in Action. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Marin, Bernd and Renate Mayntz (eds.). 1991. Policy Networks: Empirical Evidence and
Theoretical Considerations. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Mariolis, Peter. 1975. “Interlocking Directorates and Control of Corporations.” Social Science
Quarterly 56:425-439.
Marion, Russ. 1999. The Edge of Organization: Chaos and Complexity Theories of Formal
Social Systems. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Mariti, P. and P.H. Smiley. 1983. “Co-operative Agreements and the Organization of Industry.”
Journal of Industrial Economics 31:437-451.
Markels, Alex. 1995. “Restructuring Alters Middle-Manager Role But Leaves It Robust.” Wall
Street Journal September 25:A1.
Markides, Constantinos C. 1995. Diversification, Refocusing, and Economic Performance.
Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Markoff, John and Geraldine Fabrikant. 1998. “TCI Seeks Variety in Software And Suppliers for
TV Boxes.” New York Times (January 12):D1.
Markovsky, Barry, John Skvoretz, David Willer, Michael J. Lovaglia, and Jeffrey Erger. 1993.
“The Seeds of Weak Power: An Extension of Network Exchange Theory.” American
Sociological Review 58:220-236.
Markovsky, Barry, David Willer and Travis Patton. 1988. “Power Relations in Exchange
Networks.” American Sociological Review 53:220-36.
Marsden, Peter V. 1981. “Introducing Influence Processes into a System of Collective Action.”
American Journal of Sociology 86: 1203-35.
Marsden, Peter V. 1983. “Restricted Access in Networks and Models of Power.” American
Journal of Sociology 88: 686-717.
Marsden, Peter V. 1990. “Network Data and Measurement.” Annual Review of Sociology
16:435-463.
Marsden, Peter. 1987. “Core Discussion Networks of Americans. American Sociological Review
52:122-131.
Marsden, Peter V., Cynthia R. Cook and Arne L. Kalleberg. 1994. “Organizational Structures:
Coordination and Control.” American Behavioral Scientist 37:911-29.
Marsden, Peter V. and Noah E. Friedkin. 1994. “Network Studies of Social Influence.” Pp. 3-25
in Advances in Social Network Analysis: Research in the Social and Behavioral Sciences edited
by Stanley Wasserman and Joseph Galaskiewicz. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Marsden, Peter V., Arne L. Kalleberg and David Knoke. 1999. “Surveying Organizational
Structures and Human Resource Practices: The National Organizations Study.” Forthcoming in
Handbook of Organizational Behavior, 2nd Edition, edited by Robert T. Golembiewski.
Marsden, Peter and Edward O. Laumann. 1977.”Collective Action in a Community Elite:
Exchange, Influence Resources and Issue Resolution.” Pp. 199-250 in Power, Paradigms, and
Community Research, edited by Roland J. Liebert and Allan W. Imersheim. London: Sage.
Martin, Cathie Jo. 1994. “Business and the New Economic Activism: The Growth of
Corporate Lobbies in the Sixties.” Polity 27:49-76.
Martin, Jack K. and Sandra L. Hanson. 1985. “Sex, Family Wage-Earning Status, and
Satisfaction with Work.” Work and Occupations 12:91-109.
Martin, Jack K. and Constance L. Shehan. 1989. “Education and Job Satisfaction: The Influence
of Gender, Wage-Earning Status, and Job Values.” Work and Occupations 16:184-199.
Martin, Joanne. 1992. Cultures in Organizations: Three Perspectives. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Martin, Stephen. 1988. Joint Ventures and Market Performance in Oligopoly. San Domenico:
European University Institute.
*Martocchio, Joseph J. 1998. Strategic Compensation: A Human Resource Management
Approach. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Marsh, David and R.A.W. Rhodes (eds.). 1992. Policy Networks in British Government. Oxford:
Clarendon Press.
Marsh, David and M. Smith. 2000. “Understanding Policy Networks: Towards a Dialectical
Approach.” Political Studies 48(4):4-21.
Marshall, Alfred. 1927. Industry and Trade, 3rd Ed. London: Macmillan.
Marshall, Alfred. Alfred. 1986. Principles of Economics, 8th Ed. London: Macmillan.
Marshall, T.H. 1950. Citizenship and Social Class and Other Essays. Cambridge, UK:
Cambridge University Press.
Marwell, Gerald, and Pamela Oliver. 1993. The Critical Mass in Collective Action: A MicroSocial Theory. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Marx, Karl and Friedrich Engels. 1848. The Manifesto of the Communist Party.
Mason, Geoff and David Finegold. 1995. “Productivity, Machiney and Skills in the United States
and Western Europe: Precision Engineering.” Discussion Paper no. 89. London: National
Institute of Economic and Social Research.
Masters, Kim. 2000. The Keys to the Kingdom: How Michael Eisner Lost His Grip. New York:
Morrow.
Masters, Stanley H. 1969. “An Interindustry Analysis of Wages and Plant Size.” Review of
Economics and Statistics 51:341-345.
Matsusaka, John G. 1993. “Takeover Motives During the Conglomerate Merger Wave.” Rand
Journal of Economics 24:357-79.
*Matsusaka, John G. 1993. “Target Profits and Managerial Discipline During the
Conglomerate Merger Wave.” Journal of Industrial Economics 41(2):179-189.
Maurer, Christine and Tara E. Sheets (eds.). 1999. Encylcopedia of Associations, 34th Ed.
Detroit, MI: Gale Group.
Maxwell, Nan L. 1987. “Occupational Differences in the Determination of U.S. Workers’
Earnings: Both the Human Capital and the Structured Labor Market Hypotheses Are Useful in
Analysis.” American Journal of Economics and Sociology 46:431-443.
Maxwell, Nan L. 1990. Income Inequality in the United States, 1947-1985. New York:
Greenwood Press.
Mayer, Colin. 1990. “Financial Systems, Corporate Finance, and Economic Development.” Pp.
307-332 in Asymmetric Information, Corporate Finance, and Investment, edited by R.G.
Hubbard. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.
Mayer, Robert N. 1989. The Consumer Movement: Guardians of the Marketplace. Boston:
Twayne.
*Mayer, Roger C., James H. Davis and F. David Schoorman. 1995. “An Integrative Model of
Organizational Trust.” Academy of Management Review 20:709-734.
Mayer-Foulkes, David and Raul Anibal Feliz. 1996. “Nonlinear Dynamics in the Stock
Exchange.” Revista de Analisis Economico 11:3-21.
Mayntz, Renate. 1993. “Modernization and the Logic of Interorganizational Networks.”
Knolwedge and Policy 6:3-16.
Mayntz, Renate. 1993. “Modernization and the Logic of Interorganizational Networks.” Pp. 3-18
in Social Change Between Market and Organization, edited by John Child, Michel Crozier and
Renate Mayntz. Aldershort, England: Avebury.
Mayr Ernst and William B. Provine (eds.). 1988. The Evolutionary Synthesis: Perspectives on
the Unification of Biology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Mazey, Sonia and Jeremy Richardson (eds.). 1993. Lobbying in the European Community.
Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.
Mazey, Sonia, and Jeremy Richardson. 2001. “Institutionalizing Promiscuity: CommissionInterest Group Relations in the European Union.” Pp. 71-93 in The Institutionalization of
Europe, edited by A. Stone-Sweet, W. Sandholtz, and N. Fligstein. New York, NY: Oxford
University Press.
Mazey, Sonia, and Jeremy Richardson. 2001. Filling the Hollow Core? Interest Intermediation in
the European Union. London, UK: Routledge.
Mazarr, Michael J. 1999. Global Trends 2005: An Owner’s Manual for the Next Decade. New
York: St. Martin’s Press.
*McAllister, Daniel J. 1995. “Affect- and Cognition-Based Trust as Foundations for
Interpersonal Cooperation in Organizations.” Academy of Management Journal 38:24-59.
McAdam, Doug, Sidney Tarrow and Charles Tilly. 1996. “To Map Contentious Politics.”
Mobilization 1:17-34.
McCarthy, Kathleen D., Virginia A. Hodgkinson and Russy D. Sumariwalla (eds.). 1992. The
Nonprofit Sector in the Global Community. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
McClellan, Steve. 1996. “MCA, Viacom Battle Over TV Land.” Broadcasting and Cable May
6:32.
McClelland, David C. and David H. Burnham. 1995. “Power is the Great Motivator.” Harvard
Business Review Jan.-Feb.126-39.
*McCune, Joseph T., Richard W. Beatty and Raymond V. Montagno. 19qq. “Downsizing:
Practices in Manufacturing Firms.” Human Resources Management
McDermott, John. 1991. Corporate Society: Class, Property, and Contemporary Capitalism.
Boulder, CO: Westview.
McElroy, J. C., and Shrader, C. B. 1986. “Attribution Theories of Leadership and Network
Analysis.” Journal of Management 12:351-362.
McFadden, Robert D. 1993. “2 Get Ready to Lock Horns at The Daily News.” New York Times
January 12:B3.
McGuire, Steven. 1997. Airbus Industrie: Conflict and Cooperation in US-EC Trade Relations.
New York: St. Martin’s Press.
McKelvey, Bill. 1982. Organizational Systematics: Taxonomy, Evolution, Classification.
Berkeley. CA: University of California Press.
*McKelvey, Bill. 1997. “Quasi-Natural Organization Science.” Organization Science 8:352-380.
McKenna, Regis. 1989. Who’s Afraid of Big Blue: How Companies Are Challenging IBM – and
Winning. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
McKinley, William.1993. “Organizational Decline and Adaptation: Theoretical Controversies.”
Organization Science 4:1-9.
McKnight, D.H., L.L. Cummings and N.L. Chervany. 1998. “Initial Trust in New Organizational
Relationshops.” Academy of Management Review 23:473-490.
McLoughlin, Ian and Jon Clark. 1994. Technological Change at Work. Second Ed. Buckingham,
UK: Open University Press.
McManus, Patricia A. “Market, state, and the quality of new self-employment jobs among men in
the U.S. and western Germany.” Social Forces v. 78 no3 (Mar. 2000) p. 865-905
McMillan, Charles J. 1996. The Japanese Industrial System. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
McMillan, G. Steven, Francis Narinand davidL. Deeds. 2000. “An Analysis of the Critical Role
of Public Science in Innovation: The Case of Biotechnology.” Research Policy 29:1-8.
McWhirter, William. 1992. “Who’s in the Driver’s Seat?’ Time October 26:55.
McPherson, J. Miller. 1982. “Hypernetwork Sampling: Duality and Differentiation Among
Voluntary Organizations.” Social Networks 3:225-249.
McPherson, J. Miller. 1983. “An Ecology of Affiliation.” American Sociological Review 48:519532.
McPherson, J. Miller, Pamela Popielarz, and Sonja Drobnic. 1992. “Social Networks and
Organizational Dynamics.” American Sociological Review 57:153-170.
McPherson, J. Miller and Thomas Rotolo. 1996. “Testing a Dynamic Model of Social
Composition: Diversity and Change in Voluntary Groups.” American Sociological Review, 61:
179-202.
McPherson, Miller; Lynn Smith-Lovin and James M. Cook. 2001. “Birds of a Feather:
Homophily in Social Networks Annual Review of Sociology 27:415-444.
Meckstroth, Alicia and Paul Arnsberger. 1998. “A 20-Year Review of the Nonprofit Sector,
1975-1995.” SOI Bulletin (Fall):149-171..
Medoff, James L. and Katharine G. Abraham. 1980. “Experience, Performance, and Earnings.”
Quarterly Journal of Economics 95:703-736.
Medoff, James L. and Katharine G. Abraham. 1981. “Are Those Paid More Really More
Productive? The Case of Experience.” Journal of Human Resources 16:186-216.
Mehra, Ajay. 2001. “The Social Networks of High and Low Self-Monitors: Implications for
Workplace Performace.” Administrative Science Quarterly 46:121-149.
Mehra, Ajay, Martin Kilduff, and Daniel J. Brass. 1998. “At the Margins: A Distinctiveness
Approach to the Social Identity and Social Networks of Underrepresented Groups.” Academy of
Management Journal, 41: 441-452.
Melbeck, Christian. 1998. “Comparing Local Policy Networks.” Journal of Theoretical Politics
10:531-552.
Mellow, Wesley. 1982. “Employer Size and Wages.” Review of Economics and Statistics
64:495-501.
Mellow, Wesley. 1983. “Employer Size, Unionism, and Wages.” Pp. in New Approaches to
Labor Unions, edited by Joseph D. Reid. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Menard, Claude. 1995. “Markets as Institutions Versus Organizations as Markets? Disentangling
Some Fundamental Concepts.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 28:161-182.
*Menard, Claude. 1996. “Why Organizations Matter: A Journey Away from the Fairy Tale.”
Atlantic Economic Journal 24(4):281-300.
Medius, H.G. and U. Wendeling-Schoeder (eds.). 1991. Zuliefere im Netz: Neustrukturierung der
Logistik am Beispiel der Automobolizulieferung. Cologne, Germany: Bund Verlag.
Meredith, Roibyn. 1998. “Many at the Saturn Auto Factory are Finding Less to Smile About.”
New York Times March 6:A1.
Merton, Robert K. 1961. “Bureaucratic Structure and Personality.” Pp. 47-59 in Complex
Organizations: A Sociological Reader, edited by Amatai Etzioni. New York: Holt, Rinehart.
Messer-Davidow, Ellen. 1993. “Die Neue Rechte der USA im Kampf um die Hochschulen. Zum
institutionellen Netzwerk einer Kampagne.” (“The American New Right’s Campaign to Control
the Universities. On Its Institutional Network.”) Das Argument 35, 6(202) Nov-Dec: 925-940.
Metcalfe, J. L. (1976), “Organizational strategies and interorganizational networks”, Human
Relations, Vol. 29, pp. 327-343.
Meyer, Gordon W. 1994. “Social information processing and social networks: a test of social
influence mechanisms.” Human Relations 47:1013-47.
Meyer, John W. and Brian Rowan. 1977. “Institutionalized Organizations: Formal Structure as
Myth and Ceremony.” American Journal of Sociology 83:340-363.
Meyer-Ohle, Hendrik. 1997. “The Changing Face of Networks in Japanese Distribution.” Paper
presented at 13th EGOS Colloquium, Budapest.
*Meyerson, Eva M. 1994. “Human Capital, Social Capital and Compensation: The Relative
Contribution of Social Contacts to Managers’ Incomes.” Acta Sociologica 37(4):383-399.
Mezias, Stephen J. and Alan B. Eisner. 1997. “Competition, Imitation, and Innovation: An
Organizational Learning Approach.” Advances in Strategic Management Research 14:261-294.
Miceli,Marcia P. and Janet P. Near. 1988. “Individual and Situational Correlates of WhistleBlowing.” Personnel Psychology 41:267-282.
Miceli,Marcia P. and Janet P. Near. 1992. Blowing the Whistle: The Organizational and Legal
Implications for Companies and Employees. New York: Lexington Books.
Michels, Robert. 1958. Political Parties: A Sociological Study of the Oligarchical Tendencies of
Modern Democracy. Glencoe,IL: Free Press.
Miga, Andrew and Todd Wallack. 1999. “Database for Licenses Stirs Privacy Fears.” Boston
Herald February 19:3.
*Mikkelson, Wayne H. and M. Megan Partch. 1997. “The Decline of Takeovers and Disciplinary
Managerial Turnover.” Journal of Financial Economics 44:205-228.
*Miles, Raymond E. and Charles C. Snow. 1986. “Network Organizations: New Concepts for
New Forms.” California Management Review 27(3):62-73.
*Miles, Raymond E. and Charles C. Snow. 1992. “Causes of Failure in Network Organizations.”
California Management Review, Summer 34(4):53-72.
Miles, Raymond E. and Charles C. Snow. 1994. Fit, Failure, and the Hall of Fame: How
Companies Succeed or Fail. New York: Free Press.
*Miles, Raymond E. and Charles C. Snow. 1995. “The New Network Firm: A Spherical
Structure Built on a Human Investment Philosophy.” Organizational Dynamics 23(Spring):5-18.
Miles, Raymond E. and Charles C. Snow. 1996. “Twenty-First-Century Careers.” Pp. 97-115 in
The Boundaryless Career: A New Employment Principle for a New Organizational Era, edited by
Michael B. Arthur and Denise M. Rousseau. New York: Oxford University Press.
Miles, Robert H. 1997. Corporate Comeback: The Story of Renewal and Transformation at
National Semiconductor. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Miliband, Ralph. 1969. The State in Capitalist Society. New York: Basic Books.
*Miller, Danny and Jamal Shamsie. 1996. “The Resource-Based View of the Firm in Two
Environments: The Hollywood Film Studios from 1936-1965.” Academy of Management
Journal 39:519-543.
Miller, Jon. 1980. “Access to Interorganizational Networks as a Professional Resource.”
American Sociological Review 45:479-496.
Millon, David. 1990. “Frontiers of Legal Thought I: Theories of the Corporation.” Duke Law
Journal 1190:201-259.
Mills, C. Wright. 1956. The Power Elite. New York: Oxford University Press.
Mills, Mike. 1996. “Ushering In a New Age In Communications; Clinton Signs ‘Revolutionary’
Bill Into Law At a Ceremony Packed With Symbolism.” Washington Post February 9:C1.
Millstein, Ira M. and Salem M. Katsch. 1981. The Limits of Corporate Power: Existing
Constraints on the Exercise of Corporate Discretion. New York: Macmillan.
Millstein, Ira M. and Paul W. MacAvoy. 1998. “The Active Board of Directors and Performance
of the Large Publicly Traded Corporation.” Columbia Law Review 98:1283-1321.
Millward, Neil, Paul Marginson and Ron Callus. 1998. “Employer-based Surveys: Mapping,
Monitoring and Theory Development in Large-scale National Surveys.” Pp.135-156 in
Researching the World of Work, edited by Keith Whitfield and George Strauss. Ithaca, NY:
Cornell University Press.
Millward, Neil, Stephen Woodland, Alex Bryson and John Forth. 1998. The British Workplace
Industrial Relations Survey Series: A Bibliography of Research Based on the WIRS. London:
Policy Studies Institute.
Milson, M.R., S.P. Raj and D. Wilemon. 1996. “Strategic Partnering and Development of New
Products.” Research Technology Management 39(3):41-49.
Milward, H. Brinton. 1994. “Nonprofit Contracting and the Hollow State.” Public
Administration Review 54:73-77.
Milward, H. Brinton. 1996. “Symposium on the Hollow State: Capacity, Control and
Performance in Interorganizational Settings.” Journal of Public Administration and Theory
62:193-195.
Milward, H. Brinton and Keith G. Provan. 1993. “The Hollow State: Private Provision of Public
Services.” Pp. 222-237 in Public Policy for Democracy, edited by Helen Ingram and Steven
Rathgeb Smith. Washington: Brookings Institution.
Milward, H. Brinton and Keith G. Provan. 1998. “Principles for Controlling Agents: The
Political Economy of Network Structure.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory
8(2):203-221.
Milward, H. Brinton, Keith G. Provan and Barbara A. Else. 1993. “What Does the Hollow State
Look Like?” Pp. 309-322 in The State of the Art, edited by Barry Bozeman. San Francisco:
Jossey-Bass.
Mincer, Jacob. 1958. “Investment in Human Capital and Personal Income Distribution.” Journal
of Political Economy 66:1-32.
Mincer, Jacob. 1962. “On-the-Job Training: Costs, Returns, and Some Implications.” Journal of
Political Economy (Supplement) 70:50-79.
*Mincer, Jacob. 1994. “Human Capital: A Review.” Pp. 109-41 in Labor Economics and
Industrial Relations: Markets and Institutions, edited by Clark Kerr and Paul D. Staudohar.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Miner, Anne S., Terry L. Amburgey, and Timothy M. Stearns. 1990. “Interorganizational
Linkages and Population Dynamics: Buffering and Transformational Shields.” Administrative
Science Quarterly 35:689-713.
Miner, Anne S. and Philip Anderson. 1999. “Industry and Population-Level Learning:
Organizational, Interorganizational, and Collective Learning Processes.” Advances in Strategic
Management 16:1-30.
Miner, Anne S. and Pamela R. Haunschild. 1995. “Population Level Learning.” Research in
Organizational Behavior 17:115-166.
Mintrom, Michael and Sandra Vergari. 1996. “Advocacy Coalitions, Policy Entrepreneurs, and
Policy Change.” Policy Studies Journal 24:420-434.
Mintrom, Michael and Sandra Vergari. 1998. “Policy Networks and Innovation Diffusion: The
Case of State Education Reforms.” Journal of Politics 60:126-148.
*Mintz, Beth. 1995. “ Business Participation in Health Care Policy Reform: Factors Contributing
to Collective Action within the Business Community.” Social Problems 42:408-428.
Mintz, Beth and Michael Schwartz. 1981. “Interlocking Directorates and Interest Group
Formation.” American Sociological Review 46:851-869.
Mintz, Beth and Michael Schwartz. 1985. The Power Structure of American Business. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Mintzberg, Henry. 1979. The Structure of Organizations. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Mintzberg, Henry. 1983. Power In and Around Organizations. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: PrenticeHall.
Mintzberg, Henry. 1994. The Rise and Fall of Strategic Planning. New York: Free Press.
Mirer, Thad W. 1979. “The Utilization of Earning Capacity.” Review of Economics and
Statistics 61:466-469.
Mishel, Lawrence R. 1994. The State of Working America. M.E. Sharpe.
Mishel, Lawrence and Jared Bernstein. 1995. The State of Working America, 1994-95.
Washington: Economic Policy Institute.
Misumi, K. 1989. “Communication Structure, Trust and the Free Rider Problem.” Journal of
Mathematical Sociology 14:273-282.
Mitchell, J. Clyde. 1969. Social Networks in Urban Situations: Analyses of Personal
Relationships in Central African Towns. Manchester: Manchester University Press.
Mitchell, J. Clyde. 1969. “The Concept and Use of Social Networks.” Pp. 1-50 in Social
Networks in Urban Situations, edited by J. Clyde Mitchell. Manchester, UK: Manchester
University Press.
Mitchell, Neil J. 1989. The Generous Corporation: A Political Analysis of Economic Power.
New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Mitchell, Neil J. 1997. The Conspicuous Corporation: Business, Public Policy and
Representative Democracy. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press.
Mitchell, R.K., B.R. Agle and Donna J, Wood. 1997. “Toward a Theory of Stakeholder
Indentification and Salience: Defining the Principle of Who and What Really Counts.” Academy
of Management Review 22:853-886.
Mitnick, Barry M. 1992. “The Theory of Agency and Organizational Analysis.” Pp. 75-96 in
Ethics and Agency Theory: An Introduction, edited by Norman E. Bowie and R. Edward
Freeman. New York: Oxford University Press.
Mitnick, Barry M. (ed.). 1993. Corporate Political Agency: The Construction of Competition in
Public Affairs. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Mitter, Swasti (ed.). 1992. Computer-aided Manufacturing and Women’s Employment: The
Clothing Industry in Four EC Countries. New York: Springer-Verlag.
Mizell, Louis R. Jr. 1997. Masters of Deception: The Worldwide White-Collar Crime Crisis and
Ways to Protect Yourself. New York: Wiley.
Mizruchi, Mark S. 1982. The American Corporate Network 1904-1974. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage
Publications.
Mizruchi, Mark S. 1983. “Who Controls Whom? An Examination of the Relation Between
Management and Boards of Directors in Large American Corporations.” Academy of
Management Review 8:426-435.
Mizruchi, Mark S. 1989. “Similarity of Political Behavior Among Large American
Corporations.” American Journal of Sociology 95:401-424.
Mizruchi, Mark S. 1992. The Structure of Corporate Political Action: Interfirm Relations and
Their Consequences. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Mizruchi, Mark S. 1993. “Cohesion, Equivalence, and Similarity of Behavior: A Theoretical and
Empirical Assessment.” Social Networks 15:275-307.
Mizruchi, Mark S. 1994. “Social Network Analysis: Recent Achievements and Current
Controversies.” Acta Sociologica 37:329-343.
*Mizruchi, Mark S. 1996. “What Do Interlocks Do? An Analysis, Critique, and Assessment of
Research on Interlocking Directorates.” Annual Review of Sociology 22:271-298.
Mizruchi, Mark S. and Lisa C. Fein. 1999. “The Social Construction of Organizational
Knowledge: A Study of the Uses of Coercive, Mimetic, and Normative Isomorphism.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 44:653-683.
Mizruchi, Mark S. and Joseph Galaskiewicz. 1994. “Networks of Interorganizational Relations.”
Pp. 230-253 in Advances in Social Network Analysis, edited by Stanley Wasserman and Joseph
Galaskiewicz. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Mizruchi, Mark S. and Blyden B. Potts. 1998. “Centrality and Power Revisited: Actor Success in
Group Decision Making.” Social Networks 20:353-387.
Mizruchi, Mark S. and Blyden B. Potts. 2000. “Social Networks and Interorganizational
Relations: An Illustration and Adaptation of a Micro-Level Model of Political Decision Making.”
Research in the Sociology of Organizations 17:225-265.
Mizruchi, Mark S. and Linda B. Stearns. 1988. “A Longitudinal Study of the Formation of
Interlocking Directorates.” Administrative Science Quarterly 33:194-210.
Mizruchi, Mark and Linda Brewster Stearns. 1994. “A Longitudinal Study of Borrowing by
Large American Corporations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:118-40.
Mizruchi, Mark S. and Linda Brewster Stearns. 1998. “Getting Deals Done: The Use of Social
Networks in Bank Decision Making.” Presented at the Annual Meeting of the American
Sociological Association. San Francisco, CA.
Mizruchi, Mark S. and Linda Brewster Stearns. 2001. “Getting Deals Done: The Use of Social
Networks in Bank Decision-Making.” American Sociological Review 66:647-671.
Mizruchi, Mark S. and Michael Schwartz (eds). 1987. Intercorporate Relations: The Structural
Analysis of Business. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Mizruchi, Mark S. and Michael Schwartz. 1987. “The Structural Analysis of Business: An
Emerging Field.” Pp. 3-21 in Intercorporate Relations, edited by Mark Mizruchi and Michael
Schwartz. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Mizruchi, Mark S. and Mina Yoo. 2002. “Interorganizational Power and Dependence.” Pp. 599620 in The Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A. C. Baum. Oxford, UK:
Blackwell.
Moch, Michael. 1980. “Job Involvement, Internal Motivation, and Employees’ Integration into
Networks of Work Relationships.” Organizational Behavior and Human Performance 25:15-31.
Mockler, Robert J. 1999. Multinational Strategic Alliances. New York: Wiley.
Modigliani, Franco and Merton H. Miller. 1958. “The Cost of Capital, Corporation Finance and
the Theory of Investment.” American Economic Review 48:261-297.
Mody, Ashoka. 1993. “Learning Through Alliances.” Journal of Economic Behavior and
Organization 20:151-170.
Moe, Terry. 1980. The Organization of Interests: Incentives and the Internal Dynamics of Political
Interest Groups. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Moe, Terry M. 1990. “Political Institutions: The Neglected Side of the Story: Comment.” Journal
of Law, Economics, and Organization 6:213-254.
Moe, Terry M. 1991. “Politics and the Theory of Organization.” Journal of Law, Economics, and
Organization 7(Sp):106-129.
Moen, Phyllis. 1986. “Women at Work: Commitment and Behavior Over the Life Course.”
Sociological Forum 1:50-75.
*Mohr, Jakki and Robert Spekman. 1994. “Characteristics of Partnership Success, Partnership
Attributes, Communication Behavior, and Conflict Resolution Techniques.” Strategic
Management Journal 15:135-152.
Möller, Kristian and David Wilson (eds.). 1995. Business Marketing: An Interaction and
Network Perspective. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Molm, Linda D. 1990. “Structure, Action, and Outcomes: The Dynamics of Power in Social
Exchange.” American Sociological Review 55:427-47.
Molm, Linda D. 2001. “Theories of Social Exchange and Exchange Networks.” Pp. 260-272 in
Handbook of Social Theory, edited by George Ritzer and Barry Smart. London: Sage
Publications.
Molm, Linda D. and Karen S. Cook. 1995. “Social Exchange and Exchange Networks.” Pp. 209235 in Sociological Perspectives on Social Psychology, edited by Karen S. Cook, Gary Alan Fine
and James S. House. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.
Molm, Linda D., Gretchen Peterson, and Nobuyuki Takahashi. 1999. “Power in Negotiated and
Reciprocal Exchange.” American Sociological Review 64:876-890.
Molm, Linda D., Theron M. Quist, and Phillip A. Wiseley. 1994. “Imbalanced Structures, Unfair
Strategies: Power and Justice in Social Exchange.” American Sociological Review 59:98-121.
Molm, Linda D., Nobuyuki Takahashi, and Gretchen Peterson. 2000. “Risk and Trust in Social
Exchange: An Experimental Test of a Classical Proposition.” American Journal of Sociology
105:1396-1427.
Monden, Yasuhiro. 1993. Toyota Production System: An integrated Approach to Just-in-Time.
2nd Edition. Norcross, GA: Industrial Engineering and Management Press.
Monge, P. R. 1983. “Determinants of Communication Network Involvement: Connectedness and
Integration.” Group and Organization Studies 8:83-111.
Monge, Peter. R. 1990. “Theoretical and Analytical Issues in Studying Organizational
Processes.” Organization Science 1:406-430.
Monge, Peter. R. and E.M. Eisenberg. 1987. “Emergent Communication Networks.” Pp. 304-342
in Handbook of Organizational Communication, edited by F.M. Jablin, L.L. Putnam, K.H.
Roberts and L.W. Porter. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Monks, Robert A.G. 1998. The Emperor’s Nightengale: Restoring the Integrity of the
Corporation in the Age of Shareholder Activism. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Monks, Robert A.G. and Nell Minow. 1991. Power and Accountability. New York:
HarperBusiness.
Montgomery, Cynthia A. 1994. “Corporate Diversification.” Journal of Economic Perspectives
8(3):163-178.
Montgomery, James D. 1998. “Toward a Role-Theoretic Conception of Embeddedness.”
American Journal of Sociology 104:92-125.
Montuori, A. and Conti, I. 1993. From Power to Partnership. San Francisco: Harper.
Moody, Fred. 1995. I Sing the Body Electronic: A Year at Microsoft on the Multimedia Frontier.
New York: Viking.
Moody, James. 2001. “Peer Influence Groups: Identifying Dense Clusters in Large Networks.”
Social Networks 23:261-283.
Moore, Gwen. 1979. “The Structure of a National Elite.” American Sociological Review 44:673691.
Moore, Gwen. 1992. “Gender and Informal Networks in State Government.” Social Science
Quarterly 73:46-61.
*Moore, James F. 1993. “Predators and Prey: A New Ecology of Competition.” Harvard
Business Review May June 75-86.
Moore, Thomas S. 1996 The disposable work force : worker displacement and employment
instability in America. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.
Moore, William J., Robert J. Newman and James Cunningham. 1985. “The Effect of the Extent
of Unionism on Union and Nonunion Wages.” Journal of Labor Research 6:21-44.
Moorman, Christine, Gerald Zaltman and Rohit Deshponde. 1992. “Relationships Between
Providers and Users of Market Research: The Dynamics of Trust Within and Betweeen
Organizations.” Journal of Marketing Research 29:314-328.
Moreno, Jacob L. 1934. Who Shall Survive? Washington, DC: Nervous and Mental Disease
Publishing Co.
Morgan, Robert M. and Shelby D. Hunt. 1994. “The Commitment-Trust Theory of Relationship
Marketing.” Journal of Marketing 58:20-38.
Morgan, Stephen L. and Aage B. Sorensen. 1999. “Parental Networks, Social Closure, and
Mathematics Learning: A Test of Coleman’s Social Capital Explanation of School Effects.”
American Sociological Review, 64:661-681.
Morgan, Stephen L. and Aage B. Sorensen. 1999. “Theory, Measurement, and Specification
Issues in Models of Network Effects on Learning: Reply to Carbonaro and to Hallinan and
Kubitschek.” American Sociological Review, 64:694-700.
Morra, Linda G. 1995. “Employment Discrimination: Most Private-Sector Employees Use
Alternative Dispute Resolution.” Washington: Government Accounting Office Report
Morrill, Calvin. 1995. The Executive Way. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Morris, Betty. 1997. “Big Blue.” Fortune, April 14:68-81.
Morris, Michael H. 1998. Entrepreneurial Intensity: Sustainable Advantages for Individuals,
Organizations, and Societies. Westport, CT: Quorum Books.
Morrow, David J. 2000. “Rise, and Fall, of ‘Life Sciences’: Drugmakers Scramble to Unload
Agricultural Units.” New York Times January 20:C1.
Mortished, Carl. 1999. “US Food Giants Thrown into the Mixer.” The Times (London)
September 18: Business 1.
Moschandreas, Maria. 1997. “The Role of Opportunism in Transaction Cost Economics.”
Journal of Economic Issues 31:39-57.
Moss, Philip and Chris Tilly. 1996. “‘Soft’ Skills and Race: An Investigation of Black Men’s
Employment Problems.” Work and Occupations 23:252-276.
Mowery, David C. (ed.). 1988. International Collaborative Ventures in U.S. Manufacturing.
Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.
Mowery, David C. 1998. “The Changing Structure of the US National Innovation System:
Implications for International Conflict and Cooperation in R&D Policy.” Research Policy
27:639-654.
Mowery, David C., Joanne E. Oxley and Brian S. Silverman. 1996. “Strategic Alliances and
Interfirm Knowledge Transfer.” Strategic Management Journal 17 (Winter Special Issue):77-91.
Mueller, Dennis C. 1986. The Modern Corporation: Profits, Power, Growth and Performance.
Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska Press.
Mueller, R.K. 1986. Corporate Networking. New York: Free Press.
*Murdoch, J. 1995. “Actor-Networks and the Evolution of Economic Forms: Combining
Description and Explanation in Theories of Regulation, Flexible Specialization, and Networks.”
Environment and Planning 27:731-757.
Murnigham, J. Keith and Daniel J. Brass. 1991. “Intraorganizational Coalitions.” Research on
Negotiations in Organizations 283-307.
Murphy, Kevin M. and Finis Welch. 1990. “Empirical Age-Earnings Profiles.” Journal of Labor
Economics 8:202-229.
Murphy, Kevin J. and Jerold L. Zimmerman. 1993. “Financial Performance Surrounding CEO
Turnover.” Journal of Accounting and Economics 16:273-316.
Murrell, Audrey, Faye J. Crosby and Robin J. Ely (eds.). 1998. Mentoring Dilemmas:
Developmental Relationships Within Multicultural Organizations. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence
Earlbaum Associates.
Murtha, T.P. and S.A. Lenway. 1994. “Country Capabilities and the Strategic State: How
National Political Institutions Affect Multinational Corporations’ Strategies.” Strategic
Management Journal 15:113-129.
Musgrave, J and Anniss, M (1996) Relationship Dynamics. Theory and Analysis. The Free Press.
Mutinelli, Marco and Lucia Piscitello. 1998. “The Entry Mode Choice of MNEs: An
Evolutionary Approach.” Research Policy 27:491-506.
Myers, Stewart C. 1984. “The Capital Structure Puzzle.” Journal of Finance 39:575-592.
Myers, Stewart C. and Nicholas S. Majluf. 1984. “Corporate Financing and Investment Decisions
When Firms have Information that Investors Do Not Have.” Journal of Financial Economics
13:187-221.
Nadel, S.F. 1957. The Theory of Social Structure. London: Cohen and West.
Nadler, Leonard. 1984. “What Japan Learned from the U.S.—That We Forgot to Remember.”
California Management Review 26:46-61.
Nadler, Leonard and Zeace Nadler. 1989. Developing Human Resources. San Francisco: JosseyBass.
Nadler, Leonard and G.D. Wiggs. 1986. Managing Human Resource Development: A Practical
Guide. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Naffziger, Douglas. 1995. “Entrepreneurship: A Person Based Theory Approach.” Advances in
Entrepreneurship, Firm Emergence, and Growth 2:21-50.
Nahapiet, J. and Sumantra Ghoshal. 1998. “Social Capital, Intellectual Capital, and the
Organizational Advantage.” Academy of Management Review 23:242-266.
Nakamura, Masao, J. Myles Shaver and Bernard Yeung. 1996. “An Empirical Investigation of
Joint Venture Dynamics: Evidence from U.S.-Japan Joint Ventures.” International Journal of
Industrial Organization 14:521-541.
Naik, Gautam. 1997. “BT’s Plan to Be Global Telecom Player May Have Collapsed with Its MCI
Bid.” Wall Street Journal November 11:B8.
Naisbitt, John. 1994. Global Paradox: The Bigger the World Economy, the More Powerful Its
Smallest Players. New York: William Morrow.
Nalbantian, Haig R. (ed.). 1987. Incentives, Cooperation, and Risk Sharing: Economic and
Psychological Perspectives on Employment Contracts. Totowa, NJ: Rowman and Littlefield.
Nanda, A. and P.J. Williamson. 1995. “Corporate Restructuring: How Joint Ventures Can Help
Ease the Pain.” Paris: INSEAD, Working Papers 95/82/EAC.
Nardone, Thomas, Diane Herz, Earl Mellor, and Steven Hipple. 1993. “1992: Job Market in the
Doldrums.” Monthly Labor Review (February): 3-14.
Nasar, Sylvia. 1994. “Myth: Small Business as Job Engine.” New York Times March 25:C1.
National Science Foundation. 1999. Science and Engineering Indicators 1998. Wsahington: U.S.
Government Printing Office.
*Near, Janet P., Terry Morehead Dworkin and Marcia P. Miceli. 1993. “Explaining the WhistleBlowing Process: Suggestions from Power Theory and Justice Theory.” Organization Science
4:393-411.
*Near, Janet P. and Marcia P. Miceli. 1995. “Effective Whistle-Blowing.” Academy of
Management Review 20:679-708.
Nee, Victor and Paul Ingram. 1998. “Embeddedness and Beyond: Institutions, Exchange, and
Social Structure.” Pp. 19-45 in The New Institutionalism in Sociology edited by Mary C.
Brinton and Victor Nee. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Neil, Cecily C. and William E. Snizek. 1988. “Gender as a Moderator of Job Satisfaction: A
Multivariate Assessment.” Work and Occupations 15:201-219.
Nelson, Reed E. 1989. “The Strength of Strong Ties: Social Networks and Intergroup Conflict in
Organizations.” Academy of Management Journal 32:377-401.
Nelson, Ralph L. 1959. Merger Movements in American Industry, 1895-1956. Princeton, NJ:
Princeton University Press.
Nelson, Richard R. (ed.). 1993. National Systems of Innovation. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Nelson, Richard R. 1994. “Evolutionary Theorizing about Economic Change.” Pp. 108-136 in
The Handbook of Economic Sociology, edited by Neil Smelser and Richard Swedberg.
Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Nelson Richard R. 1995. Recent Evolutionary Theorizing About Economic Change, Journal of
Economic Literature, 33: 48-90.
Nelson, Richard R. 1994. “The Co-Evolution of Technology, Industrial Structure, and
Supporting Institutions.” Industrial and Corporate Change 3:47-64.
Nelson, Richard R. and Sydney Winter. 1982. An Evolutionary Theory of Economic Change.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Nemeth, Roger J. and David A. Smith. 1985. “International Trade and World-System Structure:
A Multiple Network Analysis.” Review 8(4):517-560.
Nesbitt, Stephen L. 1994. “Long-term Rewards from Shareholder Activism: A Study of the
‘CalPERS Effect.’” Journal of Applied Corporate Finance 6(4):75-80.
Neuman, Shoshana and Adrian Ziderman. 1986. “Testing the Dual Labor Market Hypothesis:
Evidence from the Israel Labor Mobility Survey.” Journal of Human Resources 21:230-237.
Neustadtl, Alan and Dan Clawson. 1988. “Corporate Political Groupings: Does Ideology Unify
Business Political Behavior?” American Sociological Review 53:172-190.
Nevaer, Louis E.V. and Steven A. Deck. 1990. Strategic Corporate Alliances: A Study of the
Present, A Model for the Future. New York: Quorum Books.
New York Times. 1996. The Downsizing of America. New York: Times Books.
Newell, Sue and Jacky Swan. 2000. “Trust and Inter-Organizational Networking.” Human
Relations 53:1287-1328.
Nickell, Stephen. and Brian Bell. 1995. “The Collapse in the Demand for Unskilled and
Unemployment Across the OECD.” Oxford Review of Economic Policy 11:40-62.
Nickell, Stephen. 1995. “Labour Market Dynamics in OECD Countries.” London School of
Economics, Centre for Economic Performance Discussion Paper No. 255.
Nicolson, Miklos S. 1972. Duties and liabilities of corporate officers and directors. Englewood
Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Niederkofler, Martin. 1991. “The Evolution of Strategic Alliances: Opportunities for Managerial
Influence.” Journal of Business Venturing 6(4):237-257.
Nishiguchi, Toshihiro. 1993. Strategic Industrial Sourcing: The Japanese Advantage. New York:
Oxford University Press.
Noble, Kenneth B. 1985. “In 50 Years, Unions Move from Fans to Foes of Labor Board.” New
York Times July 9:A14.
*Noe, Raymond A. 1988. “Women and Mentoring: A Review and Research Agenda.” Academy
of Management Review 13:65-78.
Noe, Raymond A. 1988. “An Investigation of the Determinants of Successful Assigned
Mentoring Relationships.” Personnel Psychology 41:457-479.
Nohria, Nitin. 1992. “Is a Network Perspective a Useful Way of Studying Organizations?” Pp. 122 in N. Nohria and R.G. Eccles. (eds.) Networks and Organizations. Boston: Harvard University
Press.
Nohria, Nitin and J.D. Berkley. 1995. “From Structure to Structuring: A Pragmatic Perspective
on Organizational Design.” Harvard Business School Working Paper #96-053.
Nohria, Nitin and Robert G. Eccles (eds.). 1992. Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form
and Action. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Nohria, Nitin and Carlos C. Garcia-Pont. 1991. “Global Strategic Linkages and Industry
Structure.” Strategic Management Journal Special Issue 12:105-124.
Nohria, Nitin and S. Ghoshal. 1997. The Differentiated Network: A New Model for Organizing
Multinational Corporations. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Nohria, Nitin and Ranjay Gulati. 1996. “Firms and Their Environments.” In The Handbook of
Economic Sociology, edited by Neil J. Smelser and R. Swedberg. Princeton: Russell Sage.
Nolan, Richard L. and David C. Croson. 1995. Creative Destruction: A Six-Stage Process for
Transforming the Organization. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Nonaka, I. And H. Takeuchi. 1995. The Knowledge-Creating Company. Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
Nooteboom, Bart. 1993. “An Analysis of Specificity in Transaction Cost Economics.”
Organization Studies 14:443-451.
Nooteboom, Bart. 1996. “Opportunism and Trust in Transaction Cost Economics.” Pp. 327-349
in Transaction Cost Economics and Beyond, edited by John Groeneweyen. Boston: Kluwer
Academic.
Nooteboom, Bart. 1997. “Cost, Quality and Learning Based Governance in Transactions,” Pp.
XXX in The Changing Boundaries of Firms, edited by M. Colombo. London: Routledge.
Nooteboom, Bart. 1996. “Trust, Opportunism and Governance: A Process and Control Model.”
Organization Studies 17:985-1010.
Nooteboom, Bart. 1997. “Design of Inter-Firm Relations: Goals, Conditions, Problems and
Solutions.” Paper presented at 13th EGOS Colloquium, Budapest.
Nooteboom, Bart. 1999. “The Dynamic Efficiency of Networks.” Pp. XXX in The Game of
Networks, edited by Anna Grandori. London: Routledge.
Nooteboom, Bart, Hans Berger and Niels G. Noorderhaven. 1997. “Effects of Trust and
Governance on Relational Risk.” Academy of Management Journal 40:308-338.
North, Douglass C. 1990. Institutions, Institutional Change and Economic Performance. New
York: Cambridge University Press.
Norus, Jesper. 1997. “The role of personal and professional networks in the process of
technological transformation.” The American Behavioral Scientist 40:514-22.
Novak, Tim. 2000. “Federal Mole Gets 39 Months: Silver Shovel Corruption Probe Ends.”
Chicago Sun-Times. March 18:3.
*Nownes, Anthony J. and Grant Neeley. 1996. “Toward an Explanation for Public Interest Group
Formation and Proliferation: ‘Seed Money,’ Disturbances, Entrepreneurship,
and Patronage.” Policy Studies Journal 24:74-92.
*Nownes, Anthony J. and Grant Neeley. 1996. “Public Interest Group Entrepreneurship and
Theories of Group Mobilization.” Political Research Quarterly 49:119-46.
Nueno, P., and Oosterveld, J. 1988. Managing technology alliances. Long Range Planning, 21 (3):
11-17.
Nuget, N. and O’Donnell, R. eds. (1994), The European Business Environment. MacMillan
Publishers.
Nyberg, David. 1993. The Varnished Truth. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
O’Connor, Marleen A. 1991. “Restructuring the Corporation’s Nexus of Contacts: Recognizing a
Fiduciary Duty to Protect Displaced Workers.” North carolina Law Review 69:1189.
Ocasio, William. 1994. “Political Dynamics and the Circulation of Power: CEO Succession in
U.S. Industrial Corporations, 1960-1990.” Administrative Science Quarterly 39:285-312.
Ocasio, William. 1999. “Institutionalized Action and Corporate Governance: The Reliance on
Rules of CEO Succession.” Administrative Science Quarterly 44:384-416.
Ocasio, William and Hyosun Kim. 1999. “The Circulation of Corporate Control: Selection of
Functional Backgrounds of New CEOs in Large U.S. Manufacturing Firms, 1981-1992.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 44:532-562.
OECD. 1998. Institutional Investors in the New Financial Landscape.
Ohmae, K. (1989), “The global logic of strategic alliances”, Harvard Business Review, Vol. 67,
pp. 143-154.
Oi, Walter Y. 1983a. “Heterogeneous Firms and the Organization of Production.” Economic
Inquiry 21:147-171.
Oi, Walter Y. 1983b. “The Fixed Employment Costs of Specialized Labor.” Pp. 63-122 in The
Measurement of Labor Cost, edited by Jack E. Triplett. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Oi, Walter. 1990. “Employment Relations in Dual Labor Markets (It’s Nice Work If You Can
Get It).” Journal of Labor Economics 8:S124-S149.
Olk, Paul. 1999. “Explaining a Member Organizations Influence in an R&D Consortium: A Joint
Test of the Dimensions of Task Characteristics and Organizing Routines and of the Level of
Analysis.” Journal of High Technology Management Research 10:123-146.
Olk, P. Early, C. 2000. “Interpersonal Relationships in International Strategic Alliances: CrossCultural Exchanges and Contextual Factors”, in David Faulkner and Mark de Rond (eds.)
Perspectives of Cooperation: Confronting Complexity in Interorganizational Collaborations.
Oxford University Press.
Oliver, Amalya. 1997. “Networking for Intellectual Capital Between Universities and Industry in
Biotechnology: Contrasting Metaphors of Organization and Organism.”Paper presented at 13th
EGOS Colloquium, Budapest.
Oliver, Amalya L. 1997. “On the Nexus of Organizations and Professions: Networking Through
Trust.” Sociological Inquiry 67:227-245.
Oliver, Amalya L. and Mark Ebers. 1998. “Networking Network Studies: An Analysis of
Conceptual Configurations in the Study of Inter-organizational Relationships.” Organization
Studies 19:549-583.
*Oliver, Christine. 1990. “Determinants of Interorganizational Relationships: Integration and
Future Directions.” Academy of Management Review 15:241-65.
Oliver, Christine. 1991. “Network Relations and Loss of Organizational Autonomy.” Human
Relations 44:943-961.
Oliver, Christine. 1996. “The Institutional Embeddedness of Economic Activity.” Advances in
Strategic Management 13:163-186.
Oliver, Christine. 1997. “The Influence of Institutional and Task Environment Relationships on
Organizational Performance: The Canadian Construction Industry.” Journal of Management
Studies 34:99-124.
Oliver, Pamela E. 1980. “Rewards and Punishments as Selective Incentives for Collective
Action: Theoretical Investigations.” American Journal of Sociology 85:1356-1375.
Oliver, Pamela E. 1984. “’If You Don't Do It, Nobody Else Will’: Active and Token Contributors
to Local Collective Action.” American Sociological Review 49:601-610.
Olalla, Marta Fossas. 1999. “The Resource-Based Theory and Human Resources.” International
Advances in Economic Research 5:84-92.
Olmos, David R. 1995. “They’ve Been There, Done That -- And Now Their Passing It on to
Others.” Los Angeles Times March 13:Business, Part 2:22.
*Olson, Craig A. 1995. “Health Benefits Coverage Among Male Workers.”Monthly Labor
Review 118(3):55-61.
Olson, Mancur. 1965. The Logic of Collective Action: Public Goods and the Theory
of Groups. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Olson, Randall. 2000. “High-Tech, Low-Profile: ‘New Economy’ Companies and Their
Financial Backers Can Thrive in Minnesota, But a Stronger Network is Needed to Stitch Them
Together.” Minneapolis Star Tribune May 1:Business 3.
O’Neill, Gerard K. 1981. 2081: A Hopeful View of the Human Future. London: Jonathan Cape.
O’Neill, Regina, Sylvia Horton and Faye J. Crosby. 1998. “Gender Issues in Developmental
Relationships.” Pp. 63-80 in Mentoring Dilemmas: Developmental Relationships Within
Multicultural Organizations, edited by Audrey Murrell, Faye J. Crosby and Robin J. Ely.
Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Earlbaum Associates.
Opler, Tim C. and Jonathan Sokobin. 1995. “Does Coordinated Institutional Activism Work? An
Analysis of the Activities of the Council of Institutional Investors.” Columbus, OH: Ohio State
University mimeo.
O’Reilly, Brian. 1994. “The New Deal: What Companies and Employees Owe One Another.”
Fortune, June 13:44-52.
O’Reilly, Charles. 1989. “Corporations, Culture, and Commitment: Motivation and Social
Control in Organizations.” California Management Review 31:9-25.
O’Reilly, Charles, Brian G. Main and Graef Crystal. 1988. “CEO Compensation as Tournament
and Social Comparison: A Tale of Two Theories.” Administrative Science Quarterly 33:257-274.
O’Reilly Charles A. and Jeffrey Pfeffer. 2000. Hidden Value: How Great Companies Achieve
Extraordinary Results with Ordinary People. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
*Orru, Marco. 1991. “The Institutional Logic of Small-Firm Economies in Italy and Taiwan.”
Studies in Comparative International Development 26:3-28.
Orwall, Bruce and Joann S. Lublin. 1998. “Investor Take Aim at Disney Board Again.” Wall
Street Journal February 20:C1.
Osberg, Lars. 1984. Economic Inequality in the United States. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe.
Osborn, Richard N. and C. Christopher Baughn. 1990. “Forms of Interorganizational Governance
for Multinational Alliances.” Academy of Management Journal 33:503-519.
*Osborn, Richard N. and John Hagedoorn. 1997. “The Institutionalization and Evolutionary
Dynamics of Interorganizational Alliances and Networks.” Academy of Management Journal
40:261-278.
Osterman, Paul. 1975. “An Empirical Study of Labor Market Segmentation.” Industrial and
Labor Relations Review 28:508-523.
Osterman, Paul (ed.). 1984. Internal Labor Markets. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Osterman, Paul. 1987. “Choice Among Alternative Internal Labor Market Systems.” Industrial
Relations 26:46-67.
Osterman, Paul. 1988. Employment Futures: Reorganization, Dislocation, and Public Policy.
New York: Oxford University Press.
Osterman, Paul. 1991. “Impact of IT on Jobs and Skills.” Pp. 220-243 in The Corporation of the
1990s: Information Technology and Organizational Transformation, edited by Michael S. Scott
Morton. New York: Oxford University Press.
*Osterman, Paul. 1994. “How Common is Workplace Transformation and How Can We Explain
Who Does It?” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 47:173-88.
*Osterman, Paul. 1994. “Internal Labor Markets: Theory and Change.” Pp. 303-39 in Labor
Economics and Industrial Relations: Markets and Institutions, edited by Clark Kerr and Paul D.
Staudohar. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Osterman, Paul. 1995. “Work/Family Programs and the Employment Relationship.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 40:681-700.
Osterman, Paul. 1995. “Skill, Training, and Work Organization in American Establishments.”
Industrial Relations 34:125-146.
Osterman, Paul (ed.). 1996. Broken Ladders: Managerial Careers in the New Economy. New
York: Oxford University Press.
Osterman, Paul. 1999. Securing Prosperity: The American Labor Market: How It Has Changed
and What to Do About It. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Osterman, Paul. 2000 “Work Reorganization in an Era of Restructuring: Trends in Diffusion and
Effects on Employee Welfare.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 53:179-196.
Ostrom, Eleanor. 1994. “Constituting Social Capital and Collective Action.” Journal of
Theoretical Politics 6(4):527-562.
O’Sullivan, Jane. 1999. “O’Reilly Judged Poor Value for Heinz Salary.” The Irish Times April
13:14.
Oswald, Andrew J. 1985. “The Economic Theory of Trade Unions: An Introductory Survey.”
Scandinavian Journal of Economics 87:160-193.
Oswald, Lynda J. 1998. “Shareholders v. Stakeholders: Evaluating Corporate Constituency
Statutes Under the Takings Clause.” Iowa Journal of Corporation Law 24:1-18.
Ouchi, William G. 1980. “Markets, Bureaucracies, and Clans.” Administrative Science Quarterly
25:129-41.
Ouchi, W. G., and Bolton, M. K. 1988. The logic of joint Research and Development. California
Management Review, Spring: 9-33.
Ouchi, William G. and Alan L. Wilkins. 1985. “Organizational Culture.” Annual Review of
Sociology 11:457-83.
Oum, T.H. and J. H. Park. 1997. “Airline Alliances: Current Status, Policy Issues, and Future
Directions.” Journal of Air Transport Management 3:133-144.
Padgett, John F. and C. K. Ansell. 1993. “Robust Action and the Rise of the Medici, 1400-1434.”
American Journal of Sociology 98:1259-1319.
Paglin, Morton and Anthony M. Rufolo. 1990. “Heterogeneous Human Capital, Occupational
Choice, and Male-Female Earnings Differences.” Journal of Labor Economics 8:123-144.
Palmer, Donald. 1983. “Broken Ties: Interlocking Directorates and Intercorporate Coordination.”
Administration Science Quarterly 28:40-55.
Palmer, Donald, Brad Barber, Xueguang Zhou and Yasemin Soysal. 1995. “The Friendly and
Predatory Acquisition of Large U.S. Corporations in the 1960s.” American Sociological Review
60:469-500.
*Palmer, Donald, P. Devereaux Jennings and Xueguang Zhou. 1993. “Late Adoption of the
Multidivisional Form by Large U.S. Corporations: Institutional, Political and Economic
Accounts.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:100-131.
Palmer, Donald, Roger Friedland, P. Devereaux Jennings and Melanie E. Powers. 1987. “The
Economics and Politics of Structure: The Multidivisional Form and the Large U.S. Corporation.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 32:25-48.
Pandey, Vivek, Theodor Kohers and Gerald Kohers. 1998. “Deterministic Nonlinearity in the
Stock Returns of Major European Equity Markets and the United States.” Financial Review
33:45-63.
Pappi, Franz Urban. 1984. “Boundary Specifications and Structural Models of Elite Systems:
Social Circles Revisited.” Social Networks 6:79-95.
Pappi, Franz Urban and Christian H.C.A. Henning. 1998. “Policy Networks: More Than a
Metaphor?” Journal of Theorethical Politics 10:553-575.
Pappi, Franz Urban and Peter Kappelhoff. 1984. “Abhängigkeit, Tausch und kollektive
Entscheidung in einer Gemeindeelite.” Zeitschrift für Soziologie 13: 87-117.
Pappi, Franz Urban, Thomas König and David Knoke. 1995. Entscheidungsprozesse in der Arbeitsund Sozialpolitik. Der Zugang der Interessengruppen zum Regierungssystem über Politikfeldnetze:
Ein deutsch-amerikanischer Vergleich. Frankfurt/NewYork: Campus Verlag.
Pappi, Franz Urban and Christian Melbeck. 1984. “Das Macht-potential von Organisationen in der
Gemeindepolitik.” Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie 36: 557-584.
Parcel, Toby L., Robert L. Kaufman and Leeann Jolly. 1991. “Going Up the Ladder: Multiplicity
Sampling to Create Linked Macro-to-Micro Organizational Samples.” Sociological Methodology
21:43-79.
Parcel, Toby L. and Charles W. Mueller. 1983. Ascription and Labor Markets: Race and Sex
Differences in Earnings. New York: Academic Press.
Park, S. 1996. “Managing an Interorganizational Network: A Framework of the Institutional
Mechanism for Network Control.” Organization Studies 17(5):795-824.
Park, Seung Ho and Gerardo R. Ungson. 1997. “The Effect of National Culture, Organizational
Complementarity, and Economic Motivation on Joint Venture Dissolution.” Academy of
Management Journal 40:279-307.
Parker, Robert E. 1994. Flesh Peddlers and Warm Bodies: The Temporary Help Industry and Its
Workers. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.
Parker-Pope, Tara. 1996. “So Far Away.” Wall Street Journal April 11:R12.
Parkhe, Arvind. 1991. “Interfirm Diversity, Organizational Learning, and Longevity in Global
Strategic Alliances.” Journal of International Business Studies 22:579-601.
*Parkhe, Arvind. 1993. “Strategic Alliance Structuring: A Game Theoretic and Transaction Cost
Examination of Interfirm Cooperation.” Academy of Management Journal 36:794-829.
*Parkhe, Arvind. 1993. “‘Messy’ Research, Methodological Predispositions, and Theory
Development in International Joint Ventures.” Academy of Management Review 18:227-268.
Parkhe, Arvind. 2000. “The Structure of Optimal Trust: A Comment and Some Extensions.”
Academy of Management Review 25:10-11.
*Parrino, Robert. 1997. “CEO Turnover and Outside Succession: A Cross-Sectional Analysis.”
Journal of Financial Economics 46:165-197.
Pastor, Juan-Carlos. 2002. “A Network Effects Model of Charisma Attributions.” Academy of
Management Journal 45:410-.
Petersen, Trond, Ishak Saporta and Marc-David L. Seidel. 2000. “Offering a Job: Meritocracy
and Social Networks.” American Journal of Sociology 106:763-816.
Pattison, Philippa. 1993. Algebraic Models for Social Networks. New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Pattison, Philippa. 2001. “Constructing Models for Social Space.” Melbourne, Australia: Dean’s
Lecture Series <http://www.medfac.unimelb.edu.au/med/deanLect/deanLectDoc27_02_01.pdf
>(July 21, 2002)
Pattison, Philippa and Stanley Wasserman. 1995. “Constructing Algebraic Models for Local
Social Networks Using Statistical Methods.” Journal of Mathematical Psychology 39:57-72.
Pattison, Philippa and Stanley Wasserman. 1999. “Logit Models and Logistic Regressions for
Social Networks: II. Multivariate Relations.” British Journal of Mathematical and Statistical
Psychology 52:169-193.
Pattison, Philippa, Stanley Wasserman, G. Robins and A.M. Kanfer. 2000. “Statistical
Evaluation of Algebraic Constraints for Social Networks.” Journal of Mathematical Psychology
Paulson, S. 1985. “A Paradigm for the Analysis of Interorganizational Networks.” Social
Networks 7:105-1126.
Pauly, Louis W. and Simon Reich. 1997. “National Structures and Multinational Corporate
Behavior: Enduring Differences in the Age of Globalization.” International Organization 51:130.
Paxton, Pamela. 1999. “Is Social Capital Declining in the United States? A Multiple Indicator
Assessment.” American Journal of Sociology 105:88-127.
Peli, Gabor, Jeroen Bruggeman, Michael Masuch and Breanndan O Nuallain. 1994. “A Logical
Approach to Formalizing Organizational Ecology.” American Sociological Review 59:571-593.
Pennar, Karen. 1997. “The Ties that Lead to Prosperity.” Business Week, December 15:153-155.
Pennings, Johannes M. 1980. Intelocking Directorates. San Francsico: Jossey Bass.
Pennings, Johannes M. 1981. “Strategically Interdependent Organizations.” Pp. 433-455 in
Handbook of Organizational Design. Vol. 1, edited by P. Nystrom and W. H. Starbuck. New
York: Oxford University Press.
Pennings, Johannes M., Kyungmook Lee and Arjen van Witteloostuijn. 1998. “Human Capital,
Social Capital, and Firm Dissolution.” Academy of Management Journal 41:425-440.
Penrose, Edith T. 1959. The Theory of the Growth of the Firm. Lodon: Blackwell and Mott.
Perlmutter, H. V., and Heenan, D. A. 1986. Cooperate to compete globally. Harvard Business
Review, March-April: 136-152.
Perrow, Charles. 1984. Normal Accidents: Living with High-Risk Technologies. New York:
Basic Books.
Perrow, Charles. 1986. “Economic Theories of Organizations.” Theory and Society 15:11-45.
Perrow, Charles. 1991. “A Society of Organizations.” Theory and Society 20:725-762.
*Perrow, Charles. 1992. “Small-Firm Networks.” Pp. 445-79 in Networks and Organizations:
Structure, Form and Action, edited by Nitin Nohria and Robert G. Eccles. Boston, MA: Harvard
Business School Press.
Perrow, Charles. 1992. “Organizational Theorists in a Society of Organizations.” International
Sociology 7:371-380.
Perrow, Charles. 2000. “An Organizational Analysis of Organizational Theory.” Contemporary
Sociology 29:469-476.
Perrucci, Robert. 1994. Japanese Auto Transplants in the Heartland. New York: Aldine de
Gruyter.
Perry, M. 1996. “Network Intermediaries and Their Effectiveness.” International Small Business
Journal 14:81-89.
*Pescosolido, Bernice. 1992. “Beyond Rational Choice: The Social Dynamics of How People
Seek Help.” American Journal of Sociology 97:1096-1138.
Pescosolido, Bernice A. and Beth A. Rubin. 2000. “The Web of Group Affiliations Revisited:
Social Life, Postmodernism, and Sociology.” American Sociological Review 65:52-76.
Peteraf, Margaret A. 1993. “The Cornerstones of Competitive Advantage: A Resource-Based
View.” Strategic Management Journal 14(3):179-191.
Peteraf, Margaret and Mark Shanley. 1997. “Social Learning and the ‘Fundamental Paradox’ of
Transaction Cost Economics.” Advances in Strategic Management Research 14:193-222.
Peters, Lois, Peter Groenewegen and Nico Fiebelkorn. 1998. “A Comparison of Networks
Between Industry and Public Sector Research in Materials Technology and Biotechnology.”
Research Policy 27:255-271.
Petersen, M.A. and R.G. Rajan. 1994. “The Benefits of Lending Relationships: Evidence from
Small Business Data.” Journal of Finance 49:3-38.
Petersen, Trond. 1990. “Analyzing Event Histories.” Pp. 259-88 in New Statistical Methods in
Longitudinal Research, Vol. 2, edited by A. von Eye. Orlando, FL: Academic Press.
Petersen, Trond. 1991a. “The Statistical Analysis of Event Histories.” Sociological Methods and
Research 19:270-323.
Petersen, Trond. 1991b. “Time-Aggregation Bias in Continuous-Time Hazard-Rate Models.”
Sociological Methodology 21:263-290.
Petersen, Trond and Seymour Spilerman. 1990. “Job-Quits from an Internal Labor Market.” Pp.
69-95 in Event History Analysis in Life Course Research, edited by Karl U. Mayer and Nancy B.
Tuma. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.
Peterson, John. 1992. “The European Technology Community: Policy Networks in a
Supranational Setting.” In Policy Networks in British Government, edited by David Marsh and
R.A.W. Rhodes. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Peterson, John. 1995. “Policy Networks and European Union Policy Making: A Reply to
Kassim.” West European Politics 18(2):389-407.
Peterson, John. 1997. “States, Societies and the European Union.” West European Politics
20(4):1-23.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1972. “Merger as a Response to Organizational Interdependence.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 17:382-394.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1973. “Executive Recruitment and the Development of Interfirm Organizations.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 18:449-461.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1978. “The Micropolitics of Organizations.” Pp. 29-50 in Environments and
Organizations, edited by Marshall Meyer and Associates. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1981. Power in Organizations. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1982. Organizations and Organizational Theory. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1987. “A Resource Dependence Perspective on Intercorporate Relations.” Pp.
25-55 in Intercorporate Relations: The Structural Analysis of Business, edited by Mark Mizruchi
and Michael Schwartz. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1992. “When It Comes to ‘Best Practices’--Why Do Smart Organizations
Occasionally Do Dumb Things?” Organizational Dynamics 19(Summer):33-44.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1992. Managing with Power: Politics and Influence in Organizations. Boston,
MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1994. Competitive Advantage Through People: Unleashing the Power of the
Workplace. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1997. New Directions for Organization Theory: Problems and Prospects.
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1998. The Human Equation: Building Profits by Putting People First. Boston,
MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey and James N. Baron. 1988. “Taking the Workers Back Out: Recent Trends in the
Structuring of Employment.” Research in Organizational Behavior 10:257-303.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey and Yinon Cohen. 1984. “Determinants of Internal Labor Markets in
Organizations.” Aministrative Science Quarterly 29:550-572.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey and Alison Davis-Blake. 1990. “Unions and Job Satisfaction: An Alternative
View.” Work and Occupations 17:259-283.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey and Philip Nowak. 1976. “Joint Ventures and Interorganizational
Interdependence.” Aministrative Science Quarterly 21:398-418.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey and Jerry Ross. 1990. “Gender-Based Wage Differences: The Effects of
Organizational Context.” Work and Occupations 17:55-78.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey and Gerald R. Salancik. 1978. The External Control of Organization: A Resource
Dependence Perspective. New York: Harper and Row.
Pfeffer, Jeffrey and Robert I. Sutton. 2000. The Knowing-Doing Gap: How Smart Companies
Turn Knowledge into Action. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Phillips, Bruce D. 1991. “The Increasing Role of Small Firms in the High-Technology
Sector: Evidence from the 1980s.” Business Economics 26:40-47.
Phillips, Bruce D. 1993. “The Growth of Small Firm Jobs by State, 1984-88.” Business
Economics 28(2):48-53.
Phillips, Kevin. 1990. The Politics of Rich and Poor: Wealth and the American Electorate in the
Reagan Aftermath. Nw York: Random House.
Phillips, Kevin. 1993. Boiling Point: Democrats, Republicans, and the Decline of Middle-Class
Prosperity. New York: Random House.
*Picot, Arnold, Tanja Ripperger and Birgitta Wolff. 1996. “The Fading Boundaries of the Firm:
The Role of Information and Communication Technology.” Journal of Institutional and
Theoretical Economics 152:65-88.
Pil, F. K. and C.R. Leana. 2000. “Free-agency versus high involvement approaches to skill
development: Enhancing relational wealth.” Pp. 116-129 in Relational Wealth The Advantages
of Stability in a Changing Economy, edited by C. R. Leana and D. M. Rousseau. Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
Pil, Frits K. and John Paul MacDuffie. 1996. “The Adoption of High-Involvement Work
Practices.” Industrial Relations 35:423-455.
Pildes, R.H. 1996. “The Destruction of Social Capital Through Law.” University of Pennsylvania
Law Review 144(5):2055-2077.
Pilkington, Alan. 1996. “Learning from Joint Venture: The Rover-Honda Relationship.”
Business History 38:90-114.
Pinch, Trevor J. and Wiebe E. Bijker. 1987. “The Social Construction of Facts and Artifacts.” in
The Social Construction of Technological Systems, edited by W. E. Bijker, T. P. Hughes, and T.
J. Pinch. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Pinegar, J. Michael and Lisa Wilbricht. 1989. “What Managers Think of Capital Structure
Theory: A Survey.” Financial Management 18:82-91.
Piore, Michael and Charles F. Sabel. 1984. The Second Industrial Divide: Possibilities for
Prosperity. New York: Basic Books.
Pisano, Gary P. 1989. “Using Equity Participation to Support Exchange: Evidence from the
Biotechnology Industry.” Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization 5:109-126.
Pitelis, Christos (ed.). 1993. Transaction Costs, Markets and Hierarchies. Oxford, UK:
Blackwell.
Pitelis, Christos. 1996. “Seven Reasons Why ‘Beyond’ Transaction Cost Economics to
Thesmoecomonics.” Pp. 271-287 in Transaction Cost Economics and Beyond, edited by John
Groeneweyen. Boston: Kluwer Academic.
Platt, Anthony M. 1972. The Child Savers: The Invention of Delinquency. Chicago: University
of Chicago Press.
Podgursky, Michael. 1986. “Unions, Establishment Size, and Intra-Industry Threat Effects.”
Industrial and Labor Relations 39:277-284.
Podolny, Joel M. 1993. “A Status-Based Model of Market Competition.” American Journal of
Sociology 98:829-872.
Podolny, Joel M. 1994. “Market Uncertainty and the Social Character of Economic Exchange.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 39:458-483.
Podolny, Joel M. and James N. Baron. 1997. “Relationships and Resources: Social Networks and
Mobility in the Workplace.” American Sociological Review 62:673-693.
Podolny, Joel M. and Karen L. Page. 1998. “Network Forms of Organizations.” Annual Review
of Sociology 25:57-76.
Podolny, Joel M. and D.J. Phillips. 1996. “The Dynamics of Organizational Status.” Industrial
and Corporate Change 5:453-472.
Podolny, Joel M. and Toby E. Stuart. 1995. “A Role-Based Ecology of Technological Change.”
American Journal of Sociology 100:1224-1260.
Podolny, Joel M., Toby E. Stuart and Michael T. Hannan. 1996. “Networks, Knowledge, and
Niches: Competition in the Worldwide Semiconductor Industry, 1984-1991.” American Journal
of Sociology 102:659-689.
Polachek, Solomon. 1981. “Occupational Self-Selection: A Human Capital Approach to Sex
Differences in Occupational Structure.” Review of Economics and Statistics 63:60-69.
Polivka, Anne E. 1996. “A Profile of Contingent Workers.” Monthly Labor Review October:1021.
Pollack, Andrew. 1999. “Patenting Life: Biological Products Raise Genetic Ownership Issues.”
New York Times November 26:A1.
Popielarz, Pamela A. and J. Miller McPherson. 1995. “On the Edge or In Between: Niche
Position, Niche Overlap, and the Duration of Voluntary Association Memberships.” American
Journal of Sociology 101:698-720.
Popper, Karl. 1959. The Logic of Scientific Discovery. New York: Basic Books.
Porac, Joseph F., Howard Thomas, Fiona Wilson, Douglas Paton and Alaina Kanfer. 1995.
“Rivalry and the Industry Model of Scottish Knitwear Producers.” Administrative Science
Quarterly 40:203-227.
Porac, Joseph F., James B. Wade and Timothy G. Pollock. 1999. “Industry Categories and the
Politics of the Comparative Firm in CEO Compensation.”Administrative Science Quarterly
44:112-144.
Porter, Michael. 1985. Competitive Strategy. New York: Free Press
Porter, Michael. 1990. The Competitive Advantage of Nations. London: Macmillan.
Porter, Michael. 1991. “Toward a Dynamic Theory of Strategy.” Strategic Management Journal
12:95-117.
Porter, Michael and M.B. Fuller. 1986. “Coalitions and Global Strategy.” Pp. 315-44 in
Competition in Global Industries, edited by Michael Porter. Boston, MA: Harvard Business
School Press.
Portes, Alejandro. 1998. “Social Capital.”Annual Review of Sociology 25:1-24.
Portes, Alejandro and Patricia Landolt. 1996. “The Downside of Social Capital.” The American
Prospect 26:18-21.
Portes, Alejandro and J. Sensenbrenner. 1993. “Embeddedness and Immigration: Notes on the
Social Determinants of Economic Action.” American Journal of Sociology 98:1320-1350.
Posner, Richard A. 1993. “The New Institutional Economics Meets Law and Economics.”
Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics 149:73-87.
Poulantzas, Nicos. 1978. State, Power, Socialism. London: NLB.
*Pound, John. 1992. “Raiders, Targets, and Politics: The History and Future of American
Corporate Control.” Journal of Applied Corporate Finance 5(3):6-18.
*Powell, Walter W. 1987. “Hybrid Organizational Arrangements: New Form or Transitional
Development?” California Management Review 30(1):67-87.
*Powell, Walter W. 1990. “Neither Market Nor Hierarchy: Network Forms of Organizations.”
Research in Organizational Behavior 12:295-366.
Powell, Walter W. 1996. “Trust-Based Forms of Governance.” Pp. 51-67 in Trust in
Organizations: Frontiers of Theory and Research, edited by Roderick M. Kramer and Tom R.
Tyler. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
*Powell, Walter W. 1996. “Inter-organizational Collaboration in the Biotechnology Industry.”
Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics 152:197-216.
Powell, Walter W. 1996. “The Social Construction of an Organizational Field: The Case of
Biotechnology.” International Journal of Technology Management
Powell, Walter W. and Peter Brantley. 1992. “Competitive Cooperation in Biotechnology:
Learning Through Networks?” Pp. 366-94 in Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form and
Action, edited by Nitin Nohria and Robert G. Eccles. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School
Press.
Powell, Walter W. and Elisabeth S. Clemens (eds.). 1998. Private Action and Public Goods. New
Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Powell, Walter W. and Dan Jones (eds.). 2000. How Institutions Change. University of Chicago
Press.
Powell, Walter W. and Paul J. DiMaggio (eds.). 1991. The New Institutionalism in
Organizational Analysis. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Powell, Walter W., Kenneth W. Koput, and Laurel Smith-Doerr. 1996. “Interorganizational
Collaboration and the Locus of Innovation: Networks of Learning in Biotechnology.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 41:116-45.
Powell, Walter W., Kenneth W. Koput, Laurel Smith-Doerr and Jason Owen-Smith. 1999.
“Network Position and Firm Perfomance: Organizational Returns to Collaboration in the
Bioetchnology Industry.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 16:129-159.
Powell, Walter W. and Jason Owen-Smith. 1998. “Commercialism in Universities : Life
Sciences Research and its Linkage with Industry.” Journal of Policy Analysis and Management
17(2):253-277.
*Powell, Walter W. and Laurel Smith-Doerr. 1994. “Networks and Economic Life.” Pp. 368-402
in The Handbook of Economic Sociology, edited by Neil Smelser and Richard Swedberg.
Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Power, Carol. 1997. “Heinz Board Might Lack Some Essential Ingredients.” The Irish Times
September 19:52.
Prahalad, C.K. and Gary Hamel. 1994. “Strategy as a Field of Study: Why Search for a New
Paradigm?” Strategic Management Journal 15:17-34.
Prandi, Lelio. 2000. “Finding Work: The Relevance of Personal Contacts. Networks of
Relationships as Links and Opportunities in the Process of Job and Status Attainment.” Quaderni
di Sociologia 44:129-147.
Prather, Larry J. and Jae Hoon Min. 1998. “Testing of the Positive-Multinational Network
Hypothesis: Wealth Effects of International Joint Ventures in Emerging Markets.” Multinational
Finance Journal 2:151-165.
Pratt, John W. and Richard J. Zeckhauser (eds.). 1991. Principles and Agents: The Structure of
Business. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.
Prechel, Harland. 1997. “Corporate Form and the State: Business Policy and Change from the
Multidivisional to the Multilayered Subsidiary Form.” Sociological Inquiry 67:151-174.
Prechel, Harland. 1997. “Corporate Transformation to the Multilayered Subsidiary Form:
Changing Economic Conditions and State Business Policy.” Sociological Forum 12:405-439.
Prechel, Harland and Boies, John. 1996. “Economic Decline, Risk and Change in the Corporate
Form: From the Multi-Divisional to the Multi-Layered Subsidiary Form.” Paper presented to the
American Sociological Association meetings.
Prechel, Harland, John Boies, and Tim Woods. 1997. “Debt, Mergers and Acquisitions, and
Transformation to the Multilayered Subsidiary Form.” Toronto: Paper presented to the American
Sociological Association meetings.
Prewitt, Kenneth and Alan Stone. 1973. The Ruling Elites: Elite Theory, Power, and American
Democracy. New York: Harper and Row.
*Price, James L. 1997. “Handbook of Organizational Measurement.” International Journal of
Manpower 18:303-558.
Price, James L. and Charles W. Mueller. 1986. Handbook of Organizational Measurement.
Marshfield, MA: Pitman.
PricewaterhouseCoopers. 2000. “Moneytree U.S. Report, Full Year & Q4 1999 Results.” <
http://www.pwcmoneytree.com/> March 31, 2000.
*Provan, Keith G. 1982. “Interorganizational Linkages and Influence Over Decision Making.”
Academy of Management Review 25:443-51.
Provan, Keith G. 1983. “The Federation as an Interorganizational Linkage Network.” Academy
of Management Review 8:79-89.
Provan, Keith G. 1984. “Interorganizational Cooperation and Decision-Making Autonomy in a
Consortium Multihospital System.” Academy of Management Review 9:494-504.
*Provan, Keith G. 1993. “Embeddedness, Interdependence, and Opportunism in Organizational
Supplier-Buyer Networks.” Journal of Management 19:841-856.
Provan, Keith G. and Jule B. Gassenheimer. 1994. “Supplier Commitment in Relational Contract
Exchanges with Buyers: A Study of Interorganizational Dependence and Exercised Power.”
Journal of Management Studies 31:55-68.
Provan, Keith G. and H. Brinton Milward. 1995. “A Preliminary Theory of Interorganizational
Effectiveness: A Comparative Study of Four Community Mental Health Systems.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 40:1-33.
Provan, K. G., J. M. Beyer and C. Kruytbosch. 1980. “Environmental Linkages and Power in
Resource Dependence Relations Between Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly
25:200-225.
Provan, K. G. and S. J. Skinner. 1989. “Interorganizational Dependence and Control as Predictors of Opportunism in Dealer-Supplier Relations.” Academy of Management Journal 32:202212.
*Pryor, David H. 1994. “EEOC’s Expanding Workload; Increasing in Age Discrimination and
Other Charges Call for New Approach.” Washington: General Accounting Office Report HEHS94-32.
Psacharopoulos, George. 1981. “Returns to Education: An Updated International Comparison.”
Comparative Education 17:321-341.
Pucik, Vladimir. 1988. “Strategic Alliances, Organizational Learning, and Competitive
Advantage: The HRM Agenda.” Human Resource Management 27(1):77-93.
Pugh, Derek S., David J. Hickson, C.R. Hinings. 1968. “An Empirical Taxonomy of Structures
of Work Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 14:115-126.
Pugh, Derek S., David J. Hickson, C.R. Hinings and C. Turner. 1969. “The Context of
Organizational Structures.” Administrative Science Quarterly 14:91-114.
Putnam, Robert. 1993. Making Democracy Work: Civic Traditions in Modern Italy. Princeton,
NJ: Princeton University Press.
Putnam, R. 1995. “Bowling Alone: America’s Declining Social Capital. Journal of Democracy
6(1):65-78.
Putnam, Robert D. 2000. Bowling Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American Community.
New York: Simon and Schuster.
Putterman, Louis. 1995. “Markets, Hierarchies, and Information: On a Paradox in the Economics
of Organizations.” Journal of Economic Behaviour and Organization 26:373-90.
Pyke, Frank (ed.). 199x. Industrial Districts and Local Economic Regeneration. Geneva:
International Labor Office.
Pyke, Frank. 1993. Industrial Development Through Small-Firm Cooperation : Theory and
Practice. Geneva: International Labor Office.
Pyke Frank, G. Becattini and W. Sengenberger (eds.). 1990. Industrial Districts and Inter-Firm
Co-operation in Italy. Geneva: International Labor Office.
Pyke Frank and W. Sengenberger (eds.). 1992. Industrial Districts and Local Economic
Regeneration. Geneva: International Labor Office.
Quinn, James Brian, Jordan J. Baruch and Karen Anne Zien. 1997. Innovation Explosion: Using
Intellect and Software to Revolutionize Growth Strategies. New York: Free Press.
Quintanilla, Carl and Susan Carey. 1995. “Successful Northwest, KLM Partnership Hits the
Skids.” Wall Street Journal November 2:B6.
Raab, Charles D. 1992. “Taking Networks Seriously: Education Policy in Britain.” European
Journal of Political Research 21:60-90.
Raab, Jörg. 2001. “Where Do Policy Networks Come From?” Paper presented at 6th National
Public Management Research Conference. Bloomington, IN.
Rabellotti, Roberta. 1995. “Is There an ‘Industrial District Model’? Footwear Districts in Italy
and Mexico Compared.” World Development 23:29-41.
Raeburn, Nicole. 1997. “The Rise of Lesbian, Gay, and Bisexual Rights in the Workplace:
Employee Activist Groups and Institutional Opportunity Structures.” Toronto: Paper presented to
meetings of the American Sociological Association.
Raeburn, Nicole C. 1998. “The Rise of Lesbian, Gay, and Bisexual Rights in the Workplace:
Synthesizing Social Movement and Institutional Approaches.” San Francisco: Paper presented to
meetings of the American Sociological Association.
Raeburn, Nicole C. 2000. “The Rise of Lesbian, Gay, and Bisexual Rights in the Workplace.”
Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University.
Ragins, Belle Rose. 1995. “Diversity, Power, and Mentorship in Organizations: A Cultural,
Structural and Behavioral Perspective.” Pp. 91-132 in Diversity in Organizations, edited by M.
Chemers, M. Costanzo and S. Oskamp. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
*Ragins, Belle Rose and T.A. Scandura. 1994. “Gender Differences in Expected Outcomes of
Mentoring Relationships.” Academy of Management Journal 37:957-971.
Ragins, Belle Rose and John L. Cotton. 1999. “Mentor Functions and Outcomes: A Comparison
of Men and Women in Formal and Informal Mentoring Relationships.” Journal of Applied
Psychology 84:529-50.
Rago, William V. 1994. “Adapting Total Quality Management (TQM) to Government: Another
Point of View.” Public Administration Review 54:61-64.
*Rai, Arun, Santanu Borah and Arkalgud Ramaprasad. 1996. “Critical Success Factors for
Strategic Alliances in the Information Technology Industry: An Empirical Study.” Decision
Sciences 27:141-155.
Raider, Holly J. and Ronald S. Burt. 1996. “Boundaryless Careers and Social Capital.” Pp. 187200 in The Boundaryless Career: A New Employment Principle for a New Organizational Era,
edited by Michael B. Arthur and Denise M. Rousseau. New York: Oxford University Press.
Rainey, Hal G. and H. Brinton Milward. 1983. “Public Organizations: Policy Networks and
Environments.” Pp. 133-146 in Organizational Theory and Public Policy, edited by Richard H.
Hall and Robert E. Quinn. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.
Ramachandran, K. and S. Ramnarayan. 1993. “Entrepreneurial Orientation and Networking:
Some Indian Evidence.” Journal of Business Venturing 8:513-524.
Ramsey, James B. 1996. “If Nonlinear Models Cannot Forecast, What Use Are They?” Studies in
Nonlinear Dynamics and Econometrics 1(2):65-86.
Rankin, Tom. 1990. New Forms of Work Organization: The Challenge for North American
Unions. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
Ranson, B. 1987. “The Institutionalist Theory of Capital Formation.” Journal of Economic Issues
21:1265-1278.
Rao, Hayagreeva. 1998. “Caveat Emptor: The Constructions of Nonprofit Consumer Watchdog
Organizations.” American Journal of Sociology, 103: 912-961.
Rao, Hayagreeva and Kumar Sivakumar. 1999. “Institutional Sources of Boundary-Spanning
Structures: The Establishment of Investor Relations Departments in the Fortune 500 Industrials.”
Organization Science 10:27-42.
Raub, Werner and Jeroen Weesie. 1990. “Reputation and Efficiency in Social Interactions: An
Example of Network Effects.” American Journal of Sociology 96:626-654.
Ravenscraft, David J. 1987. “The 1980s Merger Wave: An Overview.” Pp. 17-37 in The Merger
Boom, edited by Lynn E. Browne and Eric S. Rosengren. Boston: Federal Reserve Bank.
Ravenscraft, David J. and Frederic M. Scherer. 1987. Mergers, Sell-offs, and Economic
Efficiency. Washington, D.C.: Brookings Institution
Reagans, Ray. 2001. “Networks, Diversity, and Productivity: The Social Capital of Corporate
R&D Teams.” Organization Science 12:502-.
Rebitzer, James B. 1986. “Establishment Size and Job Tenure.” Industrial Relations 25:292-302.
*Reddy, N. Mohan and M.V. Hayagreeva Rao. 1990. “The Industrial Market as an Interfirm
Organization.” Journal of Management Studies 27:43-59.
Reed, Michael and Michael Hughes. 1992. Rethinking Organization: New Directions in
Organization Theory and Analysis. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Reed, Richard, David J. Lemak and Joseph C. Montgomery. 1996. “Beyond Process: TQM
Content and Firm Performance.” Academy of Management Review 21:173-202.
*Rees, Albert. 1966. “Information Networks in Labor Markets.” American Economic Review
56:559-566.
Reid, Calvin. 1996. “Outcry Over Telecom Anti-smut Act; ACLU Files Free Speech
Suit.” Publishers Weekly Febuary 12:16.
Repetti, Rena L. and Kathryn A. Cosmas. 1991. “The quality of the social environment at work
and job satisfaction.” Journal of Applied Social Psychology 21:840-54.
Reskin, Barbara F. 1998. The Realities of Affirmative Action in Employment. Washington:
American Sociological Association.
Reuer, Jeffrey J. 1997. “The Dynamics and Effectiveness of International Joint Ventures.” Paris:
INSEAD Working Paper 97/108/SM.
Reuer, Jeffrey J. 1997. “Shareholder Wealth Effects of Joint Venture Termination: A
Transaction Cost Analysis.” Paris: INSEAD Working Paper 97/79/SM.
Reuer, Jeffrey J. 2000. “Parent Firm Performance across International Joint Venture Life-Cycle
Stages.” Journal of International Business Studies 31:1-20.
Reve, Torger. 1990. “The Firm as a Nexus of Internal and External Contracts.” Pp. 133-161 in
The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, edited by Masahiko Aoki, Bo Gustafson and Oliver
Williamson. London: Sage Publications.
Reve, T. (1992), “Horizontal and vertical alliances in industrial marketing channels”, Advances
in Distribution Channel Research, Vol. 1, pp. 235-257.
Reynolds, Paul D. and Sammis B. White. 1997. The Entrepreneurial Process; Economic Growth,
Men, Women, and Minorities. Westport, CT: Quorum Books.
Rhodes, R. A. W. 1985. “Power Dependence, Policy Communities and Inter-Governmental
Networks.” Public Administration Bulletin 49:4-29.
Rhodes, R. A. W. 1990. “Policy Networks: A British Perspective.” Journal of Theoretical
Politics 2(3):293-317.
Rhodes, R. A. W. 1994. “The Hollowing Out of the State: The Changing Nature of the Public
Service in Britain.” Political Quarterly 65:138-151.
Rhodes, R. A. W. 1996. “The New Governance: Governing without Government.” Political
Studies 44:652-667.
Rhodes, R. A. W. 1997. Understanding Governance: Policy Networks, Governance, Reflexivity
and Accountability. Buckingham, UK: Open University Press.
Rhodes, R. A. W. and D. Marsh. 1992. “New Directions in the Study of Policy Networks.”
European Journal of Political Research 21:181-205.
Riah-Belkaoui, Ahmed. 1995. The Nature and Cosnequences of the Multidivisional Structure.
Westport, CT: Quorum Books.
Ricci, David M. 1993. The Transformation of American Politics: The New Washington and the
Rise of Think Tanks. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Rice, Ronald E. and Carol Aydin. 1991. “Attitudes Toward New Organizational Technology:
Network Proximity as a Mechanism for Social Information Processing.” Administrative Science
Quarterly 36:219-244.
Rich, P. 1992. “The Organizational Taxonomy: Definition and Design.” Academy of
Management Review 17:758-781.
Richardson, Charley. “Computers Don’t Kill Jobs, People Do: Technology and Power in the
Workplace.” The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 1996, 544,
Mar, 167-179.
Richardson, Jack. 1987. “Directorship Interlocks and Corporate Profitability.” Administrative
Science Quarterly 32:367-386.
Richardson, Jeremy. 2000. “Government, Interests Groups and Policy Change.” Political Studies
48:1006-1025.
Riggins, F., Kriebel, C., and Mukhopadhyay, T. 1994. The Growth of Interorganizational
Systems in the Presence of Network Externalities. Management Science, 40(8), 984-998.
Rill, James F. 1997. “Why Bill Gates Is Wrong.” Wall Street Journal November 20:A22.
Ring, Peter Smith. 1996. “Fragile and Resilient Trust and Their Roles in Economic Exchange.”
Business and Society 35:148-175.
Ring, Peter S. 1997. “Processes Facilitating Reliance on Trust in Inter-organizational Networks.”
Pp. 113-145 in The Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks, edited by Mark Ebers. Oxford:
Oxford University Press.
Ring, Peter Smith. 1997. “The Role of the State in the Production of Trust and the Reduction of
Transaction Costs.” Paper presented at 13th EGOS Colloquium, Budapest.
Ring, Peter Smith and Andrew H. Van de Ven. 1992. “Structuring Cooperative Relationships
Between Organizations.” Strategic Management Journal 13:483-498.
Ring, Peter Smith and Andrew H. Van de Ven. 1994. “Developmental Processes of Cooperative
Interorganizational Relationships.” Academy of Management Journal 19:90-118.
Rinehart, James, Christopher Huxley and David Robertson. 1997. Just Another Car Factory?
Lean Production and Its Discontents. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.
*Ritzer, George. 1989. “The Permanently New Economy: The Case for Reviving Economic
Sociology.” Work and Occupations 16:243-272.
Ritzer, George. 1995. The McDonaldization of Society: An Investigation Into the Changing
Character of Contemporary Social Life. Revised Edition. London: Sage Publications.
Ritzer, George. 1997. The McDonaldization Thesis: Explorations and Extensions. London: Sage
Publications.
Robins, James A. 1987. “Organizational Economics: Notes on the Use of Transaction-Cost
Theory in the Study of Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 32:68-86.
Robins, James A. 1993. “Organization as Strategy: Restructuring Production in the Film
Industry.” Strategic Management Journal 14:103-118.
Robbins, Harvey. 1990. Turf Wars: Moving From Competition to Collaboration. Glenview, IL:
Scott, Foresman.
Robbins, Harvey and Michael Finley. 1995. Why Teams Don’t Work: What Went Wrong and
How to Make It Right. Princeton NJ: Peterson’s.
Robbins, Harvey and Michael Finley. 1997. Why Change Doesn’t Work.
Robinson, John. 1988. “Who’s Doing the Housework?” American Demographics 10:24-8.
Robinson, J.C. and L.R. Casalino. 1996. “Vertical Integration and Organisational Networks in
Health Care.” Health Affairs 15(Spring):7-22.
Robinson, Sandra L., Matthew S. Kraatz and Denise M. Rousseau. 1994. “Changing Obligations
and the Psychological Contract.” Academy of Management Journal 37:137-52.
Robson, Geoffrey B. 1996. “Unravelling the Facts about Job Generation.” Small Business
Economics 8:409-17.
Rockart, John F. and James E. Short. 1991. “The Networked Organization and the Management
of Interdependence.” Pp. 189-219 in The Corporation of the 1990s: Information Technology and
Organizational Transformation, edited by Michael S. Scott Morton. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Rodgers, Charles. 1992. “The Flexible Workplace: What Have We Learned?” Human Resource
Management 31:183-200.
Roe, Mark. 1990. “Political and Legal Restraints on Ownership and Control of Public
Companies.” Journal of Financial Economics 27:7-41.
Roe, Mark. 1991. “A Political Theory of American Corporate Finance.” Columbia Law Review
91:10-67.
Roe, Mark. 1993. “Takeover Politics.” Pp. 321-380 in The Deal Decade, edited by Margaret M.
Blair. Washington: Brookings Institution.
Roe, Mark. 1994. Strong Managers, Weak Owners. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Roethlisberger, F.J. and William J. Dickson. 1939. Management and the Worker. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Rogers, David L. and David A. Whetten. 1982. Interorganizational Coordination: Theory,
Research and Implementation. Ames, IA: Iowa State University Press.
Rogers, Everett M. 1988. Diffusion of Innovation. Fourth Ed. New York: Free Press.
Rogers, Everett M. 1995. Diffusion of Innovation. Fifth Ed. New York: Free Press.
Rogers, Everett and Argawala-Rogers, R. 1995. “Communication Networks in Organizations.”
Pp. 333-348 in Foundations of Organizational Communication: A Reader, edited by S. R.
Corman, S. P. Banks, C. R. Bantz and M. E. Mayer. White Plains, NY: Longman.
Rogers, Everett M. and Katherine Larsen. 1984. Silicon Valley Fever. New York: Basic.
*Romanelli, Elaine. 1991. “The Evolution of New Organizational Forms.” Annual Review of
Sociology 17:79-103.
Romanelli, Elaine and Michael L. Tushman. 1994. “Organizational Transformation as
Punctuated Equilibrium: An Empirical Test.” Academy of Management Journal 37:1141-1166.
Romano, Roberta. 1988. “The Future of Hostile Takeovers: Legislation and Public Opinion.”
Cincinnati Law Review 73:111-199.
Romano, Roberta (ed.). 1993. Foundations of Corporate Law. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Romano, Roberta. 1993. “Public Pension Fund Activism in Corporate Governance
Reconsidered.” Columbia Law Review 93:795-853.
Romer, Thomas and James M. Snyder, Jr. 1994. “An Empirical Investigation of the Dynamics of
PAC Contributions.” American Journal of Political Science 38:745-769.
Romo, Frank P. and Michael Schwartz. 1995. “Structural Embeddedness of Business Decisions:
A Sociological Assessment of the Migration Behavior of Plants in New York State Between
1960 and 1985.” American Sociological Review 60:874-907.
Ronit, Karsten and Volker Schneider. 1999. “Global Governance Through Private
Organizations.” Governance 12(3):243-266.
Rooks, Gerrit, Werner Raub, Robert Selten, and Frits Tazelaar. 2000. “How Inter-Firm CoOperation Depends on Social Embeddedness: A Vignette Study.” Acta Sociologica 43:123-137.
Root, F. R. (1994), Entry Strategies for International Markets, Lexington Books, New York.
Rose, Frank. 1989. West of Eden: The End of Innocence at Apple Computer. New York: Viking.
Rosecrance, R. 1996. “The Rise of the Virtual State.” Foreign Affairs 75:45-61.
Rosen, Sherwin. 1979. “Human Capital: A Survey of Empirical Research.” Research in Labor
Economics 1:3-39.
Rosen, Sherwin. 1981. “The Economics of Superstars.” American Economic Review 71:845858.
Rosenbaltt, Zehava, Kathryn S. Rogers andWalter R. Nord. 1993. “Toward a Political
Framework for Flexible Management of Decline.” Organization Science 4:76-91.
Rosenbaum, James E. and Amy Binder. 1997. “Do Employers Really Need More Educated
Youth?” Sociology of Education 70: 68-85.
Rosenberg, Hilary. 1999. “Hark! The Shareholders Are Restless in Europe>“New York Times
December 12(3):4
Rosenfeld, Rachel A. 1980. “Race and Sex Differences in Career Dynamics.” American
Sociological Review 45:583-609.
Rosenkopf, Lori, Anca Metiu and Varghese George. 2001. “From the Bottom Up? Technical
Committee Activity and Alliance Formation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 46:748-772.
Rosenzweig, Mark R. 1976. “Non-linear Earnings Functions, Age, and Experience: A Nondogmatic Reply and Some Additional Evidence.” Journal of Human Resources 11:23-27.
Rosner, David and Gerald Markowitz (eds.). 1987. Dying for Work: Workers' Safety and Health
in Twentieth-Century. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.
Rothenberg, Lawrence S. 1988. “Organizational Maintenance and the Retention Decision in
Groups.” American Political Science Review 82:1129-1152.
Rothschild, Joyce and Terance D. Miethe. 1994. “Whistleblowing as Resistance in Modern Work
Organizations: The Politics of Revealing Organizational Deception and Abuse.” Pp. 252-273 in
Resistance and Power in Organizations, edited by John M. Jermier, David Knights and Walter R.
Nord. London: Routledge.
Rousseau, Denise M. 1977. “Technological Differences in Job Characteristics, Employee
Satisfaction, and Motivation: A Synthesis of Job Design Research and Sociotechnical Systems
Theory.” Organizational Behavior and Human Performance 19:18-42.
Rousseau, Denise M. 1995. Psychological Contracts in Organizations: Understanding Written
and Unwritten Agreements. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Rousseau, Denise M. and K.A. Wade-Benzoni. 1994. “Linking Strategy and Human Resource
Practices: How Employee and Customer Contracts Are Created.” Human Resource Management
33:463-489.
Rousseau, Denise M. S.B. Sitkin, Ronald S. Burt and C. Camerer. 1998. “Not So Different After
All: A Cross-Disciplinary View of Trust,” Academy of Management Review 23:393-404.
Rowan, Brian. 1982. “Organizational Structure and the Institutional Environment: The Case of
Public Schools.” Administrative Science Quarterly 27:259-279.
*Rowley, Timothy J. 1997. “Moving Beyond Dyadic Ties: A Network Theory of Stakeholder
Influences.” Academy of Management Review 22:887-910.
Rowley, Timothy J. 1997. “Redundant Governance Structures: An Analysis of Structural and
Relational Embeddedness in the Steel and Semiconductor Industries.” Strategic Management
Journal 21:369-386.
Roy, William. 1997. Socializing Capital: The Rise of the Large Industrial Corporation in
America. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Rubinstein, Saul A. 2001. “Unions as value-adding networks: Possibilities for the future of U.S.
unionism.” Journal of Labor Research 22:581-598.
Rudolph, Thomas J. 1999. “Corporate and Labor PAC Contributions in House Elections:
Measuring the Effects of Majority Party Status.” Journal of Politics 61:195-206.
Rueschemeyer, Dietrich, Evelyne Huber Stephens and John D. Stephens. 1992. Capitalist
Development and Democracy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Ruggiero, Vincenzo. 1996. Organized and Corporate Crime in Europe: Offers That Can’t Be
Refused. Brookfield, VT: Dartmouth Publishing.
Ruigrok, W. and R. van Tulder. 1995. The Logic of International Restructuring. London:
Routledge.
Rumelt, Richard P. 1974. Strategy, Structure and Economic Performance. Boston: Harvard
Business School Press.
Rumelt, Richard P. 1991. “How Much Does Industry Matter?” Strategic Management Journal
12:167-185.
Russell, John J. 1997. National Trade and Professional Associations of the United States. 32nd
Edition. New York: Columbia Books.
Russo, M. V., and P. A. Fouts 1997. “A Resource-based Perspective on Corporate Environmental
Performance and Profitability.” Academy of Management Journal 40:534-559.
Rutherford, Tod, Rob Imrie and Jonathan Morris. 1995. “Subcontracting Flexibility?
Recruitment, Training and New Production Relations.” International Journal of Manpower
16(8):3-21.
Sabato, Larry J. 1984. PAC Power: Inside the World of Political Action Committees. New York:
Norton.
Sabato, Larry J. and Glenn R. Simpson. 1996. Dirty Little Secrets: The Persistence of Corruption
in American Politics. New York: Times Books.
Sabbagh, Karl. 1996. 21st Century Jet: The Making and Marketing of the Boeing 777. New York
Scribner.
Sabel, Charles F. 1989. “Flexible Specialization and the Re-emergence of Regional Economies.”
Pp. 17-70 in Reversing Industrial Decline: Industrial Structure and Policy in Britain and Her
Competitors, edited by P. Hirst and J. Zeitlin. Oxford, UK: Berg.
Sabel, Charles F. and J. Zeitlin (eds.). 1997. World of Possibilities: Flexible and Mass
Production in Western Industrialization. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Sachdev, Ameet. 2000. “Florida Progress CEO Gets $15-Million.” St. Petersburg Times March
7:1A.
Sacks, Michael Alan. 2000. “Stateness and System in the Global Structure of Trade: A Network
Approach to Assessing Nation Status.” Pp. in Questioning Geopolitics: Political Projects in a
Changing World System, edited by Georgi M. Derluguian and Scott Greer. Westport, CT:
Greenwood Press.
Sacks, Michael Alan, Marc J. Ventresca and Brian Uzzi. 2001. “Global Institutions and
Networks: Contingent Change in the Structure of World Trade Advantage, 1965-1980.”
American Behavioral Scientist 44(10):1579-1601.
Sako, Mari. 1992. Prices, Quality and Trust: Inter-firm Relations in Britain and Japan.
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Sakamoto, Arthur and Meikchu D. Chen. 1991. “Further Evidence on Returns to Schooling by
Establishment Size.” American Sociological Review 56:765-771.
Salk, Jane E. 2000. “National Culture, Networks, and Individual Influence in a Multinational
Management Team.” Academy of Management Journal 43:191-202.
Salamon, Lester M. 1999. America’s Nonprofit Sector: A Primer (Second Edition). New York:
Foundation Center.
Salamon, Lester M. 2001. “Scope and Structure: The Anatomy of America’s Nonprofit Sector.”
Pp. 23-39 in The Nature of the Nonprofit Sector, edited by J. Steven Ott. Boulder, CO:
Westview.
Salamon, Lester M. 2001. “The Current Crisis.” Pp. 420-432 in The Nature of the Nonprofit
Sector, edited by J. Steven Ott. Boulder, CO: Westview.
Salamon, Lester M. and Helmut K. Anheier. 1996. The Emerging Nonprofit Sector: An
Overview. New York: Manchester University Press.
Salamon, Lester M. and Helmut K. Anheier. 1997. Defining the Nonprofit Sector: A Crossnational Analysis. New York: Manchester University Press.
Salamon, Lester M. and Helmut K. Anheier. 1998. The Nonprofit Sector in the Developing
World: A Comparative Analysis. New York: Manchester University Press.
Salamon, Lester M. and Helmut K. Anheier. 1998. “Social Origins of Civil Society: Explaining
the Nonprofit Sector Cross-Nationally.” Voluntas 9(3):213-248; Comments by Steinberg &
Young; Ragin; reply by Salamon & Anheier: 249-281.
Salancik, Gerald. 1995. “Wanted: A Good Network Theory of Organization.” Administrative
Science Quarterly 40:345-349
Salancik, Gerald R. and Jeffrey Pfeffer. 1978. “Who Gets Power--and How They Hold on to It: A
Stragetic-Contingency Model of Power.” Organizational Dynamics 5:3-21.
Salisbury, Joseph and George Barnett. 2002. “The World System of International Monetary Flows:
A Network Analysis.” Information Society 15:31-49.
Salisbury, Robert H. 1969. “An Exchange Theory of Interest Groups.” Midwest Journal of Political
Science 13:1-32.
Salisbury, Robert H. 1984. “Interest Representation: The Dominance of Institutions.” American
Political Science Review 78:64-76.
Salisbury, Robert H. 1994. “Interest Structures and Policy Domains: A Focus for Research.” In
Representing Interests and Interest Group Representation, edited by William Crotty, Mildred A.
Schwartz and John C. Green. Washington: University Press of America.
Sally, R. 1994. “Multinational Enterprises, Political Economy and Institutional Theory: Domestic
Embeddedness in the Context of Internationalization.” Review of International Political
Economy 1:161-92.
Salvaggio, Jerry L. (ed). 1989. The Information Society: Economic, Social and Structural Issues.
Salzman, Harold. 1998. “Restructuring and Skill Needs: Will Firms Train?” Annals of the
American Academy of Political and Social Science 559(Sept.):125-140.
Sampson, Robert J., Jeffrey D. Morenoff, and Felton Earls. 1999. “Beyond Social Capital:
Spatial Dynamics of Collective Efficacy for Children.” American Sociological Review, 64:633660.
Samuels, Warren J. and Arthur S. Miller (eds.). 1987. Corporations and Society: Power and
Responsibility. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.
Samuelson, Robert J. 1995. The Good Life and Its Discontents: The American Dream in the Age
of Entitlement 1945-1995. New York: Random House.
Sanchez, Ron, Aime Heene and Howard Thomas (eds.). 1996. Dynamics of Competence-Based
Competition: Theory and Practice in the New Strategic Managemeny. Oxford: Elsevier Science.
Sandell, Steven and David Shapiro. 1978. “The Theory of Human Capital and the Earnings of
Women: A Re-examination of the Evidence.” Journal of Human Resources 13:103-117.
Sandell, Steven H. and David Shapiro. 1980. “Work Expectations, Human Capital
Accumulation, and the Wages of Young Women” Journal of Human Resources 15:335-353.
Sandefur, R.L. and Edward O. Laumann. “A Paradigm for Social Capital.” Rationality and
Society
Sanders, Jimy M. and Victor Nee. 1996. “Immigrant Self-Employment: The Family as Social
Capital and the Value of Human Capital.” American Sociological Review, 61:231-249.
Sarason, Seymour B. and Elizabeth Lorentz. 1979. The Challenge of the Resource Exchange
Network: From Concept to Action. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Sargent, Joseph. 1999. “Incurring Shareholder Wrath.” Global Finance 13(3):8.
Sastry, M. Anjaly. 1997. “Problems and Paradoxes in a Model of Punctuated Organizational
Change.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:237-275.
*Sawyer, Malcolm C. 1993. “The Nature and Role of the Market.” Pp. 20-40 in Transaction
Costs, Markets and Hierarchies, edited by Christos Pitelis. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.
*Saxenian, AnnaLee. 1990. “Regional Networks and the Resurgence of Silicon Valley.”
California Management Review 33(10):89-112.
*Saxenian, AnnaLee. 1991. “The Origins and Dynamics of Production Networks in Silicon
Valley.” Research Policy 20:423-438.
Saxenian, AnnaLee. 1994. Regional Advantage: Culture and Competition in Silicon Valley and
Route 128. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Saxton, Todd. 1997. “The Effects of Partner and Relationship Characteristics on Alliance
Outcomes.” Academy of Management Journal 40:443-462.
*Scandura, Terri A. 1992. “Mentorship and Career Mobility: An Empirical Investigation.”
Journal of Organizational Behavior 13:169-174.
*Scandura, Terri A. and Chester A. Schriesheim. 1994. “Leader-Member Exchange and
Supervisor Career Mentoring as Complementary Constructs in Leadership Research.” Academy
of Management Journal 37:1588-1602.
*Schaefer, Scott. 1998. “The Dependence of Pay-Performance Sensitivity on the Size of the
Firm.” Review of Economics and Statistics 436-443.
Schein, Edgar H. 1992. Organizational Culture and Leadership. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Schein, Edgar H. 1994. “Cultures in Organizations: Three Perspectives.” Administrative Science
Quarterly 39:339-342.
Schein, Edgar H. 1996. “Culture: The Missing Concept in Organization Studies.” Administrative
Science Quarterly 41:229-240.
Schein, Edgar H. 1999. The Corporate Culture Survival Guide: Sense and Nonsense about
Culture Change. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Scher, Mark J. 1997. Japanese Interfirm Networks and Their Main Banks. London: Macmillan.
Scher, Mark J. 1997. “The Limitations of ‘Trust-Based’ Theories of Japan’s Inter-Organizational
Networks in the Era of Globalization.” Paper presented at 13th EGOS Colloquium, Budapest.
*Scherer, Frederic M. 1988. “Corporate Takeovers: The Efficiency Arguments.” Journal of
Economic Perspectives 2:69-82.
Scherer, Frederic M. 1992. International High-technology Competition. Cambridge MA: Harvard
University Press.
Schiesel, Seth. 1998. “Venture Promises Far Faster Speeds for Internet Data.” New York Times
January 20:A1.
Schiesel, Seth. 1998. “For Local Bells, a Bright Side to the AT&T Deal.” New York Times June
26:D3.
Schiffman, Susan, M. Lance Reynolds and Forrest W. Young. 1981., Introduction to
Multidimensional Scaling:Theory, Methods and Applications New York: Academic Press.
Schilling Melissa A. 2002. “Technology Success and Failure in Winner-Take-All Markets: The
Impact of Learning Orientation, Timing, and Network Externalities.” Academy of Management
Journal 45:387-.
*Schleifer, Andrei and Robert W. Vishny. 1988. “Value Maximization and the Acquisition of
Trust.” Journal of Economic Perspectives 2:69-82.
Schleifer, Andrei and Robert W. Vishny. 1988. “Management Buyouts as a Response to Market
Pressure.” Pp. 87-102 in Knights, Raiders, and Targets: The Impact of the Hostile Takeover,
edited by John C. Coffee Jr., Louis Lowenstein and Susan Rose-Ackerman. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Schleifer, Andrei and Robert W. Vishny. 1994. “Politicians and Firms.” Quarterly Journal of
Economics 109:995-1025.
Seibert, Scott E. 2001. “A Social Capital Theory of Career Success.” Academy of Management
Journal 44:219-237.
Shleifer, Andrei and Vishny, Robert W. 1997. “A Survey of Corporate Governance.” Journal of
Finance 52: 737-783.
Schlozman, Kay Lehman and John T. Tierney. 1986. Organized Interests and American
Democracy. New York: Harper and Row.
Schmalensee R., 1988, Industrial Economics: An Overview, The Economic Journal, 98
Schmalensee, R. 1995. “Do Markets Differ Much?” American Economic Review 75:341-350.
Schmidt, Stefanie R. ; Svorny, Shirley V. “Recent trends in job security and stability.” Journal of
Labor Research v. 19 no4 (Fall ‘98) p. 647-68
Schmitter, Philippe C. and Wolfgang Streeck. 1999. The Organization of Business Interests:
Studying the Associative Action of Business in Advanced Industrial Societies. Köln, Germany
Discussion Paper 99-1, Max-Planck-Institut für Gesellschaftsforschung.
Schmitz, Hubert. 1995. “Small Shoemakers and Fordist Giants: Tale of a Supercluster.” World
Development 23:9-28.
*Schmitz, Hubert and Bernard Musyck. 1994. “Industrial Districts in Europe: Policy Lessons for
Developing Countries?” World Development 22:889-910.
Schmookler, Jacob. 1972. Invention and Economic Growth. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Schmookler, Jacob. 1972. Patents, Invention and Economic Change: Data and Selected Essays.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Schuster, Jay R. and Patrick K. Zingheim. 1992. The New Pay: Linking Employee and
Organizational Performance. New York: Lexington Books.
Schneider, Volker. 1992. “The Structure of Policy Networks: A Comparison of the ‘Chemical
Control’ and ‘Telecommunications’ Policy Domains in Germany.” European Journal of Political
Research 21:91-130.
Schoemaker, P.J.H. and R. Amit. 1994. “Investments in Strategic Assets: Industry and FirmLevel Perspectives.” Advances in Strategic Management 10:3-33.
Scholes, Myron S. and Mark A. Wolfson. 1989. “Employee Stock Ownership Plans and
Corporate Restructuring: Myths and Realities.” Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic
Research Working Paper 3094.
Schonewille, Mark. 2001. “Does Training Generally Work? Explaining Labour Productivity
Effects from Schooling and Training.” International Journal of Manpower 22: 158-172.
*Schopler, Janice H. 1987. “Interorganizational Groups: Origins, Structure and Outcomes.”
Academy of Management Review 12:702-13.
Schrader, Stephan. 1992. “Informal Technology Transfer Between Firms: Cooperation Through
Information Trading.” Research Policy 20:153-70.
*Schulze, William S. 1994. “The Two Schools of Thought in Resource-Based Theory.”
Advances in Strategic Management 10:127-151.
Schultz, Theodore W. 1961. “Investment in Human Capital.” American Economic Review 52:117.
Schumpeter, Hoseph. 1942. Capitalism, Socialism, and Democracy. New York: Harper & Row.
Schwandt, David R. 1997. “Integrating Strategy and Organizational Learning: A Theory of
Action Perspective.”Advances in Strategic Management Research 14:337-359.
Schwartzman, Helen B. 1993. Ethnography in Organizations. Newbury Park, CA: Sage
Publications.
Scott, Allen J. 1988. New Industrial Spaces: Flexible Production Organization and Regional
Development in North America and Western Europe. London: Pion.
Scott, Allen J. 1993. Technopolis: High-Technology Industry and Regional Development in
Southern California. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.
Scott, Allen J. 1998. Regions and the World Economy: The Coming Shape of Global Production,
Competition, and Political Order. New York: Oxford University Press.
*Scott, A.J. and D.P. Angel. 1987. “The U.S. Semiconductor Industry: A Locational Analysis.”
Environment and Planning A 19:875-912.
Scott, James H., Jr. 1977. “On the Theory of Conglomerate Mergers.” Journal of Finance
32:1235-1250.
Scott, John. 1991. Social Network Analysis: A Handbook. London: Sage Publications.
Scott, John. 2000. Social Network Analysis: A Handbook. London: Sage Publications.
*Scott, John. 1991. “Networks of Corporate Power: A Comparative Assessment.” Annual
Review of Sociology 17:181-203.
Scott, John. 1997. Corporate Business and Capitalist Classes. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Scott, W. Richard. 1987. “The Adolescence of Institutional Theory.” Administrative Science
Quarterly 32:493-511.
Scott, W. Richard. 1991. “Unpacking Institutional Arguments.” Pp. 164-182 in The New The
New Institutionalism, edited by Walter Powell and Paul DiMaggio. Chicago: University of
Chicago Press.
Scott, W. Richard. 1992. Organizations: Rational, Natural, and Open Systems. 3rd Ed.
Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Scott, W. Richard. 1995. Institutions and Organizations. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Scott, W. Richard. 1998. Organizations: Rational, Natural, and Open Systems. 4th Ed.
Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Scott, W. Richard. 2001. Institutions and Organizations, Second Edition. Thousand Oaks, CA:
Sage Publications.
Scott, Richard and John Meyer. 1991. “The Organization of Societal Sectors: Propositions and
Early Evidence.” Pp. 108-140 in The New Institutionalism in Organizational Analysis, edited by
Walter W. Powell and Paul J. DiMaggio. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Scott, Richard and John Meyer. 1994. Institutional Environments and Organizations: Structural
Complexity and Individualism. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Scott Morton, Michael S. (ed.). 1991. The Corporation of the 1990s: Information Technology
and Organizational Transformation. New York: Oxford University Press.
*Seabright, Mark A., Daniel A. Levinthal and Mark Fichman. 1992. “Role of Individual
Attachments in the Dissolution of Interorganizational Relationships.” Academy of Management
Journal 35:122-160.
Segil, Larraine. 1998. “Strategic alliances for the 21st century.” Strategy & Leadership 26(4):12.
Seglin, Jeffrey L. 1996. “The Happiest Workers in the World.” Inc. Magazine special issue on
The State of Small Business, Vol. 18, No. 7:62-76.
Seidel, Marc-David L., Jeffrey T. Polzer, and Katherine J. Stewart. 2000. “Friends in High
Places: The Effects of Social Networks on Discrimination in Salary Negotiations.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 45:1-24.
Seth A. and H. Thomas, 1994, Theories of the Firm: Implications for Strategy Research, Journal
of Management Studies, 31: 165-191.
Sewell, Graham and Barry Wilkinson. 1992. “‘Someone to Watch Over Me’: Surveillance,
Discipline and the Just-in-Time Labour Process.” Sociology 26:271-289.
Sforzi, Fabio. 1989. “The Geography of Industrial Districts in Italy.” Pp. 153-173 in Small Firms
and Industrial Districts in Italy, edited by Edward Goodman and Julia Bamford. London:
Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Shah, Priti Pradhan. 1998. “Who Are Employees’ Social Referents? Using a Network
Perspective to Determine Referent Others.” Academy of Management Journal 41:249-268.
Shah, Priti Pradhan. 2000. “Network Destruction: The Structural Implications of Downsizing.”
Academy of Management Journal 43:101-112.
Shanley, Mark. 1996. “Straw Men and M-Form Myths: Comment on Freeland.” American
Journal of Sociology 102:527-536.
Shapiro, S. 1987. “The Social Control of Impersonal Trust.” American Journal of Sociology
93:623-658.
Sharma, D. (ed.) 1993. Advances in International Marketing: Industrial Networks. Greenwich,
CT: JAI Press.
Shaw, B. 1994. “User-Supplier Links in Innovation.” Pp.275-284 in The Handbook of Industrial
Innovation, edited by M. Dodgson and R. Rothwell. Aldershot: Edward Elgar.
Shelly, Robert K.; Wagner, David G. 1998. “Chaos in Social Theory: Explaining Complex
Events with Simple Ideas.” Sociological Focus 31:357-372.
Shepard, Jon M and James G. Hougland, Jr. 1984. “Organizational Size and Worker
Satisfaction.” Pp. 59-78 in The Impact of the Modern Corporation, edited by Betty Bock, Harvey
J. Goldschmid, Ira M. Millstein, and F.M. Scherer. New York: Columbia University Press.
Sheppard, B.H. and D.M. Sehrman 1998. “The Grammars of Trust: A Model and General
Implications.” Academy of Management Review 23:422-437.
Sherman, J. D., Smith, H. L., and Mansfield, E. R. 1986. “The Impact of Emergent Network
Structure on Organizational Socialization.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 22:53-63.
Sherman, Joe. 1994. In the Rings of Saturn. New York: Oxford University Press.
Sherman, Stralford. 1992. “Are Strategic Alliances Working?” Fortune (September):77-78.
Shingo, Shigeo. 1987. Non-Stock Production. Cambridge, MA: Productivity Press.
Shorrock, Tim. 1995. “Business Groups to Fight Campaigns by Unions.” Journal of Commerce
September 22:2B.
Shrader, Charles B., James R. Lincoln and Alan N. Hoffman. 1989. “The Network Structures of
Organizations: Effects of Task Contingencies and Distributional Form.” Human Relations 42:4366.
Si, Steven X. and Garry D. Bruton. 1999. “Knowledge Transfer in International Joint Ventures in
Transitional Economies: The China Experience.” Academy of Management Executive 13:83-90.
Sicherman, Nachum and Oded Galor. 1990. “A Theory of Career Mobility.” Journal of Political
Economy 98:169-192.
Silver, A. David. 1993. Strategic Partnering. New York: McGraw Hill.
Sim, A. B. and Yunus Ali. 1998. “Performance of International Joint Ventures from Developing
and Developed Countries: An Empirical Study in a Developing Country Context.” Journal of
World Business 33:357-77.
Simison, Robert L. and Rebecca Blumenstein. 1997. “Smale May Stay on GM Board Beyond
Age 70.” Wall Street Journal December 22:B1.
Simmel, Georg. 1955. Conflict and the Web of Group Affiliations. Translated by KurtH. Wolff
and Reinhard Bendix. New York: Free Press.
Simon, Herbert A. 1991. “Organizations and Markets.” Journal of Economic Perspectives 5:2544.
Simonin, Bernard L. 1999. “Transfer of Marketing Know-How in International Strategic
Alliances: An Empirical Investigation of the Role and Antecedents of Knowledge Ambiguity.”
Journal of International Business Studies 30:463-90.
Simpson, Brent and Michael W. Macy. 2001. “Collective Action and Power Inequality:
Coalitions in Exchange Networks.” Social Psychology Quarterly 64:88-100.
Sinclair, Armanda. 1992. “The Tyranny of a Team Ideology.” Organization Studies 13:611-626.
Sinclair, Upton. 1096. The Jungle. New York: The Jungle Publishing Co.
Singh, Jitendra V. (ed.) 1990. Organizational Evolution: New Directions. Newbury Park, CA:
Sage Publications.
Singh, Jitendra V. and Charles J. Lumsden. 1990. “Theory and Research in Organizational
Ecology.” Annual Review of Sociology 16:161-195.
Singh, Kulwant. 1997. “The Impact of Technological Complexity and Interfirm Cooperation on
Business Survival.” Academy of Management Journal 40:339-367.
Sitkin, S.B. and N.L. Roth. 1993. “Explaining the Limited Effectiveness of Legalistic ‘Remedies’
for Trust/Distrust.” Organization Science 4:367-392.
Skinner, W. 1985. Manufacturing: The Formidable Competitive Weapon. New York: Wiley.
Skocpol, Theda. 1980. “Political Respons to Capitalist Crisis: Neo-Marxist Theories of the State
and the Case of the New Deal.” Politics and Society 10:155-201.
Skvoretz, John and Thomas J. Fararo. 1996. “Status and Participation in Task Groups: A
Dynamic Network Model.” American Journal of Sociology, 101: 1366-1414.
Skvoretz, John and David Willer. 1993. “Exclusion and Power: A Test of Four Theories of
Power in Exchange Networks.” American Sociological Review, 58: 801-18.
Slapper, Gary and Steve Tombs. 1999. Corporate Crime. Harlow, UK: Longman.
Slater, Robert. 1997. Ovitz: The Inside Story of Hollywood’s Most Controversial Power Broker.
New York: McGraw-Hill.
Sloan, Alfred P. 1964. My Years With General Motors. Garden City, NJ:Doubleday.
Sloan, Allan. 199. “CEOs Display Their Spring Green: It’s the Season of Financial Disclosure.”
International Herald Tribune March 10:19.
Smart, Christopher J.. 1988. “Takeover Damages and Non-Shareholders: Who Should Be Our
Brothers’ Keeper?” Columbia Business Law Review 301-339.
Smart, Tim.1997. “O’Reilly Retires After 10 Years As Chief Executive of Heinz.” Washington
Post December 3:B13.
Smircich, Linda. 1983. “Concepts of Culture and Organizational Analysis.” Administrative
Science Quarterly 28: 339-358.
*Smith, Helen Lawton, Keith Dickson and Stephen Lloyd Smith. 1991. “‘There Are Two Sides
to Every Story’: Innovation and Collaboration within Networks of Large and Small Firms.”
Research Policy 20:457-468.
Smith, David and Michael Timberlake. 2001. “World City Networks and Hierarchies, 19771997.” American Behavioral Scientist 44(10):1656-1678.
Smith, David and Douglas White. 1992. “Structure and Dynamics of the Global Economy:
Network Analysis of International Trade 1965-1980.” Social Forces 70:857-893.
Smith, David Horton. 1997. “Grassroots Associations Are Important: Some Theory and a Review
of the Impact Literature.” Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Quarterly 26:269-306.
Smith, David Horton. 1997. “The Rest of the Nonprofit Sector: Grassroots Associations as the
Dark Matter Ignored in Prevailing ‘Flat Earth’ Maps of the Sector.” Nonprofit and Voluntary
Sector Quarterly, 26(June):114-131.
Smith, David Horton. 1997. “The International History of Grassroots Associations.” International
Journal of Comparative Sociology 38(3-4):189-216.
Smith, David Horton. 1999. “Researching Volunteer Associations and Other Nonprofits: An
Emergent Interdisciplinary Field and Possible New Discipline.” American Sociologist 30(4):533.
Smith, David Horton. 2000. Grassroots Associations. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Smith, James Allen. 1991. The Idea Brokers: Think Tanks and the Rise of the New Policy Elites.
New York: Free Press.
Smith, Joel J. 2000. “Dealmaker Gets Big Payoff: DCX Co-chairman is Rewarded with Huge
Stock Options.” Detroit News January 27:A1.
*Smith, Ken G., Stephen J. Carroll and Susan J. Ashford. 1995. “Intra- and Interorganizational
Cooperation: Toward a Research Agenda.” Academy of Management Journal 38:7-23.
Smith, Marc A. and Peter Kollock. 1999. Communities in Cyberspace. London: Routledge.
Smith, Merritt Roe and Leo Marx (eds.). 1994. Does Technology Drive History: The Dilemma of
Technological Determinism. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Smith, Michael P. 1996. “Shareholder Activism by Institutional Investors: Evidence from
CalPERS.” Journal of Finance 51:227.
Smith, Michael R. 2001. “Technological Change, the Demand for Skills, and the Adequacy of
Their Supply.” Canadian Public Policy 27:1-22.
Smith, Michael R. 1999 “What Is the Effect of Technological Change on Earnings Inequality?”
International Journal of Sociology and Social Policy 19:9-11, 24-59.
Smith, R. David. 1995. “The Inapplicability Principle: What Chaos Means for Social Science.”
Behavioral Science 40:22-40.
Smith, Roy C. 1990. The Money Wars: The Rise and Fall of the Great Buyout Boom of the
1980s. New York: Dutton.
Smith, Thomas and Gregory Stevens. 1999. “The Architecture of Small Networks: Strong
Interaction and Dynamic Organization in Small Social Systems.” American Sociological Review
64:403-420.
Smith, Vicki. 1994. “Institutionalizing Flexibility in a Service Firm: Muiltiple Contingencies and
Hidden Hierarchies.” Work and Occupations 21:251-283.
Smith, Vicki. 1996. “Employee Involvement, Involved Employees: Participative Work
Arrangements in a White-Collar Service Occupation.” Social Problems 43:166-179.
Smith, Vicki. 1997. “New Forms of Work Organization.” Annual Review of Sociology 23:315339.
Smith-Doerr, Laurel, Jason Owen-Smith, Kenneth W. Koput and Walter W. Powell. 1999.
“Networks and Knowledge Production: Collaboration and Patenting in Biotechnology.” Pp. 390408 in Corporate Social Capital, edited by R.T.A.J. Leenders and S. Gabbay. Boston: Kluwer
Academic Publishers.
Smitka, Michael. 1991. Competitive Ties: Subcontracting in the Japanese Automotive Industry.
New York: Columbia University Press.
Smoyer, Divonne. 1999. “Business World’s Preference for ADR is Growing.” Legal Times
February 22:S38.
Snijders, Tom A.B. 1996. “Stochastic Actor-Oriented Dynamic Analysis.” Journal of
Mathematical Sociology 21:149-172.
Snijders, Tom A.B. 1999. “Prologue to the Measurement of Social Capital.” The Tocqueville
Review 20(1):27-44.
Snijders, Tom A.B. 2001. “The Statistical Evaluation of Social Network Dynamics.”
Sociological Methdology 31:361-395.
Snyder, David and Edward L. Kick. 1979. “Structural Position in the World System and
Economic Growth 1955-1970: A Multiple-Network Analysis of Transnational Interactions.”
American Journal of Sociology 84:1096-1126.
*Snow, Charles C., Raymond E. Miles, and Henry J. Coleman, Jr. 1992. “Managing 21st Century
Network Organizations.” Organizational Dynamics 20(Winter):5-20.
Snow, David A., E. Burke Rochford, Jr., Steven K. Worden and Robert D. Benford. 1986.
“Frame Alignment Processes, Micromobilization, and Movement Participation.” American
Sociological Review 51:464-481.
Sobel, Robert. 1981. IBM: Colossus in Transition. New York: Times Books.
Sobel, Robert. 1984. The Rise and Fall of the Conglomerate Kings. New York: Stein and Day
Solmon, Lewis C. and Alec R. Levenson (eds.). 1994. Labor Markets, Employment Policy, and
Job Creation. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Solomon, Robert. 1994. The Transformation of the World Economy, 1980-93. New York: St.
Martin’s Press.
Sorauf, Frank J. 1992. Inside Campaign Finance: Myths and Realities. New Haven, CT: Yale
University Press.
Sørensen, Aage B. 1996. “The Structural Basis of Social Inequality.” American Journal of
Sociology 101:1333-65.
Sørensen, Aage B. 1998. “Ownership and Firm Performance.” Annual Review of Sociology 25:
Spaeth, Joe L. and Diane P. O’Rourke. 1996. “Design of the National Organizations Survey.” Pp.
23-44 in Organizations in America: Analyzing Their Structures and Human Resource Practices,
by Arne L. Kalleberg, David Knoke, Peter V. Marsden, and Joe L. Spaeth. Newbury Park, CA:
Sage Publications.
Sparrowe, Raymond T. 2001. “Social Networks and the Performance of Individuals and Groups.”
Academy of Management Journal 44:316-325.
Sparrowe, Raymond T. and Pamela Popielarz. 1995. “Weak Ties and Structural Holes: The
Effects of Networks Structure on Careers.” Chicago: University of Illinois at Chicago.
Spence, Michael. 1974. Market Signalling: Information Transfer in Hiring and Related
Processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Specter, Michael. 2000. “The Pharmageddon Riddle.” New Yorker April 10:58-71.
*Sridharan, Uma V. 1996. “CEO Influence and Executive Compensation.” Financial Review
31:51-66.
*Staber, Udo. 1996. “Accounting for Variations in the Performance of Industrial Districts: The
Case of Baden-Württemberg.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research June:299316.
Staber, Udo. 2001. “The Structure of Networks in Industrial Districts.” International Journal of
Urban and Regional Research 25:537-552.
Staber, Udo, Norbert V. Schaefer and Basu Sharma (eds.) 1996. Business Networks: Prospects
for Regional Development. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
Stallings, D.T. 2002. “A Brief History of the United States Department of Education: 19792002.” Durham, NC: Duke Univeristy Center for Child and Family Policy.
St. Anthony, Neal. 199. “Twin Cities Can Weather Buyouts, as Past Shows.” Minneapolis Star
Tribune June 13:1A.
Stark, David. 1986. “Rethinking Internal Labor Markets: New Insights From a Comparative
Perspective.” American Sociological Review 51:492-504.
Starkey, Ken. 2000. “Beyond Networks and Hierarchies: Latent Organizations in the U.K.
Television Industry.” Organization Science 11:299-.
Starr, J.A. and I.C. MacMillan. 1990. “Resource Cooptation Via Social Contracting: Resource
Acquisition Strategies for New Ventures.”“Strategic Management Journal 11:79-92.
Starr, Paul. 1982. The Social Transformation of American Medicine: The Rise of a Sovereign
Profession and the Making of a Vast Industry. New York: Basic Books.
Steagall, Jeffrey W. and Ken Jennings. 1996. “Unions, PAC Contributions, and the NAFTA
Vote.” Journal of Labor Researc 17:515-521.
Stearns, Linda Brewster. 1982. “Corporate Dependency and the Structure of the Capital Market:
1880-1980.” Ph.D. dissertation, State University of New York at Stony Brook.
Stearns, Linda Brewster and Mark Mizruchi. 1993. “Board Composition and Corporate
Stearns, Linda Brewster and Kenneth D. Allan. 1996. “Economic Behavior in Institutional
Environments: The Corporate Merger Wave of the 1980s.” American Sociological Association
61:699-718.
Steensma, H. Kevin and Marjorie A. Lyles. 2000. “Explaining IJV Survival in a Transitional
Economy Through Social Exchange and Knowledge-Based Perspectives.” Strategic Management
Journal 21:831-851.
Steers, Richard M., Yoo Keun Shin and Gerardo Ungson. 1989. The Chaebol: Korea’s New
Industrial Might. New York: Harper and Row.
Stefanic, Jean and Richard Delgado. 1996. No Mercy: How Conservative Think Tanks and
Foundations Changed America’s Social Agenda. Phialdelphia, PA: Temple University Press.
Stehr, Nico. 2000. “Deciphering Information Technologies: Modern Societies as Networks.”
European Journal of Social Theory 3:83-94.
Steier, Lloyd. 2000. “Entrepreneurship and the Evolution of Angel Financial Networks.”
Organization Studies 21:163-192.
Steinmetz, Greg and Gregory L. White. 1998. “Chrysler Pay Draws Fire Overseas.” Wall
Streetjournal May 26:B1.
Stephenson, Karen and David Lewin. 1996. “Managing Workforce Diversity: Macro and Micro
Level HR Implications of Network Analysis.” International Journal of Manpower 17(4-5):16896.
Stephenson, Karen and Marvin Zelen. 1989. “Rethinking Centrality: Methods and Examples.”
Social Networks 11:1-37
Stern, Gabriella and Steven Lipin. 1998. “Proposed Chrysler, Daimler-Benz Merger Could Spark
Reshuffling of Auto Industry.” Wall Street Journal May 7:A10.
Stern, Philip M. 1992. Still the Best Congress Money Can Buy. Washington: Regnery Gateway.
Stern, Robert N. 1979. “The Development of an Interorganizational Control Network: The Case
of Intercollegiate Athletics.” Administrative Science Quarterly 24:267-284.
Stern, Robert N. and Stephen R. Barley. 1996. “Organizations and Social Systems: Organization
Theory’s Neglected Mandate.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:146-162.
Stertz, Bradley A. and Dave Phillips. 1996. “Chrysler, Kerkorian Call 5-year Truce.” Detroit
News February 9:A1.
Stevens, Micahel J. and Michael E. Yarish. 1999. “Training for Team Effectiveness.” Pp. 126156 in Supporting Work Team Effectiveness: Best Management Practices for Fostering High
Performance, edited by Eric Sundstrom. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.
Stevenson, William B. 1990. “ Formal structure and networks of interaction within
organizations.” Social Science Research 19:113-31.
Stevenson, William B. and Gilly, Mary C. 1993. “Problem-Solving Networks in Organizations:
Intentional Design and Emergent Structure.” Social Science Research 22:92-113.
Stevenson, William B. 2000. “Agency and Social Networks: Strategies of Action in a Social
Structure of Position, Opposition, and Opportunity.” Administrative Science Quarterly 45:651678.
Stewart, Thomas A. 1991. “GE Keeps Those Ideas Coming.” Fortune August 12:40-47.
Stigler, George. 1961. “Economics of Information.” Journal of Political Economy 69:213-25.
Stigler, George J. 1962. “Information in the Labor Market.” Journal of Political Economy 70:94105.
Stiglitz, Joseph E. 1974. “On the Irrelevance of Corporate Financial Policy.” American
Economic Review 64:851-866.
Stiglitz, Joseph E. 1975. “The Theory of ‘Screening,’ Education, and the Distribution of
Income.” American Economic Review 65:283-300.
Stiglitz, Joseph and Andrew Weiss. 1981. “Credit Rationing in Markets With Imperfect
Information.” American Economic Review 71:393-410.
Stilson, Anne E. Conaway. 1995. “Reexaminign the Fiduciary Paradigm at Corporate Insolvency
and Dissolution: Defining Directors’ Duties to Creditors.”Delaware Journal of Corporate Law
20:1
Stinchcombe, Arthur L. 1965. “Social Structure and Organizations.” Pp. 142-193 in Handbook of
Organizations, edited by James G. March. Chicago: Rand McNally.
*Stinchcombe, Arthur L. 1986. “Norms of Exchange.” Pp. 231-67 in Stratification and
Organization, New York: Cambridge University Press.
Stinchcombe, Arthur L. 1990. Information and Organization. Berkeley: University of California
Press.
Stinchcombe, Arthur L. and Carol A. Heimer. 1985. Organization Theory and Project
Management: Administering Uncertainty in Norwegian Offshore Oil. Oslo: Norwegian
University Press (distributed by Oxford University Press).
Stokman, Frans and Jaco Berveling. 1998. “Dynamic Modelling of Policy Networks in
Amsterdam.” Journal of Theoretical Politics 10:577-601.
Stokman, Frans N., Rolf Ziegler and John Scott. 1985. Networks of Corporate Power.
Cambridge, U.K.: Polity Press.
Stoloff, Jennifer A., Jennifer L. Glanville and Elisa Jayne Bienenstock. 1999. “Women’s
Participation in the Labor Force: The Role of Social Networks.” Social Networks 21:91-108.
Stolzenberg, Ross M. 1975. “Occupations, Labor Markets and the Process of Wage Attainment.”
American Sociological Review 40:645-665.
Stolzenberg, Ross M. 1978. “Bringing the Boss Back In: Employer Size, Employee Schooling,
and Socioeconomic Achievement.” American Sociological Review 43:813-828.
Stolzenberg, Ross M. and Daniel A. Relles. 1990. “Theory Testing in a World of Constrained
Research Design: The Significance of Heckman’s Censored Sampling Bias Correction for
Nonexperimental Research.” Sociological Methods and Research 18:395-415.
Storey, David J. 1995. “Symposium on Harrison’s ‘Lean and Mean’: A Job Generation
Perspective.” Small Business Economics 7:337-40.
*Storper, Michael and Susan Christopherson. 1987. “Flexible Specialization and Regional
Industrial Agglomeration: The Case of the U.S. Motion Picture Industry.” Annals of the
Association of American Geographers 77:104-107.
*Storper, Michael and Bennett Harrison. 1991. “Flexibility, Hierarchy and Regional
Development: The Changing Structure of Industrial Production Systems and Their Forms of
Governance in the 1990s.” Research Policy 20:407-422.
Straits, Bruce C. 1996. “Ego-net Diversity: Same- and Cross-Sex Coworker Ties.” Social
Networks 18:29-45.
Strassmann, Paul A. 1997. The Squandered Computer. New Canaan, CT: The Info Economics
Press.
Strebel, Paul. 1996. “Why Do Employees Resist Change?” Harvard Business Review May-June
86-92.
Steffens, Lincoln. 1904. The Shame of the Cities. New York: McClure, Phillips.
Streitfeld, David. 1998. “Paper Money on the Net: Amazon.com Rewrites Bookselling Script.”
International Herald Telephone July 11-12:11.
Stross, Randell E. 1993. Steve Jobs and the NeXT Big Thing. New York: Atheneum.
Stross, Randell E. 1996. The Microsoft Way: The Real Story of How the Company Outsmarts Its
Competition. New York: Addison-Wesley.
Stuart, Toby E. 1998. “Network Positions and Propensities to Collaborate: An Investigation of
Strategic Alliance Formation in a High-technology Industry.” Administrative Science Quarterly
43:668-698.
Stuart, Toby E. 2000. “Interorganizational Alliances and the Performance of Firms: A Study of
Growth and Innovation Rates in a High-Technology Industry.” Strategic Management Journal
21:791-811.
Stuart, Toby E., Ha Hoang, and Ralph C. Hybels. 1999. “Interorganizational Endorsements and
the Performance of Entrepreneurial Ventures.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 44:315-349.
Stuart, Toby E. and Joel M. Podolny. 1996. “Local Search and the Evolution of Technological
Capabilities.” Strategic Management Journal 17:21-38.
Swann, Dennis. 1988. The Retreat of the State: Deregulation and Privatization in the UK and US.
Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press.
Swenson, Tami and Mary Zey. 1999. “Corporate Multisubsidiarization, Diversification, and
Performance: A Panel Analysis of the 1976 Fortune 500.” Chicago: Paper presented to the
American Sociological Association meetings.
Suchman, Mark C. 1994. “On the Advice of Counsel: Legal and Financial Firms as Information
Intermediaries in the Structuration of Silicon Valley.” Unpublished doctoral dissertaion,
Department of Sociology, Stanford University, Stanford, CA.
Suchman, Mark C. 1995. “Managing Legitimacy: Strategic and Institutional Approaches.”
Academy of Management Review 20:571-610.
Suchman, Mark C. and Mia L. Cahill. 1996. “The Hired-Gun as Facilitator: Lawyers and the
Suppression of Business Disputes in Silicon Valley.” Law and Social Inquiry 21:679-712.
Sullivan, Daniel P. and Donald E. Conlon. 1997. “Crisis and Transition in Corporate Governance
Paradigms: The Role of the Chancery Court of Delaware.” Law and Society Review 31(4):713762.
Sundstrom, Eric (ed.). 1999. Supporting Work Team Effectiveness: Best Management Practices
for Fostering High Performance. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.
Swaminathan, Anand. 1995. “The Proliferation of Specialist Organizations in the American
Wine Indusrty, 1941-1900.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:653-680.
Swaminathan, Anand and Gabriele Wiedenmayer. 1991. “Does the Pattern of Density
Dependence in Organizational Mortality Rates Vary Across Levels of Analysis? Evidence from
the German Brewing Industry.” Social Science Research 20:45-73.
Swan, Peter F. and John E. Ettlie. 1997. “U.S.-Japanese Manufacturing Equity Relationships.”
Academy of Management Journal 40:463-479.
Swank, Eric. 1998. “Clinton’s Domestic Policy Makers: Big Business, Think Tanks, and Welfare
Reform.” Journal of Poverty 2:55-78.
Swann, G.M. Peter, Martha Prevezer and David Stout. 1998. The Dynamics of Industrial
Clustering: International Comparisons in Computing and Biotechnology. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Swinterton ,Kenneth A. and Howard Wial. 1995. “Is Job Stability Declining in the U.S.
Economy?” Industrial and Labor relations Review 48:293-304.
Sullivan, Teresa A. 1981. “Sociological Views of Labor Markets: Some Missed Opportunities
and Neglected Directions.” Pp. 329-346 in Sociological Perspectives on Labor Markets, edited
by Ivar Berg. New York: Academic Press.
Sutton, John R., Frank Dobbin, John W. Meyer and W. Richard Scott. 1994. “The Legalization
of the Workplace.” American Journal of Sociology 99:944-71.
Sutton, John R. and Frank Dobbin. 1996. “The Two Faces of Governance: Responses to Legal
Uncertainty in U.S. Firms, 1955-1985.” American Sociological Review 61:794-811.
Swenson, Tami and Mary Zey. 1999. “Corporate Multisubsidiarization, Diversification, and
Performance: A Panel Analysis of the 1976 Fortune 500.” Chicago: Paper presented to the
American Sociological Association meetings.
Swoboda, Frank. 1993. “Growing Ranks of Part-Time Workers Are Finding Fewer Benefits.”
Washington Post September 12.
Swoboda, Frank. 1998. “A Matter of Organization; Labor Confronts Need to Boost Numbers.”
Washington Post September 8:D9.
Sydow, J. 1992. Strategische Netzwerke: Evolution und Organisation. Wiesbaden:.
Sydow, J. and A. Windeler. 1996. “Managing Inter-Firm Networks: A Structuralist Perspective.”
Pp. XXX in Anthony Giddens: Critical Assessments, edited by C. Bryant and D. Jary. London:.
Sydow, J., Windeler, A., Krebs, M., Loose, A. and van Well, B. 1995. Organisation von
Netzwerken. Opladen.
Taggart, Robert A. 1998. “The Growth of the ‘Junk’ Bond Market and Its Role in Financing
Takeovers.” Pp. 5-24 in Knights, Raiders, and Targets: The Impact of the Hostile Takeover,
edited by John C. Coffee Jr., Louis Lowenstein and Susan Rose-Ackerman. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Takahashi, Dean. 1997. “How the Competition Got Ahead of Intel in Making Cheap Chips.”
Wall Street Journal February 12:A1.
Talbert, Jeffery C., Bryan D. Jones and Frank R Baumgartner. 1995. “Nonlegislative Hearings
and Policy Change in Congress.” American Journal of Political Science 39:383-406.
Talmud, Ilan. 1994. “Relations and Profits: The Social Organization of Israeli Industrial
Competition.” Social Science Research 23:109-135.
Talmud, Ilan and Gustavo S. Mesch. 1997. “Market Embeddedness and Corporate Instability:
The Ecology of Inter-Industrial Networks.” Social Science Research 26:419-441.
Tannenbaum, S I., J E. Mathieu, E Salas and J A. Cannonbowers. 1991. “Meeting Trainees’
Expectations: The Influence of Training Fulfillment on the Development of Commitment, SelfEfficacy and Motivation.” Journal of Applied Psychology 76:759-769.
Tanikawa, Miki. 1998. “Shareholder Rights? In Japan?” Business November 9:70E12.
Tarbell, Ida M. 1904. The History of the Standard Oil Company. New York: McClure, Phillips.
Taylor, Patricia A. 1985. “Institutional Job Training and Inequality.” Social Science Quarterly
66:67-78.
Taylor, Verta and Nicole C. Raeburn. 1995. “Identity Politics as High-Risk Activism: Career
Consequences for Lesbian, Gay, and Bisexual Sociologists.” Social Problems 42:252-273.
Teece, David J. 1987. “Profiting from Technological Innovation: Implications for Integration,
Collaboration, Licensing and Public Policy.” Pp. 185-200 in The Competitive Challenge, edited
by David E. Teece. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.
Teece, David J. 1992. “Competition, Cooperation, and Innovation: Organizational Arrangements
for Regimes of Rapid Technological Progress.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization
18:1- 25.
Teece, David J. and Gary Pisano. 1994. “The Dynamic Capabilties of Firms: An Introduction.”
Industrial and Corporate Change 3(3):537-556.
Teece, David J., Richard Rumelt, Giovanni Dosi and Sidney Winter. “Understanding Corporate
Coherence: Theory and Evidence.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization
Temin, Peter. 1987. The Fall of the Bell System: A Study in Prices and Politics. New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Tevlin, Jon. 1997. “Kinder, Gentler Union Busting.” Minneapolis Star Tribune November 3:D1.
Tevlin, Jon. 1997. “Non-compete Clauses Are a Growing Trend.” Minneapolis Star Tribune May
23:D1.
Thatcher, Mark. 1998. “The Development of Policy Network Analysis. From Modest Origins to
Overaching Frameworks” Journal of Theoretical Politics 10(4):389-446.
Thomas, David. 1993. “Racial Dynamics in Cross-race Developmental Relationships.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 38:169-194.
Thomas, David. 1998. “Beyond the Simple demography-Power Hypothesis: How Blacks in
Power Influence White-Mentor-Black-Protégé Developmental Relationships.” Pp. 157-170 in
Mentoring Dilemmas: Developmental Relationships Within Multicultural Organizations, edited
by Audrey Murrell, Faye J. Crosby and Robin J. Ely. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Earlbaum
Associates.
Thomas, James, Dennis A. Gioia and David J. Ketchen, Jr. 1997. “Strategic Sense-Making:
Learning Through Scanning, Interpetation, Action, and Performance.”Advances in Strategic
Management 14:299-329.
Thomas, Randall S. and Kenneth J. Martin. 1999. “The Effect of Shareholder Proposals on
Executive Compensation.” University of Cincinnati Law Review 67:1021-1081.
Thomas, R. Roosevelt, Jr. 1990. “From Affirmative Action to Affirming Diversity.” Harvard
Business Review March-April: 107-17
Thomlins, Christopher L. 1985. The State and the Unions: Labor Relations, Law and the
Organized Labor Movement in America, 1880-1960. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Tompkins, Phillip K. and George Cheney. 1985 “Communication and Unobtrusive Control in
Contemporary Organizations.” Pp. 179-210 in Organizational Communication: Traditional
Themes and New Directions, edited by Robert D. McPhee and Phillip K. Tompkins. Newbury
Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Thompson, G., J. Frances, R. Levacic and J. Mitchell (eds.). 1991. Markets, Hierarchies and
Networks. London: Sage Publications.
Thompson, H. and R.W. Scalpone. 1985. “Managing the Human Resource in the Factory of the
Future.” Human Systems Management 5:221-230.
Thorelli, Hans B. 1986. “Networks: Between Markets and Hierarchies.” Strategic Management
Journal 7:37-51.
Thornton, David Weldon.1995. Airbus Industrie: The Politics of an International Industrial
Collaboration. New York: St. Martin’s Press,
Thornton, Patricia. 1998. “The Sociology of Entrepreneurship.” Annual Review of Sociology 25:
Thornton, Patricia H. and William Ocasio. 1999. “Institutional Logics and the Historical
Contingency of Power in Organizations: Executive Succession in the Higher Education
Publishing Industry, 1958-1990.” American Journal of Sociology 105:801-843.
Thunert, Martin. 1999. “Think Tanks als Ressourcen der Politikberatung: Bundesdeutsche
Rahmenbedingungen und Perspektiven.” (“Think Tanks as Resources for Political Consultation:
Preconditions and Perspectives for the Federal Republic of Germany.”) Forschungsjournal Neue
Soziale Bewegungen 12(3, Sept.):10-19.
Thurik, A. Roy. 1999. “Entrepreneurship, Industrial Transformation, and Growth.” Advances in
Entrepreneurship, Innovations and Economic Growth 11:29-65.
Thurman, Blake. 1979. “In the Office: Networks and Coalitions.” Social Networks 2:47-63.
Thurow, Lester C. 1975. Generating Inequality: Mechanisms of Distribution in the U.S.
Economy. New York: Basic Books.
Thurow, Lester C. 1983. Dangerous Currents: The State of Economics. New York: Random
House.
Thurow, Lester C. 1996. The Future of Capitalism: How Today’s Economic Forces Shape
Tomorrow’s World. New York: William Morrow.
Thurow, L.C. 1997. Needed: A new system of intellectual property rights. Harvard Business
Review, 75 (5): 94-103.
Tichy, Noel. 1981. “Networks in Organizations.” Pp. 225-249 in Handbook of Organizational
Design: Remodeling Organizations and Their Environments, Vol. 2, edited by William H.
Starbuck and Paul C. Nystrom. New York: Oxford University Press.
Tilly, Chris. 1990. “Short Hours, Short Shrift: Causes and Consequences of Part-time Work.”
Washington: Economic Policy Institute.
Tilly, Chris. 1996. Half a Job: Bad and Good Part-time Jobs in a Changing Labor Market.
Philadelphia: Temple University Press.
Timmons, J.A. 1995. New Venture Creation: Entrepreneurship for the 21st Century. Burr Ridge,
IL: Irwin.
Tobin, James. 1958. “Estimation of Relationships for Limited Dependent Variables.”
Econometrica 26:24-36.
Tobin, James. 1969. “A General Equilibirum Approach to Monetary Theory.” Journal of Money,
Credit, and Banking 1:15-29.
Todeva, Emanuela. 1998. “Network Structures in International Business: A Review of the
Research Agenda.” Paper presenred to 25th annual conference of the Academy of International
Business. London.
Todeva, Emanuela and David Knoke. (Forthcoming). “Strategic Alliances and Corporate Social
Capital.” Kölner Zeitschrift für Sociologie und Socialpsychologie.
*Tödtling, Franz. 1992. “Technological Change at the Regional Level: The Role of Location,
Firm Structure, and Strategy.” Environment and Planning 24:1565-84.
Tödtling, Franz. 1994. “The Uneven Landscape of Innovation Poles: Local Embeddedness and
Global Networks.” Pp. 68-90 in Globalization, Institutions, and Regional Development in
Europe, edited by Ash Amin and Nigel Thrift. New York: Oxford University Press.
Tolbert, Pamela S. and Lynne G. Zucker. 1996. “The Institutionalization of Institutional Theory.”
Pp. Xx in The Handbook of Organization Studies, edited by Stewart R. Clegg Cynthia Hardy and
Walter R. Nord. London: Sage Publications.
Tomer, John F. 2001. “Understanding High-Performance WorkSystems: The Joint Contribution
of Economics and Human Resource Management.” Journal of Socio-Economics 30:63-73.
Tosi, Henry L. Jr. and Luis Gomez-Mejia. 1989. “The Decoupling of CEO Pay and Performance:
An Agency Theory Perspective.” Administrative Science Quarterly 34:169-189.
Towers Perrin. 2000. 1999 Worldwide Total Remuneration Survey.
<http://www.towers.com/towers/hot.html> (April 24, 2000)
Townsend, Anthony M. 2001. “Network Cities and the Global Structure of the Internet.”
American Behavioral Scientist 44:1697-1716.
Treiman, Donald J. and Heidi I. Hartmann (eds.), 1981. Women, Work, and Wages: Equal Pay
for Jobs of Equal Value. Washington: National Academy Press.
Triantis, John E. 1999. Creating Successful Acquisition and Joint Venture Projects: A Process
and Team Approach. Westport, CT: Quorum.
Trice, Harrison and Janice Beyer. 1993. The Cultures of Work Organizations. New York:
Prentice Hall.
Truman, David B. 1951. The Governmental Process. New York: Knopf.
Tasi, Wenpin. 2001. “Knowledge Transfer in Intraorganizational Networks: Effects of Network
Position and Absorptive Capacity on Business Unit Innovation and Performance.” Academy of
Management Journal 44:996-1004.
Tsai, Wenpin. 2002. “Social Structure of ‘Coopetition’ within a Multiunit Organization:
Coordination, Competition, and Intraorganizational Knowledge Sharing.” Organization Science
13:179-191.
Tsai, Wenpin and Sumantra Ghoshal. 1998. “Social Capital and Value Creation: The Role of
Intrafirm Networks.” Academy of Management Journal 41:464-476.
Tsang, Eric W. K. 1999. “A Preliminary Typology of Learning in International Strategic
Alliances.” Journal of World Business 34:211-229.
Tuma, Nancy B. 1976. “Rewards, Resources and the Rate of Mobility: A Nonstationary
Multivariate Stochastic Model.” American Sociological Review 41:338-360.
Tuma, Nancy B. and D. Crockford. 1976. Invoking RATE. Menlo Park, CA: Stanford Research
Institute.
Tuma, Nancy B. and Michael T. Hannan. 1979. “Approaches to the Censoring Problem in the
Analysis of Event Histories.” Sociological Methodology 1979 11:208-240.
Tuma, Nancy B. and Michael T. Hannan. 1984. Social Dynamics: Models and Methods. Orlando,
FL: Academic Press.
*Turban, Daniel B. and Thomas W. Dougherty. 1994. “Role of Protégé Personality in Recepit of
Mentoring and Career Success.” Academy of Management Journal 37:688-702.
Turnbull, Peter, Nick Oliver and Barry Wilkinson. 1992. “Buyer-Supplier Relations in the U.K.
Automotive Industry: Strategic Implications of the Japanese Manufacturing Model.” Strategic
Management Journal 13:159-168.
Tushman, Michael and Philip Anderson. 1986. “Technological Discontinuities and
Organizational Environments.” Administrative Science Quarterly 31:439-465.
Tushman, Michael and Elaine Romanelli. 1985. “Organizational Evolution: A Metamorphosis
Model of Convergence and Reorientation.” Research in Organizational Behavior 7:171-222.
Tushman, Michael, William H. Newman and Elaine Romanelli. 1986. “Convergence and
Upheaval: Managing the Unsteady Pace of Organizational Evolution.” California Management
Review 23:29-44.
Tushman, Michael L. and Richard R. Nelson. 1990. “Introduction: Technology, Organizations,
and Innovations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:1-8.
*Ulrich, David and Jay B. Barney. 1984. “Perspectives in Organizations: Resource Dependence,
Efficiency, and Population.” Academy of Management Review 9:471-81.
Un, C. Annique. 2001. “The Flexible Firm: Capability Management in Network Organizations.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 46:787-790.
United Nations. 1994. International Trade Statistics Yearbook. 44 V. 2: Trade by Commodity.
New York: United Nations.
United Nations. 1997. International Trade Statistics Yearbook. 46 V. 2: Trade by Commodity.
New York: United Nations.
*Upton, David M. 1995. “What Really Makes Factories Flexible?” Harvard Business Review
73(July-August):74-84.
*Upton, David M. and Andrew McAfee. 1996. “The Real Virtual Factory.” Harvard Business
Review 74(July-August):123-133.
U.S. Bureau of the Census. 1978. “Money Income in 1976 of Families and Persons in the United
States.” Series P-60, No. 114. Washington: U.S. Department of Commerce
U.S. Bureau of the Census. 1991. “Money Income of Households, Families, and Persons in the
United States: 1990. Series P-60, No. 174. Washington: U.S. Department of Commerce
U.S. Bureau of the Census. 1994. 1992 Census of Governments. Volume 1. No. 1. Government
Organization. Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office.
U.S. Bureau of the Census. 1996. Statistical Abstract of the United States 1996. 116th edition.
Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office.
U.S. Bureau of the Census. 1999. Statistical Abstract of the United States 1999. 119th edition.
Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office.
U.S. Department of Labor. 1991. What Work Requires of Schools: A Secretary’s Commission on
Achieving Necessary Skills Report for America 2000. Washington: U.S. Government Printing
Office.
U.S. Department of Labor. 1992. Outlook: 1990-2005. Bureau of Labor Statistics Bulletin 2402.
Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office.
U.S. Department of Labor. 1992. New Century Workforce. Washington: U.S. Government
Printing Office.
U.S. Department of Labor. 200l. “Replace with a Database: O* NET Replaces the Dictionary of
Occupational Titles.” <http://www.doleta.gov/programs/onet/onet2txt.asp (December 1, 2001).
U.S. Office of Management and Budget, Statistical Policy Division. 1987. Standard Industrial
Classification Manual 1987. Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office.
U.S. Small Business Administration. 1994. The State of Small Business: A Report to the
President. Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office.
U.S. Small Business Administration. 1997. Facts About Small Business. Washington: SBA
Office of Advocacy.
*Useem, Michael. 19. “Corporate Restructuring and Organizational Behavior.” Pp. 44-59 in qqq
Useem, Michael. 1979. “The Social Organization of the American Business Elite and
Participation of Corporate Directors in the Governance of American Institutions.” American
Sociological Review 44:553-571.
Useem, Michael. 1984. The Inner Circle: Large Corporations and the Rise of Business Political
Activity in the U.S. and U.K. New York: Oxford University Press.
Useem, Michael. 1998. “Wagner Dodge Retreats in Mann Gulch.” Pp. 43-64 in The Leadership
Moment: Nine True Stories of Triumph and Disaster and Their Lessons for Us All. New York:
Times Books/Random House.
Useem, Michael. 1993. Executive Defense: Shareholder Power and Corporate Reorganization.
Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Useem, Michael. 1996. Investor Capitalism: How Money Managers Are Changing the Face of
Corporate America. New York: Basic Books.
Usui, Chikako and Richard A. Colignon. 1996. “Corporate Restructuring: Converging World
Pattern or Societally Specific Embeddedness?” Sociological Quarterly 37:551-578.
Uzzi, Brian. 1996. “The Sources and Consequences of Embeddedness for the Economic
Performance of Organizations: The Network Effect.” American Sociological Review 61:674698.
Uzzi, Brian. 1996. “Coase Encounters of a Sociological Kind: A Sociological Perspective on
Strategy.” In J. Dutton and J.A.C. Baum (eds.) The Embeddedness of Strategy 13 . JAI Press.
Uzzi, Brian. 1997. “Social Structure and Competition in Interfirm Networks: The Paradox of
Embeddedness.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:35-67.
Uzzi, Brian. 1997. “A Structural Embeddedness Approach to Deindustrialization and
Organizational Decline.” International Journal of Sociology and Social Policy 17:111-155.
Uzzi, Brian. 1999. “ Embeddedness and the Making of Finance Capital: How Social Relations
and Networks Benefit Firms Seeking Financing.” American Sociological Review 64:481-505.
Uzzi, Brian and Zoe I. Barsness. “Contingent Employment in British Establishments:
Organizational Determinants of the Use of Fixed-term Hires and Part-time Workers.” Social
Forces 76:967-1005.
Uzzi, Brian and Zoe Barsness. 1997. “Inside Out Employment Arrangements in the British
Firms: The Structural and Organizational Determinants of the Use of Externalized Workers.”
Social Forces
Uzzi, Brian and James J. Gillespie. 1998. “Social Capital and Financial Capital: Who Gets
Capital and at What Cost?” Working paper, Northwestern University. Evanston, IL.
Uzzi, Brian and James J. Gillespie. Forthcoming. “Corporate Social Capital and the Cost of
Financial Capital: An Embeddedness Approach.” Pp. 446-459 in Corporate Social Capital and
Liability, edited by R. J. Leenders and S. Gabbay. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Valente, Thomas W. 1995. Network Models of the Diffusion of Innovations. Cresskill, NJ:
Hampton Press.
Van de Ven, Andrew H. 1976. “On the Nature, Formation and Maintenance of Relations among
Organizations.” Academy of Management Review 1:
Van de Ven, Andrew H. and Diane L. Ferry. 1980. Measuring and Assessing Organizations. New
York: Wiley.
Van de Ven, Andrew H. and Raghu Garud. 1993. “The Coevolution of Technical and
Institutional Events in the Development of an Innovation.” Pp. 425-443 in Evolutionary
Dynamics of Organizations, edited by Joel A.C. Baum and Jitendra V. Singh. New York: Oxord
University Press.
Van de Ven, Andrew H., Raghu Garud, Douglas E. Polley and Sankaran Venkataraman. 1999.
The Innovation Journey. New York: Oxford University Press.
*Van de Ven, Andrew H. and Marshall Scott Poole. 1995. “Explaining Development and Change
in Organizations.” Academy of Management Review 20:510-540.
Van de Ven, Andrew H. and Gordon Walker. 1984. “The Dynamics of Interorganizational
Coordination.” Administrative Science Quarterly 29:598-621.
Van de Ven, Andrew H., Gordon Walker and J. Liston. 1979. “Coordination Patterns within an
Interorganizational Network.” Human Relations 32:19-36.
Van Deth, Jan W. (1997). Private Groups and Public Life: Social Participation, Voluntary
Associations and Political Involvement in Representative Democracies. London: Routledge.
Van Gils, M. R. 1984. “Interorganizational Relations and Networks.” Pp. 1073-1100 in
Handbook of Work and Organizational Psychology, edited by P.J.D. Drenth, et al. Chicester:.
Vanhaverbeke, Wim. 2001. “Competition between Alliance Blocks: The Case of the RISC
Microprocessor Technology.” Organization Studies 22:1-31.
Van Loon, Joost. 2000. “Organizational Spaces and Networks.” Space and Culture 4-5:109-112.
Van Rossem, Ronan. 1996. “The World System Paradigm as General Theory of Development: A
Cross-National Test.” American Sociological Review 61:508-527.
Van Til, Jon. 2000. Growing Civil Society: From Nonprofit Sector to Third Space. Bloomington,
IN: Indiana University Press.
Van Waarden, Frans. 1992. “Dimensions and Types of Policy Networks.” European Journal of
Political Research 21:29-52.
Venkatraman, N., Lawrence Loh and Jeongsuk Koh. 1994. “The Adoption of Corporate
Governance Mechanisms: A Test of Competing Diffusion Models.” Management Science
40:496-507.
Venkatraman, S. 1997. “The Distinctive Domain of Entrepreneurship Research.” Advances in
Entrepreneurship, Firm Emergence, and Growth 3:119-138.
Van Kooij, Eric. 1990. “Industrial Networks in Japan.” Entrepreneurship and Regional
Development 2:279-301.
*Varian, Hal R. 1988. “Symposium on Takeovers.” Journal of Economic Perspectives 2:3-5.
Varallo, Gregory V. and Daniel A. Dreisbach 1996. Fundamentals of Corporate Governance: A
Guide for Directors and Corporate Counsel. Chicago: Section of Business Law, American Bar
Association.
Vaughan, Diane. 1996. The Challenger Launch Decision: Risky Technology, Culture, and
Deviance at NASA. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Vaughan, Diane. 1997. “The Trickle-Down Effect: Policy Decisions, Risky Work, and the
Challenger Tragedy.” California Management Review 39(2):80-102.
Verba, Sidney, Kay Lehman Schlozman and Henry E. Brady. 1995. Voice and Equality: Civic
Voluntarism in American Politics. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
*Verdier, Daniel. 1995. “The Politics of Public Aid to Private Industry: The Role of
Policy Networks.” Comparative Political Studies 28:3-42.
Vickery, Graham and Duncan Campbell. 1989. “Advanced Manufacturing Technology and the
Organisation of Work.” STI Review 6:105-146.
Victor, B. and C. Stephens. 1994. “The Dark Side of the New Organizational Forms: An
Editorial Essay.” Organization Science 5:479-482.
Villemez, Wayne J. and William P. Bridges. 1988. “When Bigger is Better: Differences in the
Individual-Level Effect of Firm and Establishment Size.” American Sociological Review 53:237255.
Vincent, Carol Hardy. 1995. “Committees of the United States Senate” and “Committees of the
United States House of Representatives.” Washington: Library of Congress Congressional
Research Service. <http://www.fountcom.com/folio/legis/comm4.html> and
<http://www.fountcom.com/folio/legis/comm3.html> (December 14, 2002).
Vogel, David. 1978. “Why Businessmen Distrust Their State: The Political Consciousness of
American Corporate Executives.” British Journal of Political Science 8:45-78.
Vogel, David. 1989. Fluctuating Fortunes: The Political Power of Business in America. New
York: Basic Books.
Vogel, David. 1996. Kindred Strangers: The Uneasy Relationship Between Politics and Business
in America. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Vogel, Ezra. 1979. Japan as No. 1. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Vogt, Stephen C. 1994. “The Role of Internal Financial Sources in Firm Financing and
Investment Decisions.” Review of Financial Economics 4:1-24.
Volberda, Henk W. 1996. “Toward the Flexible Form: How to Remain Vital in
Hypercompetitive Environments.” Organization Science 7:359-374.
Volberda, Henk W. 1998. Building the Flexible Firm: How to Remain Competitive. New York:
Oxford University Press.
* Völker, Beate and Henk D. Flap. !998. “Getting Ahead in the GDR: Social Capital and the
Status Attainment Process Under Communism.” Acta Sociologica.
Von Hippel, E. 1987. Cooperation between rivals: Informal know-how trading. Research Policy,
16: 291-302.
Von Stange, Gary. 1994. “Corporate Social Responsibility through Constituency Statutes: Legend
or Lie?” Hofstra Labor Law Journal 11:461-497.
Vonortas, Nicholas S. 2000. “Multimarket Contact and Inter-firm Cooperation in R&D.” Journal
of Evolutionary Economics 10:243-71.
Wachter, Michael L. and Randall D. Wright. 1990. “The Economics of Internal Labor Markets.”
Industrial Relations 29:240-262.
Wade, James. 1995. “Dynamics of Organizational Communities and Technological Bandwagons:
An Empirical Investigation of Community Evolution in the Microprocessor Market.” Strategic
Management Journal 16:111-133.
Walker, Gordon. 1985. “Network Position and Cognition in a Computer Firm.” Administrative
Science Quarterly 30:103-130.
*Walker, Gordon, Bruce Kogut and Weijian Shan. 1997. “Social Capital, Structural Holes and
the Formation of an Industry Network.” Organization Science 8(2):109-125.
Walker, Gordon and Laura Poppo. 1990. “Profit Centers, Single-Source Suppliers, and
Transaction Costs.” Administrative Science Quarterly 36:66-87.
Walker, Gordon. and D. Webster. 1984. “A Transaction Cost Approach to Make-or-Buy
Decisions.” Administrative Science Quarterly 29:373-391.
Walker, Henry A., Shane R Thye, Brent Simpson, Michael J. Lovaglia, David Willer and Barry
Markovsky. 2000. “Network Exchange Theory: Recent Developments and New Directions.”
Social Psychology Quarterly 63:324-337.
Walker, Jack L. 1983. “The Origins and Maintenance of Interest Groups in America.’ American
Political Science review 77:390-406.
Wall Street Journal. 1999. “Controversy Besetting New Pension Plan Rises with IBM’s Retreat.”
September 20:A1.
Wallman, Steven M. H. 1991. “The Proper Interpretation of Corporate Constituency Statutes and
Formulation of Director Duties” Stetson Law Review 21:163.
Ward, Ralph D. 1997. 21st Century Board. New York: Wiley.
Warren, Roland. 1967. “The Interorganizational Field as a Focus for Investigation.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 12:396-419.
Wasserman, Stanley and Katherine Faust. 1994. Social Network Analysis: Methods and
Applications. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Wasserman, Stanley and Joseph Galaskiewicz (eds.). 1994. Advances in Social Network
Analysis. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Wasserman, Stanley and Dawn Iacobucci. 1988. “Sequential Social Network Data.”
Psychometrika 53:261-282.
Wasserman, Stanley and Phillipa Pattison. 1996. “Logit Models and Logistic Regressions for
Social Networks: I. An Introduction to Markov Random Graphs and p*.” Psychometrika 60:401426.
Waterman, Robert H., Jr., Judith A. Waterman and Betsey A. Collard. 1994. “Toward a Career
Resilient Workforce.” Harvard Business Review (July-August):87-95.
Watts, Duncan J. 1999. Small Worlds: The Dynamics of Networks between Order and
Randomness. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Watts, Duncan. 1999. “Networks, Dynamics, and the Small-World Problem.” American Journal
of Sociology 105:493-527.
Wayne, Leslie. 1998. “Companies Used to Getting Their Way.” New York Times December
4:C1.
Weber, Max. 1947. The Theory of Social and Economic Organization. New York: Free Press.
Weber, Max. 1947. “Bureaucracy.” Pp.196-244 in From Max Weber, edited by Gunther Roth
and C. Wright Mills. New York: Oxford University Press.
Weber, Max. 1952. The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism. New York: Scribner.
Weber, Thomas E. and Rebecca Quick. 1997. “Would WorldCom-MCI DealLift Tolls on Net?.”
Wall Street Journal October 2:B1.
Wegner, D., Raymond, P. and Erber, R. 1991. “Transactive Memory in Close Relationships.”
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 61:923-929.
Wenger, E. 1996. “Communities of Practice: The Social Fabric of a Learning Organization.”
Healthcare Forum Journal 39(4):20-26.
Wenger, Etienne. 1996. “How to Optimize Organizational Learning.” Healthcare Forum Journal
July/August: 22-23.
Wenger, Etienne. 1998. Communities of Practice: Learning Meaning and Identity,
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Weick, Karl E. 1993. “The Collapse of Sensemaking in Organizations: The Mann Gulch
Disaster.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:628-652.
Weick, Karl E. 1995. Sensemaking in Organizations. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Weidenbaum, M. and S. Hughes. 1996. The Bamboo Network. New York: Free Press.
Weimann, Gabriel. 1982. “On the Importance of Marginality: One More Step into the Two-Step
Flow of Communication.” American Sociological Review 47:764-773.
Weimann, Gabriel. 1994. The Influentials: People Who Influence People. Albany, NY: SUNY
Press.
Weisbach, Michael S. 1988. “Outside Directors and CEO Turnover.” Journal of Financial
Economics 20:431-460.
*Weisbach, Michael S. 1995. “CEO Turnover and the Firm’s Investment Decisions.” Journal of
Finacnial Economics 37:159-188.
Weisbrod, Burton A. 1988. The Nonprofit Economy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Weiss, Rick. 1999. “Biotech vs.’Bambi’ Of Insects? Gene-Altered Corn May Kill Monarchs.”
Washington Post May 20:A3.
Wellman, Barry. 1979. “The Community Question: The Intimate Networks of East Yorkers.”
American Journal of Sociology 84:1201-1231.
Wellman, Barry. 1988. “Structural Analysis: From Method and Metaphor to Theory and
Substance.” Pp. 19-61 in Social Structures: A Network Approach, edited by Barry Wellman and
S.D. Berkowitz. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Wellman, Barry. 1997. “Structural Analysis: From Method and Metaphor to Theory and
Substance.” Pp. 19-61 in Social Structures: A Network Approach edited by Barry Wellman and
S. D. Berkowitz. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Wellman, Barry. 1999. Networks in the Global Village. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Wellman, Barry. 2000. “Networking Network Analysts: How INSNA (the Internal Network for
Social Network Analysis) Came to Be.” Connections 23(1):20-31.
Wellman, Barry and S.D. Berkowitz (eds.). 1997. Social Structures: A Network Approach.
Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Wellman, Barry, J. Salaff, D. Dimitrova, L. Garton, M. Gulia and C. Haythornthwaite. 1996.
“Computer Networks as Social Networks: Collaborative Work, Telework, and Virtual
Community.” Annual Review of Sociology 22:
Wellman, Barry and Scott Wortley. 1990. “Different Strokes from Different Folks: Community
Ties and Social Support.” American Journal of Sociology 96:558-88.
Wells, H.G. 1933. The Shape of Things to Come. London: White Lion Publishers.
*Werner, Steve and Henry Tosi. 1995. “Other People’s Money: The Effects of Ownership on
Compensation Strategy and Managerial Pay.” Academy of Management Journal 38:1672-1691.
Wernerfelt, Birger. 1984. “A Resource-Based View of the Firm.” Strategic Management Journal
5:171-180.
Westphal, James D. 1998. “Board Games: How CEOs Adapt to Increases in Structural Board
Independence from Management.” Administrative Science Quarterly 43:511-537.
Westphal, James D. 2000. “How Experience and Network Ties Affect the Influence of
Demographic Minorities on Corporate Boards.” Administrative Science Quarterly 45:366-390.
Westphal, James D., Ranjay Gulati and Stephen M. Shortell. 1997. “Customization or
Conformity? An Institutional and Network Perspective on the Content and Consequences of
TQM Adoption.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:366-394.
Westphal, James D., Marc-David L. Seidel and Katherine J. Stewart 2001. “Second-Order
Imitation: Uncovering Latent Effects of Board Network Ties.” Administrative Science Quarterly
46:717-747.
Westphal, James D. and Edward J. Zajac. 1994. “Substance and Symbolism in CEO’s Long-term
Incentive Plans.” Administrative Science Quarterly 39:367-390.
Westphal, James D. and Edward J. Zajac. 1995. “Who Shall Govern? CEO/Board Power,
Demographic Similarity, and New Director Selection.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:6083.
Westphal, James D. and Edward J. Zajac. 1997. “Defections from the Inner Circle: Social
Exchange, Reciprocity, and the Diffusion of Board Independence in U.S. Corporations.”
Administrative Science Quarterly 42:161-183.
Whetten, David A. 1981. “Interorganizational Relations: A Review of the Field.” Journal of
Higher Education 52:1-28.
White, Doublas R. and Karl P. Reitz. 2000. “Graph and Semigroup Homomorphisms on
Network Relations.” Politica y Sociedad 33:149-165
White, Douglas R. and Frank Harary. 2001. “The Cohesiveness of Blocks in Social Networks:
Node Connectivity and Conditional Density.” Sociological Methodology 31:305-359.
White, Harrison. 1992. Identity and Control: A Structural Theory of Social Action. Princeton,
NJ: Princeton University Press.
White, Harrison C. 2000. “Constructing Social Organizations as Multiple Networks.” Politica y
Sociedad 33:97-103
White, Harrison C., Scott A. Boorman and Ronald L. Breiger. 1976. “Social Structure from
Multiple Networks, I: Blockmodels of Roles and Positions.” American Journal of Sociology
81:730-780.
White, Robert W. and Robert P. Althauser. 1984. “Internal Labor Markets, Promotions, and
Worker Skill: An Indirect Test of Skill ILMs.” Social Science Research 13:373-392.
Whitfield, Keith. 2000. “High-Performance Workplaces, Training, and the Distribution of
Skills.” Industrial Relations 39:1-25.
*Whitfield, Keith, Paul Marginson and William Brown. 1994. “Workplace Industrial Relations
under Different Regulatory Systems: A Survey-Based Comparison of Australia and Britain.”
British Journal of Industrial Relations 32:319-338.
Whitley, Richard. 1992. Business Systems in East Asia: Firms, Markets and Societies. London:
Sage Publications.
Whitley, Richard D. and Per H. Kristensen. 1997. Governance at Work: The Social Regulation of
Economic Relations. New York: Oxford University Press.
Whitmeyer, Joseph M. 2001. “Measuring Power in Exchange Networks.” Sociological
Perspectives 44(2):141-162.
Wholey, Douglas R., Jon B. Christianson and Susan M. Sanchez. 1993. “The Effects of
Physician and Corporate Interests on the Formation of Health Maintenance Organizations.”
American Journal of Sociology 99:164-200.
Wholey Douglas R. and Huonker J.W. 1993. “Effects of Generalism and Niche Overlap on
Network Linkages among Youth Service Agencies.” Academy of Management Journal 36:349372.
Whyte, William H. Jr. 1957. The Organization Man. New York: Doubleday Anchor Books.
*Wiatrowski, William J. 1994. “Small Business and Their Employees.” Monthly Labor Review
117(10):29-35.
*Wiatrowski, William J. 1995. “Who Really Has Access to Employer-Provided Health Benefits.”
Monthly Labor Review 118(6):36-44.
Wiewel, W., and Hunter, A. 1986. The Interorganizational Network as a Resource - a
Comparative Case Study On Organizational Genesis. Administrative Science Quarterly, 30(4),
482-496.
Wilks, Stephen and Maurice Wright (eds.). 1987. Government-Industry Relations: West Europe,
U.S. and Japan. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Willer, David. 1992. “Predicting Power in Exchange Networks: A Brief History and Introduction
to the Issues.” Social Networks, 14: 187-211.
Williams, Blair R. 1996. Manufacturing for Survival: The How-to Guide for Practitioners and
Managers. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Williams, Jeffrey R., Betty Lynn Paez and Leonard Sanders. 1988. “Conglomerates Revisited.”
Strategic Management Journal 9:403-414.
Williamson, Oliver E. 1975. Markets and Hierarchies: Analysis and Antitrust Implications. New
York: Free Press.
Williamson, Oliver E. 1979. “Transaction Cost Economics: The Governance of Contractual
Relations.” Journal of Law and Economics 22:3-61.
Williamson, Oliver E. 1981. “The Modern Corporation: Origins, Evolution, Attributes.” Journal
of Economic Literature 19:1537-1568.
Williamson, Oliver E. 1981. “The Economics of Organization: The Transaction Cost Approach.”
American Journal of Sociology 87:548-577.
Williamson, Oliver E. 1983. “Organization Form, Residual Claimants, and Corporate Control.”
Journal of Law and Economics 26(2):351-366.
Williamson, Oliver. 1985. The Economic Institutions of Capitalism: Firms, Markets, Relational
Contracting. New York: Free Press.
Williamson, Oliver. 1987. “Comment: Shareholders and Managers--A Risk-Neutral
Perspective.” Pp. 159-167 in Knights, Raiders, and Targets: The Impact of the Hostile Takeover,
edited by John C. Coffee Jr., Louis Lowenstein and Susan Rose-Ackerman. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Williamson, Oliver E. 1988. “Corporate Finance and Corporate Governance.” Journal of Finance
43:567-591.
Williamson, Oliver E. 1990. “The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties: An Introduction.” Pp. 1-25 in The
Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, edited by Masahiko Aoki, Bo Gustafson and Oliver Williamson.
London: Sage Publications.
Williamson, Oliver E. 1991. “Comparative Economic Organization: The Analysis of Discrete
Structural Alternatives.” Administrative Science Quarterly 36:269-296.
Williamson, Oliver E. 1992. “The Modern Corporation: Origins, Evolution, Attributes.” Pp. 13162 in The Rise of Big Business, edited by Barry E. Supple. International Library of Critical
Writings in Business History, Vol. 5. Aldershot, U.K.: Elgar. Distributed in the U.S. by Ashgate,
Brookfield, VT.
Williamson, Oliver E. 1993. “Calculativeness, Trust, and Economic Organization.” Journal of
Law and Economics 36:453-486.
Williamson, Oliver E. 1993. “Opportunism and Its Critics.” Managerial and Decision Economics
14:94-107.
Williamson, Oliver E. 1993. “Dominant Firms and the Monopoly Problem: Market Failure
Considerations.” Pp. 113-32 in Monopoly and Competition Policy. Vol. 2, edited by Frederic M.
Scherer. Elgar Reference Collection. International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, vol.
30. Aldershot, U.K.: Elgar. Distributed in the U.S. by Ashgate, Brookfield, VT.
Williamson, Oliver. 1994. “Transaction Cost Economics and Organization Theory.” Pp. 77-107
in The Handbook of Economic Sociology, edited by Neil J. Smelser and Richard Swedberg.
Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
*Williamson, Oliver. 1994. “Visible and Invisible Governance.” American Economic Review
84(2):323-326.
Williamson, Oliver E. 1995. “Hierarchies, Markets and Power in the Economy: An Economic
Perspective.” Industrial and Corporate Change 4:21-49.
Williamson, Oliver E. (ed.) 1995. Organization Theory: From Chester Barnard to the Present and
Beyond. Second Ed. New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press,
Williamson, Oliver E. 1996. The Mechanisms of Governance. New York: Oxford University
Press.
Williamson, Oliver E. 1996. “Revisiting Legal Realism: The Law, Economics, and Organization
Perspective.” Industrial and Corporate Change 5:383-420.
*Williamson, Oliver. 1996. “Economic Organization: The Case for Candor.” Academy of
Management Review 21:48-57
Williamson, Oliver E. 1996. “Efficiency, Power, Authority and Economic Organization.” Pp. 1142 in Transaction Cost Economics and Beyond, edited by John Groeneweyen. Boston: Kluwer
Academic.
Williamson, Oliver E. and Scott E., Masten (ed.) 1995. “Transaction Cost Economics.” Volume
1. Theory and concepts. Volume 2. Policy and applications Elgar Reference Collection.
International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, vol. 54. Aldershot, U.K.: Elgar.
Distributed in the U.S. by Ashgate, Brookfield, VT.
Willis, R. 1987. “What’s Happened to America’s Middle Managers.” Management Review
76:24-33.
Wills, G. 1994. “Networking and Its Leadership Processes.” Leadership and Organization
Development Journal 15(7):19-27.
Winner, Langdon. 1978. Autonomous Technology: Technics out of Control as a Theme in
Political Thought. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Whitnah, Donald R. 1998. U. S. Department of Transportation: a Reference History. Westport,
CT: Greenwood Press.
Witte, Jan Martin, Wolfgang H. Reinicke and Thorsten Benner. 2000. “Beyond Multilateralism:
Global Public Policy Networks.” Internationale Politik und Gesellschaft 2:176-188.
Wittek, Rafael. 2001. “Mimetic Trust and Intra-Organizational Network Dynamics.” Journal of
Mathematical Sociology 25:109-138.
Wilson, Frank L. 1987. Interest-Group Politics in France. Cambridge: Cambridge
UniversityPress.
Wilson, James Q. 1973. Political Organizations. New York: Basic Books.
Wilson, James Q. 1996. “The Corporation as Political Actor.” Pp. 413-435 in The American
Corporation Today, edited by Carl Kaysen. New York: Oxford University Press.
Wilson, Laura A. and Robert F. Durant. 1994. “Evaluating TQM: The Case for a Theory Driven
Approach.” Public Administration Review 54:137-146.
Winch, Graham M. 1994. Managing Production: Engineering Change and Stability. Oxford, UK:
Clarendon Press.
Windolf, P. and J. Beyer. 1996. “Co-operative Capitalism: Corporate Networks in Germany and
Britain.” British Journal of Sociology 47(2):205-231.
Winter, Sidney. 1990. “Survival, Selection, and Inheritance in Evolutionary Theories of
Organization.” Pp. 269-297 in Organizational Evolution: New Directions, edited by Jitendra V.
Singh. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Wise, David A. 1975. “Academic Achievement and Job Performance.” American Economic
Review 65:350-366.
Wise, Dena and Mary Zey. 1999. “The Convergence of Production and Financial Organizations:
KKR’s Integration of Corporate Control for Continued Profits in the 1990s.” Social Science
Quarterly 80:487-503.
Wiseman, Robert M. and Luis R. Gomez-Mejia. 1998. “A Behavioral Agency Model of
Managerial Risk Taking.” Academy of Management Review 23:133-153.
Witte, Jan Martin, Wolfgang H. Reinicke and Thorsten Benner. 2000. Beyond Multilateralism:
Global Public Policy Networks.Internationale Politik und Gesellschaft 2/2000.
Wolf, Ronald Charles. 2000. Effective International Joint Venture Management: Practical Legal
Insights for Successful Organization and Implementation. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe.
Wolff, Edward N. 1985. “The Magnitude and Causes of the Recent Productivity Slowdown in
the United States: A Survey of Recent Studies.” Pp. 29-57 in Productivity, Growth, and U.S.
Competitiveness, edited by William J. Baumol and Kenneth McLennan. New York: Oxford
University Press.
Wolff, M.F. 1994. “Building Trust in Alliances.” Research Technology Management 37(3):1215.
Wolman, William and Anne Colamosca. 1997. The Judas Economy: The Triumph of Capital and
the Betrayal of Work. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Womack, James P., Daniel T. Jones and Daniel Roos. 1990. The Machine That Changed the
World. New York: Rawson Associates.
Womack, James P., Daniel T. Jones and Daniel Roos. 1991. The Machine That Changed the
World: The Story of Lean Production. New York: Harper.
*Womack, James P. and Daniel T. Jones. 1994. “From Lean Production to the Lean Enterprise.”
Harvard Business Review March-April 93-103.
Womack, James P. and Daniel T. Jones. 1996. “Beyond Toyota: How to Root Out Waste and
Pursue Perfection.” Harvard Business Review Sept.-Oct. 140-58.
Woodbury, S.A. 1983. “Substitution Between Wages in the Presence of Fringe Benefits: An
Expanded Model.” American Economic Review 73:166-182.
Woolcock, Michael. 1998. “Social Capital and Economic Development: Toward a Theoretical
Synthesis and Policy Framework. Theory and Society.” 27:151-208.
World Bank. 1996. World Development Report 1996: From Plan to Market. New York: Oxford
University Press.
World Bank. 1999. World Development Report 1999/2000: Entering the 21st Century Development. New York: Oxford University Press.
Worpole, Ken. 1998. “Think-Tanks, Consultancies and Urban Policy in the UK.” International
Journal of Urban and Regional Research 22:147-155.
Wright, John R. 1990. “Contributions, Lobbying, and Committee Voting in the U.S. House of
Representatives.” American Political Science Review 84:417-438.
Wright, John R. 1996. Interest Groups and Congress: Lobbying, Contributions, and Influence.
Boston: Allyn and Bacon.
Wright, Mike and Ken Robbie (eds). 1997. Venture Capital. Aldershot, UK: Dartmouth.
Wyatt Company. 1993. “Measuring Change in the Attitudes of the American Workforce.” New
York: Wyatt WorkUSA, Wyatt Company.
Yago, Glenn. 1991. Junk Bonds: How High Yield Securities Restructured Corporate America.
New York: Oxford University Press.
Yamagishi, Toshio and Karen Cook. 1993. “Generalized Exchange and Social Dilemmas.”
Social Psychology Quarterly 56:235-48.
Yamagishi, Toshio, Marry R. Gilmore, and Karen S. Cook. 1988. “Network Connections and the
Distribution of Power in Exchange Networks.” American Journal of Sociology 93:833-351.
Yamaguchi, Kazuo. 1996. “Power in Networks of Substitutable and Complementary Exchange
Relations: A Rational-Choice Model and an Analysis of Power Centralization.” American
Sociological Review 61:308-332.
Yan, Aimin and Ming Zeng. 1999. “International Joint Venture Instability: A Critique of
Previous Research, a Reconceptualization, and Directions for Future Research.” Journal of
International Business Studies 30:397-414.
Yan, Aimin and Barbara Gray. 1994. “Bargaining Power, Management Control, and Performance
in United States-China Joint Ventures: A Comparative Case Study.” Academy of Management
Journal 37:1478-1517.
Yarbrough, B.V. and R.M. Yarbrough. 1987. “Institutions for the Governance of Opportunism in
International Trade.” Journal of Law, Economics and Organization 3:129-129.
Yeung, Arthur K., David O. Ulrich, Stephen W. Nason and Mary Ann Von Glinow. 1999.
Organizational Learning Capability. New York: Oxford.
Yoffie, David B. (ed.). 1997. Competing in the Age of Digital Convergence. Boston, MA:
Harvard Business School Press.
Yoffie, David B. and Michael A. Cusumano. 1998. Competing on Internet Time: Lessons From
Netscape and Its Battle With Microsoft. New York: Free Press.
Yoffie, David B. and Michael A. Cusumano. 1999. “Building a Company on Internet Time:
Lessons From Netscape.” California Management Review 41(3):8-28.
Yoshino, Michael Y. and U. Srinivasa Rangan. 1995. Strategic Alliances: An Entrepreneurial
Approach to Globalization. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Young, Ruth. 1988. “Is Population Ecology a Useful Paradigm for the Study of Organizations?”
American Journal of Sociology 94:1-24.
Young, S. 1989. International Market Entry and Development: Strategies and Management.
Hertfordshire, UK: Harvester Wheatsheaf.
Young-Ybarra, Candace and Margarethe Wiersema. 1999. “Strategic Flexibility in Information
Technology Alliances: The Influence of Transaction Cost Economics and Social Exchange
Theory.” Organization Science 10(4): 439-459.
Zachary, G. Pascal. 1994. “Microsoft Will Remain Dominant Despite Pact in Antitrust Dispute.”
Wall Street Journal July 18:A1.
Zaheer, Akbar, Bill McEvily, and Vincenzo Perrone. 1998. “Does Trust Matter? Exploring the
Effects of Interorganizational and Interpersonal Trust on Performance.” Organizational Science
9:1-20.
*Zaheer, Akbar and N. Venkatraman. 1995. “Relational Governance as an Interorganizational
Strategy: An Empirical Test of the Role of Trust in Economic Exchange.” Strategic Management
Journal 16:373-392.
Zaheer, Akbar and Sri Zaheer. 1997. “Catching the Wave: Alertness, Responsiveness, and
Market Influence in Global Electronic Networks” Management Science 43(11):1493-1509.
Zajac, Edward J. and Cyrus Olsen. 1993. “From Transaction Cost to Transactional Value
Analysis: Implications for the Study of Interorganizational Strategies.” Journal of Management
Studies 30:132-145.
Zajac, Edward J. and James D. Westphal. 1995. “Accounting for the Explanations of CEO
Compensation: Substance and Symbolism.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:283-308.
Zajac, Edward J. and James D. Westphal. 1996. “Director Reputation, CEO-Board Power, and
the Dynamics of Board Interlocks.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:507-529.
Zald, Mayer N. and Michael A. Berger. 1978. “Social Movements in Organizations: Coup d’Etat,
Insurgency, and Mass Movements.” American Journal of Sociology 83:823-861.
Zald, Mayer N. 1987. “Review Essay: The New Institutional Economics.” American Journal of
Sociology 93:701-708.
Zald, Mayer N. 1993. “Toward a Reconceptualization of the Foundations of the Field,”
Organizational Science 4:513-528.
Zander, Udo and Bruce Kogut. 1995. “Knowledge and the Speed of Transfer and Imitation of
Organizational Capabilities: An Empirical Test.” Organization Science 6:76-92.
Zeggelink, Evelien P.H. 1994. “Dynamics of Structure: An Individual Oriented Approach.”
Social Networks 16:295-333.
Zeitlin, Maurice. 1974. “Corporate Ownership and Control: The Large Corpration and Capitalist
Class.” American Journal of Sociology 79:1073-1119.
Zeitlin, Maurice. 1989. “Who Owns America? The Same Old Gang.” Pp. 142-161 in The Large
Corporation and Contemporary Classes, by Maurice Zeitlin. New Brusnwick, NJ: Rutgers
University Press.
Zeitz Gerald. 1980. “Interorganizational Dialectics.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 25:
Zenger, T.R. and William S. Hersterly. 1997. “The Disaggregation of U.S. Corporation: Selective
Intervention, High-Powered Incentives and Molecular Units.” Organizational Science 8:209-222.
Zey, Mary. 1993. Banking on Fraud: Drexel, Junk Bonds, and Buyouts. Hawthorne, NY: Aldien
de Gruyter.
Zey, Mary. 1984. The Mentor Connection. Homewood, IL: Dow Jones-Irwin.
Zey, Mary. 1998. “The Transformation of Corporate Control to Owners and Form to the
Multisubsidiary: 1981-1993.” Research in Organizational Change and Development 11:271-312.
Zey, Mary and Brande Camp. 1996. “The Transformation from Multidimensional Form to
Corporate Groups of Subsidies in the 1980s: Capital Crisis Theory.” Sociological Quarterly,
1996 37:327-351.
Zey, Mary and Tami Swenson. 1998. “Corporate Tax Laws, Corporate Restructuring, and
Subsidiarization of Corporate Form, 1981-1995.” Sociological Quarterly 39:555-81.
Zey, Mary. and Tami Swenson. 1999. “The Transformation of the Dominant Corporate Form
from Multidivisional to Multisubsidiary: The Role of the 1986 Tax Reform Act.” Sociological
Quarterly 40:241-267.
Zhao, L. and J.D. Aram. 1995. “Networking and Growth of Young Technology: Intensive
Ventures in China.” Journal of Business Venturing 10:349-370.
Zhao, Shaoping. 1999. “Joint Ventures for Entry Deterrence.” Managerial and Decision
Economics 20:25-35.
Ziegler, Bart. 1997. “Gerstner’s IBM Revival: Impressive, Incomplete.” Wall Street Journal
March 25:B1.
Zook, Matthew A. 2001. “Old Hierarchies or New Networks of Centrality? The Global
Geography of the Internet Content Market.” American Behavioral Scientist 44(10):1679-1696.
Zucker, Lynne G. 1983. “Organizations as Institutions.” Research in the Sociology of
Organizations 2:1-47.
Zucker, Lynne G. 1986. “Production of Trust: Institutional Sources of Economic Structure, 18401920.” Research in Organizational Behavior 8:53-111.
Zucker, Lynne G. 1987. “Institutional Theories of Organization.” Annual Review of Sociology
13:443-464.
Zucker, Lynne G. (ed.). 1988. Institutional Patterns and Organizations: Culture and Environment.
Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.
Zucker, Lynne G. 1989. “Combining Institutional Theory and Population Ecology: No
Legitimacy, No History.” American Sociolgical Review 54:542-545.
Zucker, Lynne G., M. Brewer, M. Darby and Y. Peng. 1996. “Collaboration Structure and
Information Dilemmas in Biotechnology: Organizational Boundaries as Trust Production.” Pp.
XXX in Trust in Organizations: Frontiers of Theory and Research, edited by Roderick M.
Kramer and Tom R. Tyler. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Zucker, Lynne G., Michael R. Darby and Marilynn B. Brewer. 1994. “Intellectual Capital and the
Birth of U.S. Biotechnology Enterprises.” Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic
Research Working Paper #465
Zucker, Lynne G. and Carolyn Rosenstein. 1981. “Taxonomies of Institutional Structure: Dual
Economy Reconsidered.” American Sociological Review 46:869-884.
Zuehlke, Thomas W. and Allen R. Zeman. 1991. “A Comparison of Two-Stage Estimators of
Censored Regression Models.” Review of Economics and Statistics 73:185-188.
Zukin, Sharon and Paul DiMaggio (eds.). 1990. Structures of Capital: The Social Organization of
the Economy. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Zwick, Thomas. “Supply of Human Capital in Times of Skill Biased Technological Change.”
Jahrbucher fur Nationalokonomie und Statistik v221, n3 (May 2001): 322-35